Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
EGE Ustnye Temy Dlya Podgotovki K Ekzamenu N Kravchenko PDF
EGE Ustnye Temy Dlya Podgotovki K Ekzamenu N Kravchenko PDF
Кравченко
Москва
Eksmo Education
Эксмо^
2007
УДК 373.167.1:811.111
ББК 82.2Англ я 721
К 78
Кравченко Н.В.
К 78 Английский язык : устные темы для подготовки к экзамену :
для выпускников и абитуриентов / Н.В. Кравченко. — М.: Эксмо,
2007. — 464 с. — (Выбор лучших репетиторов).
ISBN 978-5-699-19070-6
Учебное пособие адресовано в ы п у с к н и к а м и абитуриентам — для подготовки к
устному итоговому и вступительному экзамену, экзамену в форме ЕГЭ.
Представлены современные т е м ы текстов на английском языке: тематика тек-
стов соответствует э к з а м е н а ц и о н н ы м билетам.
После каждой темы даются: к р а т к и й словарь; вопросы, помогающие усвоить со-
д е р ж а н и е т е к с т а ; у п р а ж н е н и я ; п о д р о б н ы й п е р е в о д на р у с с к и й я з ы к .
УДК 373.167.1:811.111
Б Б К 82.2Англ я 721
When the Angles and Saxons invaded Britain in the 5th century AD, they
brought with them their language: 'English' or, as we call it now, Old Eng-
lish. Examples of Old English words are: sheep, dog, work, field, earth, the,
is, you. Two hundred years later, when St. Augustine brought Christianity to
Britain in the 7th century, hundreds of Latin and Greek words were adapted
into Old English: words such as hymn, priest, school, cook. In the 8th, 9th
and 1 Oth centuries, the Viking invaders added their own Norse words: get,
wrong, leg, want, skin, same, low.
When the Norman Duke William defeated the Anglo-Saxon King Harold
at the Battle of Hastings in 1066 and became King William I, French became
the language of the educated classes for the next two or three centuries.
This meant that there was no conservative influence on the English language,
which was spoken mainly by uneducated people, and so the Middle English
period (1150-1500) was characterised by tremendous changes. Grammati-
cally, most of the inflections or case endings of Old English disappeared,
and word order therefore became of prime importance, as it is in modem
English; at the same time, there was a massive transfer of French words into
English (some estimates say over 10,000 words). Latin, however, remained
the language of the church and of education, and this mixing of Latin, French
and native English is the reason why there are so many synonyms even today
in the English language, e.g. ask (English), question (French), interrogate
(Latin); time (English), age (French), epoch (Latin).
The introduction of the printing press in about 1476 gave rise to the need
for a standard, uniform language that could be understood throughout the
country. Modern English may be said to have begun in 1500, and the most
important influence on the language was William Shakespeare, who pro-
claimed in Love's Labour's Lost, that: "Henceforth my wooing mind shall
be expressed in russet yeas, and honest kersey noes", i.e. that 'pure' English
was the language in which Englishmen best expressed themselves.
VOCABULARY
to invade — вторгаться, завоевывать
to defeat — наносить поражение
inflection — грам. флексия
case ending — окончание падежей
influence [ ' m f l u s n s ] — влияние
QUESTIONS
1. List the languages that have had an important influence on English.
2. What is the main grammatical difference beftveen Old English and Mod-
ern English?
3. What are the examples of Old English words?
4. When were Latin and Greek words adapted into Old English?
5. When did French become the language of the educated classes?
6. When did modern English begin?
VOCABULARY
to account for — составлять
to decline — уменьшаться (снижаться)
to estimate — оценивать, подсчитывать, давать оценку
QUESTIONS
/. How many people in the world speak English?
2. When has the English language almost achieved the status of a world
language?
3. Why do you learn English?
VARIETIES OF ENGLISH
As English has spread, so has it changed, and there are now several rec-
ognised varieties of English. While the English spoken in Britain's former
"white" colonies — the United States, Canada, Australia and New Zea-
land — is still very similar to British English, and differs from it only in
matters of vocabulary and phraseology, the English spoken in the West In-
8
dies and in countries such as India where English is the second language can
be very different in syntax and grammar.
American English, for example, has been influenced by American Indian
languages, by Spanish, and by the languages of all the ethnic groups that
have emigrated to the US over the years. But it still understood without
difficulty by speakers of British English. Indeed, many "Americanisms" —
words or phrases which originated in America — have been assimilated
back into British English; words such as skunk (American Indian), canyon,
banana, potato (Spanish) or expressions such as to take a back seat, to strike
oil, to cave in. Other words — automobile, cookie, crazy, highway, mail,
movie, truck — still have 'an American flavour but are increasingly used by
speakers of British English. A few words — remain decidedly American, as
do some forms of spelling (color — colour, theatre — theatre, tire tyre).
Australian English also has its own "home-grown" words, some of which
have made their way into international English (boomerang, budgerigar),
though others (cobber = friend, sheila = girl, tucker = food, dinkum = good)
remain distinctively Australian.
VOCABULARY
to assimilate — поглощать, ассимилировать
flavour — особенность
to remain — оставаться
QUESTIONS
1. What countries is English spoken in?
2. How has American English been influenced?
3. Which American words have been assimilated back into British English?
4. What words remain decidedly American?
5. What words remain distinctively Australian?
Two English teachers Lynne and Greg are talking about learning
English in future.
Question: Lynne, I'd like to ask you first, at what age do people start
learning English these days?
LYNNE: Well, in many countries children start learning English when
they go to school but I think in some countries they're starting to teach Eng-
lish to much younger children and I think this will become more and more
common around the world.
GREG: That's certainly true 'cause I know that in some countries they're
even having English lessons for six-year-old children, so they'll certainly be
learning as soon as they start school, if not before.
Q: And do you think that English will soon be the universal lan-
guage?
LYNNE: Oh, I think most adults already speak some English, even if
it's only a word or two here and there, because English is very common and
very useful.
Q: What about you Greg?
GREG: Well, I think that's right. Because already there are so many
words that are in English and that are used internationally, for example, "ra-
dio, television, football", these are all international words — English words
though. So I think in years to come there'll be very few people who don't
speak English.
Q: And, do you think, Lynne, that teachers will start using English
to teach other subjects, for instance, geography or science, and that it'll
be used in schools all over the world?
LYNNE: Yes, I do. I think that teachers will start experimenting with
that. I think in many ways it's the best way of learning English.
GREG: I'm not sure about that actually, I don't think that's right. I think
some will be in English certainly, for example, lessons in science, say. But
I think quite a lot won't be in English — other lesson?.
Q: Now, what about British and American life and habits, institu-
tions, do you think that it's important to know about those?
LYNNE: I don't think that English as a language has anything to do with
double-decker buses, and bowler hats, and hamburgers and yellow taxis.
It's an international language and it can be used for communication between
people who don't know each other's language, as a tool really. So, I don't
think that the cultural roots of English are important at all.
GREG: I really do disagree there, because I think you have to under-
stand the culture of a country, simply because there are some words that
mean different things to different people depending on what country they're
in, for example, the word 'tea' can be a drink to some people in one country
and in another country it means an entire meal. The word 'police' means dif-
ferent things to different people. You always have to know a little bit about
the background and the culture of a country before you can fully understand
the language.
Q: What about in the work? How important is English there, what's
its role?
LYNNE: Well, I think it's really important and more and more people
will use it at work — it's easily understood wherever you come from and
actually, everyone will need to use more English for their work.
GREG: I think some people will need to use more English, particularly
people working in big companies who have to travel a lot and do a lot of
business between countries, but for the majority of the population in any
country who aren't involved in international business or moving around or
travelling they'll be very happy sticking to their own language.
Q: And the traditional language class as we know it — do you think
that that will continue or will there be other forms of teaching, such as,
teaching involving television and computers?
LYNNE: Well, 1 think that the traditional language class will still ex-
ist. The personal contact is very important with the language teacher and of
course, there is more than one person in a class, you can interact with the
other students and I think that that's much more valuable often than just
relating to a computer screen or listening to cassettes.
11
Q: Do you agree with that Greg?
GREG: Not entirely. I think that we live in a computer age now and,
it's highly likely that computers and other, videos for example —• all those
interactive programmes that you use with videos — will allow people to
learn foreign languages in a different way on their own, so that you aren't
dependent on teachers and other students.
Q: And finally, do you think that English will ever become more im-
portant than the language of the native speaker?
LYNNE: Well, no. I think obviously English is important, but I think
your own language and your own culture and traditions are more important
to you and L think it's good to respect those and to hold on to them.
GREG: Yes, I agree. I think it would he very arrogant to think that
English would be more important than your own language, 'cause your own
culture and your personal identity and your national identity are, after all, far
more important, aren't they?
VOCABULARY
bowler [ beula] hat — цилиндр
tool — инструмент
root — источник, корень, первопричина
background — истоки, происхождение
to be involved — вовлекать, включать, предполагать
to stick to — придерживаться
to interact — взаимодействовать
valuable — ценный
to hold on to — придерживаться
arrogant — высокомерный
QUESTIONS
/. At what age do people start learning English these days?
2. Do you think English will soon be the universal language?
3. Do you think that teachers will start using English to teach other subjects,
for instance, geography or science, and that they 'II he used in schools all
over the world?
4. Do you think that it s important to know about British and American life
and habits?
5. How important is English, what's its role?
6. And the traditional language class as we know it — do you think that that
will continue or will there be other forms of teaching, such as, teaching
involving television and computers, using those sorts of technologies?
7. Do you think that, English will ever become more important than the
language of the native speaker?
2
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК В БУДУЩЕМ
George Bernard Shaw said that America and Britain were two nations
divided by a common language. But how different is British English from
American English?
Some British and American people gave their definitions for some com-
mon words.
Something that you burn for gas Something you put in your car to
heating and cooking make it go
14
A school which is private public A school that is open to everyone
school
A path which passes under a road subway A railway which runs under the
ground.
Something that you wear under pants Something you wear to cover
your trousers your legs, over your underpants
Clothing which you wear under vest Clothing that you wear over your
your shirt. shirt and under your jacket
A list of things that you have .bill Money which is made of paper
bought or eaten in a restaurant
and which tells you how much
to pay.
Long sticks of potato which you chips Very thin slices of fried potato
cook in deep oil and eat hot with which you eat cold before a meal
a meal. or as a snack
Confused? British and American English have lots of words, which look
the same but have different meanings. Nobody ever gets into serious trouble
if they make a mistake, although you may get a strange look if you ask for
the wrong clothes.
But things get even more complicated! Here are some American English
words, which the British don't use at all.
But most of the differences between British English and American Eng-
lish are minor and are only concerned with vocabulary, spelling and pro-
nunciation. You can usually understand what words mean from the context.
Good luck (British English) or break a leg (American English)!
15
VOCABULARY
Definition — определение
to confuse — сбивать с толку, приводить в замешательство
faucet ['fo:sit] — кран
EXERCISES
1. Decide if the speaker is using British English or American English,
and cross out the incorrect answer.
1. We've decided to take our vacation in the autumn/fall this year.
2. At my son s high school the new term/semester starts next week.
1
3. I never eat biscuits or sweets/candy.
4. Put that garbage in the dustbin/trashcan.
5. The trousers look nice with that waistcoat/vest.
6. The lony/truck came past us on the highway.
7. My apartment is on the fourth floor but I'm afraid there s no lift/elevator.
8. The people next door are on holiday/vacation. They 'II be awayfor a fortnight.
9. We left the car in the car park/parking lot and took the subway to the centre.
10. My trainers are in the wardrobe/closet.
2. Now complete this table.
British English American English
vacation
trousers
apartment
trainers
high school
biscuits
garbage
highway
fortnight
subway
Джордж Бернард Шоу сказал, что Америка и Англия — две страны, разде-
ленные общим языком. Но насколько сильно отличаются британский и амери-
канский английский? Некоторые американцы и англичане дали свое определе-
ние некоторых общих слов.
17
Вы в замешательстве? В Американском и британском английском есть мно-
жество слов, которые пишутся одинаково, но имеют разное значение. Конечно,
никто не попадет в серьезные неприятности, если ошибется в слове, разве что,
на вас могут косо посмотреть, если вы попросите не ту одежду.
Но все может быть сложнее. Есть слова в американском английском, кото-
рые совсем не употребляются англичанами.
DIALOGUE
American 'Bill'. A 'bill' is paper money. You have a 'dollar bill', a 'five-
dollar bill' and so on.
Englishman Right. We call that a 'bank note'. 'Trousers' are an item of
clothing.
American Oh. I know what trousers are! Yes... we call them 'pants'.
Englishman Oh, right.
American Oh, the snack food that's round and flat and fried and thin and
very crisp, we call them 'chips... potato chips'.
Englishman Oh, right. Cold, you mean? We call those, 'crisps'. You buy
them in a packet... 'crisps'. 'Car park', is a place where you
park cars.
American We call that a 'parking lot'. If I need some medicine or some-
thing like that I go to see the 'druggist'.
Englishman Right. Oh, is that a place or a person?
American No, the place is the 'drugstore', the 'druggist' is the person
who'll give me the medicine.
Englishman Right, we call that a 'chemist' — but that's the name of the
shop. A 'state school' is a school, which is funded by the state,
it's the opposite of a private school, in other words.
American Oh yes, we call that 'public school'.
Englishman Oh, right.
American Water in a sink comes out of a 'faucet'.
Englishman Ah yes, we call that a 'tap'. 'Traffic lights' — do you know
what those are? When you're driving along the road, and you
have to stop because there are lights...
American You have to stop. So we call them 'stop lights'.
Englishman 'Stop lights'. Right...
American When I get a hamburger I also like to get 'French fries' which
are the strips of fried potato.
Englishman Oh, right — 'chips', we call those. When you travel around,
for example in London on the train under the ground, that's
called the 'underground'.
American No. It's called a 'subway', that's what we call it. I fill my car
with 'gas'.
Englishman Ah yes, we call that 'petrol'. There's another item of cloth-
ing — a 'waistcoat'.
American Oh, yeah, that men wear. We call that a 'vest'.
Englishman That's right, it doesn't have any sleeves, yeah? 'Vest'... yeah.
American Every town in America has a 'main street' where all the shops
are.
Englishman Oh, right... No, we call that the 'high street'. Same thing,
'high street'.
TASK
Match American English words with the British English words:
bill, chips, druggist, faucet, French trousers, car park, state school, traffic
Fries, gas, main street, vest, pants, lights, underground, waistcoat, chem-
stop lights, parking lot, subway, public ist, chips, crisps, high street, bank
school note, petrol, tap
19
ДИАЛОГ
Американец 'Bill'. 'Bill' — это бумажная купюра. Есть 'dollar bill' — ку-
пюра в один доллар, a 'five-dollar bill' — купюра в пять дол-
ларов.
Англичанин Да, мы называем это 'bank note' — банкнота. 'Trousers' —
предмет гардероба.
Американец Я знаю, что это такое! Мы называем это 'pants' — брюки.
Англичанин Правильно.
Американец Закуска, круглая, плоская, жареная, тонкая и хрустящяя. Мы
называем это 'potato chips' — картофельные чипсы.
Англичанин Так, вы имеете в виду холодное. Мы называем это 'crisps'. Они
продаются в пакетах. 'Car park' — место для парковки автомо-
билей.
Американец Мы называем это 'parking lot'. Если мне нужно какое-ни-
будь лекарство или что-то вроде этого, я иду к аптекарю —
'druggist'.
Англичанин А это место или человек?
Американец Нет, место называется 'drugstore' — аптека. 'Druggist' — тот,
кто выдает лекарства.
Англичанин У нас это — 'chemist', но это название места. 'State school',
школа, основанная государством, иными словами, это противо-
положность частной школы.
Американец А у нас это называют 'public school'.
Англичанин Ясно.
Американец Вода попадает в раковину через кран — 'faucet'.
Англичанин У нас это — 'tap'. 'Traffic lights', вы знаете, что это? Когда вы
едете по дороге на машине и вам нужно останавливаться на
определенный свет.
Американец Нужно останавливаться... Мы называем это 'stop lights' — све-
тофор.
Англичанин Значит,'stop lights'... Ладно.
Американец Когда я покупаю гамбургер, я обычно также беру 'French fries'.
Это картофель, жареный тонкими полосками.
Англичанин Мы называем это 'chips'. Когда вы ездите, например, по Лон-
дону, на поезде под землей, это называется 'underground' —
метро.
Американец А у нас это — 'subway'. Я заправляю машину бензином — 'gas'.
Англичанин Мы называем это 'petrol'. А вот еще один предмет гардероба:
'waistcoat' — жилет.
Американец Да, его носят мужчины. Мы зовем это 'vest'.
Англичанин Правильно, жилет, у него нет рукавов, так?
Американец В любом городе Америки есть главная улица — 'main street',
на которой находятся все магазины.
Англичанин Так, понятно, мы называем ее 'high street'.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE ENGLISH AND THE AMERICANS
FIRST IMPRESSIONS
The British and the Americans speak the same language. But life in
the two nations can be very different. We asked some Americans what
they like or don't like about Britain...
" The police. They 're very friendly and they don't carry guns ".
Claude, Trenton
"The weather is awful. You don't seem to get any summer here. It's win-
ter all year round".
Toni, San Francisco
"The tourists! The streets are so crowded. I think you should do some-
thing about them. And I can't stand the litter everywhere. It's a very dirty
place ".
Jose, Washington
"Walking and sitting on the grass in the parks, especially on a hot sum-
mer 's day. Oh, and the green countryside. But why is the beer warm? "
Max, Houston
"Well, they certainly seem rather unfriendly. Nobody ever talks on the
buses. But maybe we haven't met any real English people yet".
Eva, Niagara falls
"Feeling safe when you walk in the streets. Oh, and the police drivers
who stop at a street crossing if they see someone waiting there "
Moon, Los Angeles
"Driving on the left. It's very confusing. I keep looking the wrong
way ".
Paula, San Diego
So then we asked some British people what they like or don't like
about America...
"Arriving at the airport. Immigration is slow, it takes hours to get
through/"
Geff, London
"The waste of electricity. I just can't understand why their homes are
extremely hot in winter and very cold in summer".
Louise, Southampton
"The people, they 're so generous. If they invite you home, you 're sure of
a big welcome!"
Amin, Bath
"Going shopping. I love it. It's so cheap everywhere —food, clothes,
hotels, petrol".
Paul, Oxford
"I hate the insects. They are so big. In Texas the mosquitoes are enor-
mous. But I suppose in Texas they would be!"
Maria, Glasgow
"Lying on the beach in the sunshine. In California the sun shines all day,
every day. It s great".
Rose, Cardiff
"Driving on the right. It's very confusing I keep looking the wrong
way".
Paula, Liverpool
VOCABULARY
awful [ o:ful] — ужасный
crowded [ ' k r a u d i d ] — переполненный
I can't stand — я не выношу, терпеть не могу
Litter — мусор
It's very confusing — это сбивает с толку, приводит в замешательство,
создает путаницу
generous — щедрый
insect — насекомое
enormous [I'noimas] — огромный
QUESTIONS
1. What are people's positive impressions of Britain and America?
2. What are people s negative impressions of Britain and America?
3. Which is the most surprising impression?
4. What things do you like and dislike about your native town, country?
People began to speak many centuries ago, and since then they have
been speaking different languages. Every language reflects the soul, behav-
iour and temperament of each nationality. Peoples created their own alpha-
bets and rules, but they always wanted to communicate with each other, to
understand and to know more about each other. Languages help people to
understand each other better, they help them to solve different economic and
political problems, which stands before them, and so people learn foreign
languages.
All languages are different. Some are very hard, some are easier, some
are similar, but there are no identical languages in the whole world. There
are more than 2,700 languages in the world. Many of them are "alive" be-
cause people use them, but there are some "dead" languages, for example
Latin.
Two thousands years ago, Latin was the world's most important interna-
tional language. Today this title belongs to English. It's a global language of
travel, business, pop culture, sport and science.
Over one billion people speak English. That's almost one fifth of the
world's population. For over 400 million it's their first language. For the
other 600 million it's either a second language or a foreign language.
Today, in fact, over 250 million people are learning English. That's more
than the population of the USA.
The average person in Britain has a vocabulary of between 10,000 and
15,000 words. In his plays William Shakespeare used a vocabulary of about
30,000 words. Shakespeare was born over 400 years ago. At that time, only
six or seven million people spoke English.
Now English is spoken practically all over the world, it has become the
world's most important language in politics, science, trade and cultural rela-
tions. It is spoken as a mother tongue in Great Britain, the United States of
America, Canada, Australia and New Zealand. Besides, a lot of people speak
English in Japan, India, China, Africa and many other countries. English
is one of the official languages of the United Nation Organisation. Half of
the world's scientific literature is in English. It is the language of computer
technology.
To my mind English is worth studying. There is a proverb: "A new
language is a new world". "Knowledge is a power", one great man said.
Speaking a foreign language one can not only read the papers, magazines
and original books by outstanding writers, but as well watch satellite pro-
grammes, travel easily to different parts of the world. Besides, understand-
ing and speaking a foreign language became necessary while applying for
a good and well-paid job.
Now I know that it is a must for XXI century professional no matter what
job to choose. The world is getting smaller and international connections
tighter. A lot of foreign delegations keep coming to our country, hundreds of
joint ventures have appeared in every city of our country recently. So with-
out doubt you can't do without learning this beautiful language.
24
VOCABULARY
to reflect — отражать
soul — душа
behaviour [bi'heivja] — образ действий, манеры, поведение
to create — создавать
similar(to) — подобный, похожий, сходный
average — нормальный, обыкновенный, обычный, средний
a mother tongue [ U q ] — родной язык
worth [wa:0] — достойный, заслуживающий
satellite ['sastalait] — спутниковый
to apply for — обращаться с просьбой, заявлением (особ, в письменной
форме); for — за чем-л.
well-paid job — хорошо оплачиваемая работа
joint venture ['vantjb] — совместное предприятие
do without — обходиться без
QUESTIONS
1. What was the world's most important international language two thou-
sands years ago?
2. How many people speak English as their first language, a second lan-
guage or a foreign language?
3. How many languages are there in the world?
4. How large is the vocabulary of the average British person?
5. Where is English spoken?
6. Why do you learn English?
TASK
Read the joke and think of the ending.
Two mice sat in their hole watching Cat lurk outside. "I know how to
make Cat go away," said the first mouse. "How?" the second mouse asked
in surprise.
"Watch! Bow, wow!!!" barked the first mouse. Peering through their hole
in the wall, they saw Cat running away in fear.
(Answer: "Ah, see the benefit of knowing another language!")
Люди начали говорить много столетий назад, и с тех пор они говорили на
различных языках. Каждый язык отражает душу, манеры и характер каждой на-
циональности. Народы создавали свой собственный алфавит и правила, но они
всегда хотели общаться друг с другом, понимать и знать больше друг о друге.
Языки помогают людям понимать друг друга лучше, они помогают им решать
различные экономические и политические проблемы, которые стоят перед ними,
и поэтому люди изучают иностранные языки.
Все языки различны. Некоторые очень трудны, некоторые более легкие, не-
которые подобны, но в целом мире нет одинаковых языков. В мире более 2,700
языков. Многие из их «действующие», потому что люди пользуются ими, но
есть «мертвые» языки, например латынь.
Две тысячи лет назад, латынь была наиболее важным международным
языком в мире. Сегодня это право принадлежит английскому языку. Это гло-
бальный язык путешествий, бизнеса, поп культуры, спорта и науки.
Свыше миллиарда людей говорят на английском языке. Это почти пятая
часть населения мира. Для более 400 миллионов это их родной язык. Для других
600 миллионов он является или вторым языком, или иностранным языком.
Сегодня, фактически, более чем 250 миллионов людей изучают английский
язык. Это больше, чем население США.
Словарь среднего человека в Великобритании включает 10,000-15,000 слов.
В своих пьесах Вильям Шекспир использовал словарь приблизительно в 30,000
слов. Шекспир родился около 400 лет назад. В то время только шесть или семь
миллионов людей говорили на английском языке.
Сейчас на английском языке говорят фактически во всем мире, он стал са-
мым важным языком в политике, науке, торговых и культурных отношениях.
Это родной язык в Великобритании, Соединенных Штатах Америки, Канаде,
Австралии и Новой Зеландии. Кроме того, много людей говорят на английс-
ком в Японии, Индии, Китае, Африке и многих других странах. Английский
язык — один из официальных языков Организации Объединенных Наций. По-
ловина всемирной научной литературы написана по-английски. Это язык ком-
пьютерных технологий.
На мой взгляд, английский язык стоит изучать. Существует пословица:
«Новый язык — новый мир». «Знание — это сила», — сказал один известный
человек. Зная иностранный язык, можно не только читать газеты, журналы
и книги выдающихся писателей в оригинале, но также смотреть спутниковые
программы, легко путешествовать в разные части мира. Кроме того, понимать
и говорить на иностранном языке стало необходимым при получении хорошей
и хорошо оплачиваемой работы.
Теперь я знаю, что для профессионала XXI столетия, независимо от того,
какую работу выбирать, — это обязательное условие. Мир становится меньше,
а международные связи крепче. Много иностранных делегаций продолжают
прибывать в нашу страну, сотни совместных предприятий появились в каждом
городе нашей страны за последнее время. Так что без сомнения, Вы не сможете
обойтись без изучения этого прекрасного языка.
ON LEARNING ENGLISH
26
A good ball-player spends hours, days, months, and even years practis-
ing. The more he practises, the better he plays. He has to learn to meet the
situations of the game as they arise and react to them immediately. And so it
is when we are talking. The ideas we wish to express come instantly to our
mind, but there is no time for us to stop and think of how to put together the
words we need. Acquiring the ability to use a language automatically, that
is without stopping to think, is a process of habit formation. Forming a habit,
any kind of habit, requires much practice.
Every language has patterns that are fundamental. Every language has
a body of common words used by all the speakers of that language and thou-
sands of other words that are used less frequently. We can understand and
read many words and structures that we cannot use in speaking and writing.
Every language has many ways of saying the same things. If you wish to ask
the time, you say: "What time is it?", "Do you have the time?", "What time
have you got?", "Will you tell me the time?", etc.
Learning English efficiently requires that you put your mind on what you
are doing and have the intention and the will to learn. The time you have is so
short that you cannot afford to waste it by giving less than your full co-opera-
tion in class and in home study. In other words, you have to build up language
habits in English just as you build up language habits in your mother tongue.
Good luck to you then, in your learning of English! It's up to you. No-
body can learn to swim for you. Nobody can learn English for you. You
learn for yourself, and you will master the language if you really want to.
Language is not to be taught, language is to be learnt.
VOCABULARY
to practise — практиковать, упражняться, тренироваться
to arise — возникать, появляться
instantly — мгновенно
to acquire [a'kwaia] — приобретать
to require [ri'kwaia] —требовать
pattern — образец, система, структура, модель
to afford — позволить себе
QUESTIONS
1. What does the author mean saying that learning English is like learning
to swim?
2. Do you have any opportunity to speak English?
3. Which do you like better: to read English or to speak English?
4. What does it mean: "to acquire the ability to use a language automati-
cally"?
5. What does it mean: "the process of habit formation"?
6. What does the author mean saying that "language is not to be taught,
language is to be learnt"?
7. Name the paragraphs for which the following sentences can be used as
titles:
a) two groups of words are present in every language;
b) learning a foreign language is an endless process.
TASK
Read the quotes and express you opinion.
Quotes
A different language is a different vision of life. (Federico Fellini)
A language . . . is a more ancient and inevitable thing than any state.
(Joseph Brodsky)
A special kind of beauty exists which is born in language, of language,
and for language. (Gaston Bachelard)
After all, when you come right down to it, how many people speak the
same language even when they speak the same language? (Russell Hoban)
All true language is incomprehensible. Like the chatter of a beggar's
teeth. (Antonin Artaud)
An idea does not pass from one language to another without change.
(Miguel de Unamuno)
Drawing on my fine command of language, I said nothing. (Robert
Benchley)
England and America are two countries separated by the same language.
(George Bernard Shaw)
29
She always looked perfect and we never saw her face angry or unfriend-
ly. We felt that she loved us and this is very important in teacher's work.
Teachers do not only teach their subjects. They develop their pupils' in-
tellect, their attitudes to life and to other people. With the help of my teacher
I learned a lot. Knowledge of foreign languages opens many doors before
you, gives you many opportunities and advantages.
VOCABULARY
to be grateful — быть благодарным
to convince — убеждать
to have a good command — хорошо владеть
to improve — улучшать
to put into practice — применять на практике
to mock at — насмехаться, высмеивать
to do one's best — стараться изо всех сил
attitude — отношение
QUESTIONS
1. What is your English teacher s name?
2. What is her appearance?
3. What did she do to make the lessons interesting and entertaining?
4. Who convinced you that it is absolutely necessary to know English well
today?
5. What did you do at the lessons?
6. What do the teachers develop in their pupils?
7. Why is it important to know English?
Alex and Chris love to chat for hours on the telephone. Their favourite
topic is their neighbours. Here is an example of the two of them gossiping
on the telephone. "Did you see the new couple who moved in next door to
me? Do you think they're married? You know, last night they were hav-
ing a terrible argument. They were shouting at each other so loud I could
hear almost every word through the walls. So I think they must be married,
don't you? He's very handsome, don't you think? And have you seen her
car? Must be rich. And you know something, else, either she's a little fat, or
1 think she's going to have a baby."
For the fiftieth time in his life Professor Marchant stood up to give his
lecture on the causes of the First World War. He started, "Today I'm going
to discuss with you the causes of the First World War..." Soon, as usual,
most of the students were sleeping. The students who were awake could not
take good notes, because they could only hear clearly one or two words in
every sentence. You see, Marchant was not only boring, but he mumbled
a great deal when he spoke. It was as if he always had a potato in his mouth
when he was speaking.
For the first time in his life, Mr Parrot had to give a speech. His daughter
had just got married and there were a hundred guests at the wedding party
waiting to hear his words. He had practised his speech for hours until he
31
could say it perfectly and he had five pages of notes to help him. He stood up
and started. "Th-th-th-th-thank you f-f-f-f-f-f c-c-c-c-coming" he stuttered,
and then sat down very red in the face.
The two boys sat whispering to each other at the back of the classroom.
In very quiet voices they were having a very interesting conversation about
football, girls, parents and even school. Meanwhile, Mrs Garret talked and
talked and talked about William Shakespeare. At the end of the lesson, Mrs
Garret looked at the two boys and said, "Next time you have a conversation
in my class, please don't whisper. Talk a little louder so that we can all enjoy
what you are saying".
VOCABULARY
to chat — болтать
to gossip — сплетничать
argument ['a:gju:m9nt] — спор
to shout [Jaut] — кричать
to give lecture — читать лекцию
to discuss — обсуждать, дискутировать, дебатировать, спорить
to mumble — бормотать
to give a speech — выступать с речью
to stutter — заикаться
to whisper ['wisps] — шептать
conversation — беседа
QUESTIONS
1. Have you ever given a speech? When?
2. What was it about?
J. Were you nervous?
4. What are the qualities of a good speaker or lecturer?
5. Do you have a lot of arguments in your family?
6. What are they usually about?
7. What is the difference between:
a gossip and a conversation
a conversation and a discussion
• a discussion and an argument?
ABOUT MYSELF
VOCABULARY
at the same time — в то же время, одновременно
to define [di'fain] — определять, давать определение
When candles are out all cats are grey — в темноте все кошки серые
feature — особенность, характерная черта
to cut the long story short — короче говоря
responsible — ответственный, дисциплинированный; надежный
creativity — творчество
to appreciate [a'prujieit] — (высоко) ценить
to lie [lai] — лгать, обманывать
to associate with [a'saufieit] — общаться с
annoying — раздражающий; досадный; надоедливый
to trust — верить, доверять(ся), полагаться (на кого-л.)
to treat — обращаться, обходиться, вести себя по отношению к кому-л.;
относиться
to rely on — полагаться, надеяться; доверять, быть уверенным
psychology [sai'kotadji] — психология
to deal with — иметь дело с кем-л.
to adore [э'сЬ:] — обожать
QUESTIONS
1. Why is it both pleasant and a bit difficult to speak about oneself?
2. What can you tell about your character?
3. What personal qualities do you appreciate?
4. What are you fond of doing?
5. What do you hate that other people do?
6. What is it annoying to you about other people?
7. How do you try to treat other people?
8. What are your interests and hobbies?
9. What do you adore doing?
ОБО МНЕ
О себе говорить приятно, но немного трудно. Приятно, потому что всем нра-
вится говорить о своих интересах, вкусах и предпочтениях. Но это в то же время
трудно, так как изучить человека, особенно себя самого, не так уж просто.
Прежде чем говорить о своем характере, хотелось бы сначала уточнить, что
такое характер. Человек отличается от остальных своими качествами. Часто
люди говорят, что я не такой как остальные. Но я не считаю, что я какой-то осо-
бенный. В темноте все кошки серые. Но если вы подойдете ближе и включите
свет, вы увидите, что мне присущи определенные черты.
Но не будем вдаваться в подробности, и немного сократим рассказ. У меня
хорошее чувство юмора, я ответственный, трудолюбивый и эмоциональный че-
ловек. Мне нравится творчество, и я ценю эту черту в других людях. Я не люблю
ложь и чувствую, когда другие лгут. Я стараюсь никогда не опаздывать и терпеть
не могу, когда другие не приходят вовремя. Я предпочитаю общаться с умны-
ми и вежливыми людьми. Досадно, когда тот, кому ты доверяешь, оказывается
ненадежным человеком. Я стараюсь обращаться с другими так, как я хотел бы,
чтобы они обращались со мной. Я ищу человека со здоровым и сильным умом
и телом. Человека, с которым интересно общаться, которому я могу доверять
и на кого можно положиться.
Что касается моих интересов, мне нравится психология в плане общения с людь-
ми, а также способа формирования мыслей наилучшим образом. Я очень люблкз
путешествовать, встречаться с новыми людьми, знакомиться с их традициями
и обычаями, их культурой, смотреть достопримечательности. Мне также нравятся
разные стили музыки, нравится ритмичная музыка, под которую можно танцевать.
A FAMILY
When two persons are married, the man is called the husband; the woman
becomes his wife. When a child is born in the family, the father and mother of
the child are called parents. A family generally consists of a father, a mother
and children — sons or daughters or both. The first born child is the eldest, the
last bom — the youngest. Two children that are bom together are called twins.
The father and mother of the wife (husband) become the father-in-law
(in law-by marriage), and mother-in-law of the husband (wife). The husband
is the son-in-law; the wife — the daughter-in-law; they have brothers-in-law
and sisters-in-law.
The other members of the family are the relatives or relations: uncles,
aunts, cousins, etc.
The brothers and sisters of any of the parents become the uncles and
aunts of the children. The children of two married brothers or sisters are
cousins to each other.
In case of a second marriage, we speak of a stepfather or a stepmother,
stepson, stepdaughter, etc.
VOCABULARY
Members of the family — Члены семьи
parents — родители
old folks at home (old folks) — старики (разг.), родители
father, mother — отец, мать
son, daughter — сын, дочь
senior son — старший сын
junior son — младший сын
eldest son (daughter) — старший(ая) сын (дочь)
youngest son (daughter) — младший(ая) сын (дочь)
elder brother (sister) — старший(ая) брат (сестра)
eldest brother (sister) — самый(ая) старший(ая) брат (сестра)
younger brother (sister) — младший(ая) брат (сестра)
youngest brother (sister) — самый(ая) младший(ая) брат (сестра)
ancestors ['aensistsz] — Предки
grandparents — бабушка и дедушка
grandfather (grandpapa, grandpa, grand-dad) — дедушка
grandmother (grandmamma, grandma, granny, grannie) — бабушка
great grandfather (-mother) — прадедушка (прабабушка)
descendants [ d i ' s e n d s n t s ] — П о т о м к и
grandchildren — внуки
great grandchild — правнук (правнучка)
great grandson (granddaughter) — правнук (правнучка)
relatives — Родственники
first cousin ['клгп] — двоюродный(ая) брат (сестра)
second cousin — троюродный(ая) брат (сестра)
father (mother) -in-law [b:j — свекор, тесть (свекровь, теща)
uncle ['Aijkl] (aunt(ie) [a:nt] — дядя (тетя)
nephew ['nevju:] (niece [ni:s]) — племянник (племянница)
son (daughter) -in-law [b:] — зять (невестка, сноха)
husband — муж
wife — жена
sister-in-law [b:] — невестка, золовка, свояченица
step-father (-mother) — отчим (мачеха)
step-child (step-son (-daughter) — пасынок (падчерица)
step-brother (-sister) (half-brother (-sister) — сводный(ая) брат (сестра)
milk (foster) -brother (sister) — молочный(ая) брат (сестра)
foster-father (-mother) — приемный (ая) отец (мать, кормилица)
foster-child — приемный ребенок
godchild (godson (daughter)) — крестник или крестница
godfather (mother) — крестный, крестная
bachelor ['baetfals] — холостяк
widow — вдова
widower — вдовец
divorce, to divorce [di'vo:s] — развод, развестись
to adopt — усыновить
orphan ['o:fn] —сирота
to descend [di'send] — происходить, быть родом
age [ек±з] — Возраст
adult, grown-up — взрослый
teenager — подросток
youngster — юноша
baby — младенец
toddler — младенец, начавший ходить
aged, elderly — пожилой
middle-aged — средних лет
at the age of — в возрасте
to be over 30/40 — за 30/40
to be in one's early/late teens — быть в подростковом возрасте
to be in one's early (mid, late) 20s — быть двадцати с небольшим лет
(25-26, под тридцать)
37
2. Give the feminine forms of: husband, uncle, boy, brother, bridegroom.
Give the masculine forms of daughter, niece, grandmother, old maid.
3. What do you call your father s brother? What do you call your mother s
sister? Your uncle's son? Your aunt's daughter? Your sister's husband?
Your brother's wife? Your brother's son? Your sister's daughter? Your
father s father?
4. Give expressions for: the anniversary of one's birth; the twenty-fifth an-
niversary of one s marriage; a woman who has lost her husband; a man
who has lost his wife; a child who has lost its parents; the ceremony at
which a child receives its Christian name; an unmarried man; an unmar-
ried woman.
TASK
Read these and express your opinion.
Quotes
A 'good' family, it seems, is one that used to be better. (Cleveland Amory)
A family is a little kingdom, torn with factions and exposed to revolu-
tions. (Samuel Johnson)
A family is a place where principles are hammered and honed on the
anvil of everyday living. (Charles Swindoll)
A family is a unit composed not only of children but of men, women, an
occasional animal, and the common cold. (Ogden Nash)
A family's photograph album is generally about the extended family —
and, often, is all that remains of it. (Susan Sontag)
A man's family sets him apart from all other living creatures — only
man stands with his children from first to last, from birth to death, and to the
grave. (Robert Nathan)
Call it a clan, call it a network, call it a tribe, call it a family. Whatever
you call it, whoever you are, you need one. (Jane Howard)
He that raises a large family does, indeed, while he lives to observe them,
stand a broader mark for sorrow; but then he stands a broader mark for pleas-
ure too. (Benjamin Franklin)
СЕМЬЯ
щшшшшшш
И Н к я н
старшим; тот, кто родился последним, — самым младшим. Двое детей, которые
родились одновременно, называются близнецами.
Отец и мать жены (мужа) становятся тестем (свекром), и тещей (свекровью)
мужа (жены). Муж — зять; жена — невестка; они имеют зятя (мужа сестры);
шурина (брата жены); свояка (мужа свояченицы); деверя (брата мужа) и невестку
(жену брата); золовку (сестру мужа); свояченицу (сестру жены).
Другие члены семейства — родственники или родные: дяди, тети, кузены,
кузины и т. д.
Братья и сестры любого из родителей становятся дядями и тетями детей.
Дети двух состоящих в браке братьев или сестер являются двоюродными сест-
рами или братьями.
В случае второго брака, мы говорим об отчиме или мачехе, пасынке, пад-
черице, и т. д.
MY FAMILY
VOCABULARY
to take after — быть похожим, пойти в кого-л. из родителей
fair-haired — светловолосый
even-tempered [,i:van'temp3rid] —уравновешенный
to be in a good mood [ mu:d] — быть в хорошем настроении
to be deeply attached to smb. — быть сильно привязанным к кому-л.
to get on well — быть в хороших отношениях, ладить друг с другом
good-looking — красивый, миловидный;
slim — стройный
experienced [iks'piarisnst] — опытный, со стажем
broad-shouldered [,brD:d'j9uldad] — широкоплечий
to repair — чинить
to be handy with smth — уметь делать что-л., быть искусным в чем-л.
to take care of smb. — заботиться о ком-л.
she is good at cooking — она хорошо готовит
she is clever with her hands — у нее умелые руки
to tidy — убирать, приводить в порядок
retired — вышедший на пенсию
to run the house — вести хозяйство
to knit [nit] — вязать
accountant [ a ' k a u n t a n t ] — бухгалтер
joint stock company — акционерная компания
scientist ['saigntist] — ученый
twins — близнецы
nursery [ nsissri] school — детский сад
cosmonaut — космонавт
QUESTIONS
1. What is your first name? What is your surname?
2. How old are you?
3. When is your birthday?
4. Is your family large? How many people are there in your family?
5. Have you got any brothers or sisters?
6. What are your parents? Where do they work?
40
7. Do they have much in common?
<V. Do you spend a lot of time with your J'amily?
9. What sort of things do you do together?
EXERCISES
1. When and where were you and your family and friends born? Write
sentences about 5 people. My mother was horn in Moscow on June 6'h 1957.
2. When were these people born and when did they die? Write sen-
tences.
1. Christopher Columbus (1451-1506). Christopher Columbus was born in
1451 and died in 1506.
2. Elvis Presley (1935-1977)
3. Genghis Khan (1162-1227)
4. Leonardo da Vinci (1452-1519)
5. George Washington (1732-1799)
FAMILY LIFE
VOCABULARY
at least — по крайней мере
to take decisions [di'si3(3)nz] — принимать решения
to lead [li:d] — вести
QUESTIONS
1. Is your family large? How many people are there in your family?
2. Have you got any brothers or sisters?
3. What are your parents? Where do they work?
4. Do they have much in common?
5. Do you spend a lot of time with your family?
6. What sort of things do you do together?
7. Who is the head of your family?
8. How often does your family get together?
9. How many people live in your flat or in your house?
10. How long do people live with their parents?
11. How close are you as a family?
TASK
Read the proverbs. Find their analogue in Russian and discuss them.
Proverbs
Govern a family as you would cook a small fish — very gently. (Chinese)
It is easy to govern a kingdom but difficult to rule one's family. (Chinese)
Man is the head of the family, woman the neck that turns the head. (Chinese)
A small family is soon provided for. (English)
In a good family the husband is deaf and the wife blind. (French)
The family is like the forest: if you are outside, it is dense; if you are
inside, you see that each tree has its own position. (Ghanaian)
Look for the good, not the evil, in the conduct of members of the family.
(Jewish)
If the family is together, the soul is in the right place. (Russian)
The family that prays together stays together. (Traditional)
СЕМЕЙНАЯ ЖИЗНЬ
FAMILY PROBLEMS
"Honour your mother and father and you will live long and be well, if
not, you will die" — says the Bible. Some families are happy, some are dead.
It seems to me the reason is misunderstanding of each other in the family.
One more thing, teenagers can take on most of the rights and responsi-
bilities of adulthood. Before this occurs, however, they go through the pe-
riod of adolescence and most of them experience conflicts at that time. They
change rapidly both physically and emotionally and they search self-identity
as they grow up and become more independent.
Sometimes teenagers develop interests and values different from those of
their parents. That sets a conflict between two generations, which leads to
a gap in mutual understanding. Traditional disagreements are: the time to come
home at night, doing work about the house and the friends to spend time with.
I'd like to point out, that teens face a number of problems: drinking al-
cohol or using drugs. Moreover, some children run away from their homes.
Most of them return after a few days or weeks, but some turn to crime and
become juvenile delinquents.
I'm convinced that sometimes parents do not care about their children. It
is exactly at that age when young people need a piece of advice or help. Dif-
ferent TV programmes and magazines for the young come to their rescue.
In case of need you can also dial a special telephone number, the so-called
'telephone of trust'.
But it's not the way out. Parents should help their children and find the
right approach to them so as to make everything clear. Being able to view
the problems more rationally, they should try to do their best to resolve them.
We need to learn to talk our problems over in our family. If we are able to do
it, everything will be all right.
44
VOCABULARY
to honour [ ' э п э ] — почитать, уважать, чтить
dead [dad] — однообразный, безжизненный, неживой, мертвый
misunderstanding — неправильное понимание, размолвка, ссора, раз-
ногласие
adulthood — зрелость, взрослость; состояние зрелости организма
adolescence [,asdau'lesns] —подростковый возраст, юность
values ['vaeljiKz] —достоинства, ценности
generation — поколение
a gap — разрыв, глубокое расхождение (во взглядах и т. п.); недостаток
generation gap — конфликт поколений, проблема отцов и детей
drug — наркотик
juvenile ['d3u:vinail] delinquent ['di'lirjkwsnt] — малолетний преступник
to be convinced — быть убежденным, уверенным
rescue [ reskju:] — спасение
to dial f 'daial] — набирать номер, звонить
way out — выход из положения
QUESTIONS
1. What does the Bible say about parents?
2. What is the reason of unhappy family?
3. When do teenagers experience conflicts?
4. What sets a conflict between two generations?
5. What problems do teens face?
6. What do teenagers especially need at that age?
7. How should parents help their children?
8. What other means come to their rescue?
9. What do we need not to have problems in the family ?
СЕМЕЙНЫЕ ПРОБЛЕМЫ
Old people are always saying that the young are not what they were. The
same comment is made from generation to generation and it is always true.
It has never been truer than it is today. The young are better educated. They
grow up more quickly and are not so dependent on their parents. They think
more for themselves and do not blindly accept the ideals of their elders.
Events which the older generation remembers vividly are nothing more than
past history. This is as it should be. Every new generation is different from
the one that preceded it.
The old always assume that they know best for the simple reason that
they have been around a bit longer. They don't like to feel that their values
are being questioned or threatened. And this is precisely what the young are
doing. They are questioning, they take leave to doubt that the older genera-
tion has created the best of all possible worlds. What they reject more than
anything is conformity. Office hours, for instance, are nothing more than
enforced slavery. Wouldn't people work best if they were given complete
freedom and responsibility? And what about clothing? Who said that all the
men in the world should wear drab grey suits and convict haircuts? Why
have the older generation so often used violence to solve their problems?
Why are they so unhappy and guilt-ridden in their personal lives, so ob-
sessed with mean ambitions and the desire to amass more and more material
possessions? Can anything be right with the retrace? Haven't the old lost
touch with all that is important in life?
These are not questions the older generation can shrug off easily.
Their record over the past forty years or so hasn't been exactly spotless.
Traditionally, the young have turned to their elders for guidance. Today, the
situation might be reserved. The elderly — if they are ready to admit it —
could learn a thing or two from their children. One of the biggest lessons
they could learn is that enjoyment is not 'sinful'. Enjoyment is a principle
one could apply to all aspects of life. It is surely not wrong to enjoy your
work and enjoy your leisure: to shed restricting inhibitions. It is surely not
wrong to live in the present rather than in the past or future. This emphasis
on the present is only to be expected because the young have grown up un-
der the shadow of the bomb; the constant threat of complete annihilation.
This is their glorious heritage.
VOCABULARY
generation — поколение
dependent — материально зависящий, зависимый, подвластный
blindly [ blaindli] — вслепую, как слепой
to accept [ э к ' s e p t ] — принимать, брать; соглашаться
to precede [pr(i:)'si:d] — предшествовать
to assume [a'sju:m] —допускать, предполагать, заявлять права на что-л.
to threaten j 'Gretn] — угрожать
to doubt [daut] — сомневаться, испытывать сомнения
conformity — следование, подчинение (определенным нормам, прави-
лам, догмам)
drab — ткань темно-коричневого или серого цвета
convict ['konvikt] — осужденный, заключенный; каторжник
violence ['vaislans] — жестокость, насилие, принуждение
guilt-ridden — страдающий от сознания своей вины (иногда вообража-
емой); страдающий комплексом вины
to amass — собирать; копить, накоплять
to retrace — прослеживать ход развития, восстанавливать прошлые этапы
to shrug o f f — отделаться, не обращать внимания, сбрасывать со счетов
to admit — допускать, соглашаться, признавать
inhibition [ , i n h i ' b t j s n ] — подавление, сдерживание; комплекс
annihilation [з,пд1э'1е1|зп] — полное уничтожение, истребление
QUESTIONS
1. What comment is made from generation to generation?
2. How are the young differ from previous generation?
3. What do the old always assume?
4. What are the young doing?
5. What do they reject more than anything?
6. What can the old learn from their children?
МОЛОДОМУ ПОКОЛЕНИЮ ВИДНЕЙ
Пожилые люди всегда говорят, что молодежь сейчас не та, что была рань-
ше. Это говорят из поколения в поколение, и это всегда правда. Молодежь
сейчас более образованна, чем раньше. Они взрослеют теперь быстрее и менее
зависимы от родителей. Они чаще думают сами и не принимают слепо идеалы
старших. События, которые ясно помнят старшие, ничто иное, как просто
история. Так и должно быть. Каждое новое поколение очень отличается от
предыдущего.
Взрослые всегда говорят, что они знают лучше, мотивируя это только тем.
что они живут дольше. Им не нравится ощущать, что их ценности подвергают-
ся обсуждению или угрозе, а молодежь именно это и делает. Они обсуждают,
они сомневаются в том, что старшее поколение создало лучший из возможных
миров. Что они отвергают больше всего — это следование установленным
нормам. Рабочее время, на самом деле, ничто иное, как вынужденное рабство.
Разве люди не работали бы лучше, если бы им дали полную свободу и от-
ветственность? А как насчет стиля одежды? Кто сказал, что мужчины всего
мира должны носить темно-серые пиджаки и делать себе короткие стриж-
ки? Почему старшее поколение так часто прибегало к насилию для решения
таких проблем? Почему они так несчастны и чувствуют за собой комплекс
вины, так одержимы жалкими амбициями и желанием накопить все больше
материальных ценностей? Может ли что-то идти правильно, если оно идет
одним и тем же путем? Неужели взрослые утратили связь с тем, что действи-
тельно является важным в жизни?
Это вопросы, на которые взрослые не могут просто не обращать внимания.
Их авторитет в течение сорока лет не был уж таким безукоризненным. Обыч-
но молодежь обращалась к старшим за советом. Сегодня же ситуация обстоит
не так. Люди в возрасте, если бы могли это принять, могли бы поучиться
кое-чему у своих детей. Одним из главных уроков, который им стоило бы ус-
воить — это то, что удовольствие не несет в себе греха. Удовольствие — глав-
ный принцип, применимый ко всем аспектам жизни. Определенно, нет ничего
плохого, если вы получаете удовлетворение от работы или досуга. Не стоит
устанавливать запреты на это. Лучше жить в настоящем, нежели в прошлом
или будущем. И стоит придерживаться именно настоящего, так как молодежь
выросла под угрозой войны, постоянной угрозы полного уничтожения. Это
их славное наследие.
PROBLEMS OF YOUTH
Life used to be fun for 'teenagers'. They used to have money to spend,
and free time to spend it in. They used to wear teenage clothes, and meet in
teenage coffee bars and discos. Some of them still do. But for many young
people, life is harder now. Jobs are difficult to find. There's not so much
money around. Things are more expensive, and it's hard to find a place to
48
live. Teachers say that students work harder than they used to. They are less
interested in politics, and more interested in passing exams. They know that
good exam results may get them better jobs.
Most young people worry more about money than their parents did
twenty years ago. They try to spend less and save more. They want to be
able to get homes of their own one day.
For some, the answer to unemployment is to leave home and look for
work in one of Britain's big cities. Every day hundreds of young people
arrive in London from other parts of Britain, looking for jobs. Some find
work, and stay. Others don't find it, and go home again, or join the many
unemployed in London. There used to be one kind of teenage fashion, one
style, one top pop group. Then, the girls all wore mini-skirts and everyone
danced to the music of the Beatles and the Rolling Stones. But now an eight-
een-year-old might be a punk, with green hair and chains round his legs, or
a skin head, with short, short hair and right wing politics, or a rasta', with
long uncombed hair and a love for Africa. There's a lot of different mu-
sic around too. There's reggae, the West Indian sound, there's rock, there's
heavy metal, country and western, and disco. All these kinds of music are
played by different groups and listened to by different fans.
When you read the newspapers and watch the news on television, it's
easy to get the idea that British young people are all unemployed, angry and
in trouble. But that's not true. Three quarters of them do more or less what
their parents did. They do their best at school, find some kind of work in
the end, and get married in their early twenties. They get on well with their
parents, and enjoy family life. They eat fish and chips, watch football on TV.
go to the pub, and like reading about pop stars. After all, if they didn't, they
wouldn't be British, would they?
VOCABULARY
used to [ju:sttu(:)] — раньше, бывало (+ infinitive to talk about things that
happened regularly in past, but have changed now)
teenager ['ti:n,eid59] — подросток, юноша
to worry ['wAn] —беспокоить(ся), волновать(ся)
unemployment [ ' A n m i ' p h i m a n t ] — безработица
chain — цепь, цепочка
rasta от rastafari — растафари (название секты ямайских негров, про-
исходит от докоронационного титула императора Эфиопии Хайле
Селессие 1 (настоящее имя Тафари Маконнен) «рас Тафари», т. е.
«принц Тафари», которого они считают воплощением бога)
do one's best — сделать все от себя зависящее, проявить максимум
энергии
get on well with — ладить (с кем-л.)
QUESTIONS
1. What is the difference between the life of today's teenagers and their par-
ents when they were in their teens?
2. What do teachers say about today's students?
3. What problems do teens have today? Is it difficult to solve them?
4. What are the trends of today's youth fashion in clothes, music, ways of
life?
5. How does the mass media describe the young generation?
6. What is the author's attitude to the young people?
ПРОБЛЕМЫ МОЛОДЕЖИ
Раньше для подростков жизнь была весельем. У них всегда были какие-
то деньги и свободное время. Они носили подростковые вещи и встречались
в кафе и дискоклубах. Некоторые из них такие до сих пор. Но для большинства
молодых людей жизнь сейчас намного тяжелее. Трудно найти работу. Денег не
так много, вещи более дорогие, трудно найти себе жилье. Преподаватели го-
ворят, что студенты работают больше, чем раньше. Они менее интересуются
политикой и больше обеспокоены сдачей экзаменов. Они понимают, что лучшие
результаты экзаменов помогут найти лучшую работу.
Большая часть молодежи сейчас беспокоится о деньгах сильнее, чем их ро-
дители 20 лет назад. Они пытаются тратить меньше и больше экономят. Они
хотят когда-нибудь иметь свой дом.
Некоторым, чтобы решить проблему безработицы, приходится уехать на ра-
боту в один из крупных городов Британии. Каждый день в Лондон приезжают
сотни молодых людей из других городов в поисках работы. Часть из них находят
работу и остаются. Остальные же возвращаются домой или присоединяются
к числу безработных Лондона. Раньше существовал единый стиль подростко-
вой моды, единая самая лучшая поп группа. Девушки носили мини-юбки и все
танцевали под музыку Битлз и Роллинг-Стоунз. Теперь же, подросток может
быть зеленоволосым панком с цепями на ногах или скин-хэдом с очень короткой
стрижкой и правыми политическими убеждениями, или же растаманом с длин-
ными нечесаными волосами и любовью к Африке. Существует масса различ-
ной музыки. Есть регги, западно-индийский «еаунд», рок, хэви-метал, кантри
и вестерн, диско. Все эти стили музыки исполняются разными группами и их
слушают разные поклонники.
Когда читаешь газеты и смотришь телевизор, очень легко может сложиться
впечатление, что в Англии вся молодежь без работы, обозленная и имеет не-
приятности. Это не так. Три четверги из них более или менее занимаются тем
же, чем занимались их родители. Они пытаются хорошо учиться в школе, найти
хорошую работу и жениться после 20 лег. Они ладят с родителями и наслажда-
ются семейной жизнью. Они едят рыбу и чипсы, смотрят футбол по телевизору,
ходят в бар и любят читать о поп-звездах. В конце концов, если бы они этим не
занимались, они не были бы англичанами, не так ли?
WORK
Note: 'Work' is usually an uncountable noun, so you cannot say 'a work'.
If you want to use the indefinite article you must say 'a job', e.g. She hasn't
got a job at the moment.
What does that involve? (= What do you do in your job?)
When people ask you to explain your work/job, they may want to know
your main responsibilities ( your duties/what you have to do), or some-
thing about your daily routine (= what you do every day/week). They can
ask like this: What does that (i.e. your job) involve?
Main responsibilities
I'm in charge of (= responsible for) all deliveries out of the factory.
I have to deal with any complaints (= take all necessary action if there
are complaints).
1 run the coffee bar and restaurant in the museum (= I am in control of
it/I manage it).
Note: We often use responsible for/in charge of lor part of something,
e.g. a department or some of the workers; and run for control of all of some-
thing, e.g. a company or a shop.
Daily duties/routines
I have to go to/attend (fml) a lot of meetings. I visit/see/meet clients (=
people I do business with or for). 1 advise clients (= give them help and my
opinion).
It involves doing quite a lot of paperwork (a general word we use for
routine work that involves paper, e.g. writing letters, filling in forms, etc.).
Note the -ing form after involve.
51
Pay
Most workers are paid (= receive mopey) every month and this pay goes
directly into their bank account. It is called a salary. We can express the
same idea using the verb to earn:
My salary is $ 60,000 a year. (= I earn $ 60.000 a year.)
With many jobs you get (= receive) holiday pay and sick pay (when you
are ill). If you want to ask about holidays, you can say:
How much holiday do you get? or How many weeks' holiday do you get?
The total amount of money you receive in a year is called your income.
This could be your salary from one job, or the salary from two different jobs
you have. And on this income you have to pay part to the government called
income tax.
Working hours
For many people in Britain, these are 8.30-9.00 a.m. to 5.00-5.30 p.m.
Consequently people often talk about a nine-to-five job (= regular working
hours). Some people have flexi-time (= they can start an hour or so earlier or
finish later); and some have to do shiftwork (= working at different times,
e.g. days one week and nights the next week). Some people also work over-
time (= work extra hours). Some people are paid to do/work overtime, others
are not paid.
VOCABULARY
responsibility = duty — обязанность
to involve — включать в себя, содержать
daily routine — режим, ежедневный распорядок
main — главный; важнейший, основной
in charge o f — ответственный за
to deal [di:l] with — иметь дело, обсуждать
complaint — жалоба
to run — руководить, управлять; вести (дело, предприятие и т. п.)
to attend — посещать; присутствовать (на лекциях, собраниях и т. п.)
to advise — советовать, консультировать
pay — оплата, платить
salary— жалованье, заработная плата; оклад
income [ ' т к д ш ] — (периодический, обыкн. годовой) доход, приход,
прибыль; заработок
income tax — подоходный налог
shiftwork — работа по сменам
EXERCISES
1. Match the verbs on the left with the nouns or phrases on the right.
Use each word once only.
1. earn overtime
2. work meetings
3. pay a shop
4. go to clients
5. deal with £500
2. Starting with the words you are given, rewrite each of these sen-
tences using vocabulary given above. The basic meaning must stay the
same.
Example: I'm a banker.
I work ... in banking
1. What do you do?
What's
2. I earn $ 50,000 dollars.
My .
3. I get £ 20,000 from my teaching job and another £ 10,000 from writing.
My total
4. I am a chemist.
I work for
5. In my job I have to look after and maintain all the computers in the build-
ing.
My job involves
6. I'm responsible for one of the smaller departments.
I'm in
3. This is part of a conversation with a teacher about her job. Can
you supply the missing questions?
A: '?
В: 1 usually start at nine and finish at four.
A: ?
B: Yes, a bit. On certain courses I work until five o'clock, and then I get
paid extra.
A: ?
B: Twelve weeks. That's one of the good things about being a teacher.
A: ?
B: No we don't, I'm afraid. That's one of the disadvantages of being a
teacher. But I suppose money isn't everything.
4. Can you answer these general knowledge questions about work?
1. What are normal working hours for most office jobs in your country?
2. Can you name three jobs that get very high salaries in your country?
53
3. When you start paying income tax in your country, what is the minimum
amount you have to pay?
4. What jobs often involve shift work? (Give at least two examples.)
5. Is flexi-time common in your company or your country?
5. Think about your own job. How many of the things mentioned
above do you do? What is different in your work? Can you explain your
responsibilities and daily duties in English?
Чем вы занимаетесь?
Люди могут спросить вас о вашей работе. А вы можете ответить по-разному.
ш
It involves doing quite a lot of pagurwork. (Общее слово, означающее рутин-
ную работу, написание писем, заполнение формуляров.)
Это влечет за собой множество бумажной работы.
Оплата
Most workers are paid (= receive money) every month and this pay goes directly
into their bank account. It is called a salary. — Большинству работников платят
каждый месяц, эти деньги начисляется на их банковские счета. Это называется
зарплата.
Мы можем также выразить ту же идею с помощью глагола to earn:
My salary is 60,000 a year. (= I earn $ 60,000 a year.) — Моя зарплата состав-
ляет 60,000 $ в год = Я зарабатываю 60,000 $ в год.
Если вы хотите спросить об отпуске, вы можете сказать:
How much holiday do you get? or How many weeks' holiday do you get? —
Сколько длится ваш отпуск? или Сколько недель длится ваш отпуск?
Общая сумма денег, которую вы получаете в год, называется «доход» —
income. Это может быть зарплата с одной работы или с двух. Из этой суммы,
вы должны отдать определенную часть государству. Это называется «налог на
прибыль» — income tax.
Рабочее время
Для большинства жителей Британии, рабочее время с 8.30-9.00 до 5.00-
5.30. Соответственно, люди часто называют это «работой с-девяти-до-пяти»,
что является установленным рабочим временем. У некоторых гибкий график
работы. У них работа может начаться примерно на час раньше или закончиться
позже. Некоторым приходится работать посменно, в разное время. Это может
быть работа днем одну неделю и работа ночью другую. Некоторые работают
сверхурочно. Одним за это платят, другим нет.
JOBS
VOCABULARY
to treat — лечить, проводить курс лечения
surgeon ['S3:d3(3)n] — хирург, врач
manual — физический, требующий применения физического труда
skilled — квалифицированный, умелый, опытный
bricklayer — каменщик
carpenter — плотник, столяр
plumber [ р 1 л т э ] — плотник, столяр
lawyer [b:ja] — юрист; адвокат
stocks and shares — акции и облигации
emergency service — неотложная помощь, скорая помощь
sailor — моряк
navy — военно-морской флот, военно-морские силы
firefighter — пожарный
EXERCISES
4. Write down at least one job from the opposite page that would
probably be impossible for these people.
1. Someone who didn't go to university.
2. Someone with very bad eyesight (= cannot see very well).
3. Someone who is always seasick on a boat.
4. Someone who understands nothing about cars.
5. Someone who will not work in the evening or at weekends.
6. Someone who is afraid of dogs.
7. Someone who is afraid of heights and high places.
8. Someone who is terrible at numbers and figures.
9. Someone who can't stand the sight of blood.
10. Someone who is a pacifist, who is anti-war.
56
2. Complete these definitions.
1. An architect designs buildings
2. A university lecturer
3. An accountant
4. A vet
5. A lawyer
6. An engineer
7. A bricklayer
8. A stock broker
9. A mechanic
10. A surgeon
3. Respond to the statements below, as in the example.
Example: A: He's a policeman.
B: Really? When did he join the police force?
1. A: He's a soldier.
B: ?
2. A: He's a sailor.
B: ?
3. A: He's a fighter pilot.
B: ?
4. A: He's a firefighter.
B: ?
4. You have just bought a piece of land and you are planning to build
a house on it. Write down at least.six people from the opposite page that
you may need to help you. What would you need their help for?
Example: a bricklayer to build the wall
5. Write a list of friends, relatives and neighbours (just choose peo-
ple who have jobs). Can you write down what each person does? Use a
bilingual dictionary to help you if necessary.
Example: My uncle Jim is an engineer. His wife is an accountant.
ВИДЫ РАБОТ
Медик
Эти люди лечат (treat = give medical treatment and try to solve a medical
problem) других и ухаживают (look after = care for/take care of) за ними: врач,
медсестра, хирург, стоматолог, ветеринар (doctor, nurse, surgeon, dentist and
vet). Слово «vet» — сокращенное от «veterinary surgeon».
Ручной труд
Есть профессии, в которых нужно работать руками, которые требуют пред-
варительной подготовки.
57
каменщик столяр слесарь электрик механик
(строит (делает вещи (подгоняет и (чинит элек- (чинит
стены) из дерева) чинит водопро- трические машины)
водные трубы) вещи)
Профессиональные работники
Профессия Описание
Getting a job
When Paul left school he applied for (= wrote an official request for)
a job in the accounts department of a local engineering company. They gave
him a job as a trainee (= a very junior person in a company). He didn't earn
very much but they gave him a lot of training (= organised help and advice
with learning the job), and sent him on training courses.
Note: Training is an uncountable noun, so you cannot say 'a training'.
You can only talk about training (in general), or a training course (if you
want to refer to just one). Here you can use the verbs do or go on: I did/went
on several training courses last year.
Moving up
Paul worked hard at the company and his prospects (= future possibilities
in the job) looked good. After his first year he got a good pay rise (= more
money), and after two years he was promoted (= given a higher position
with more money and responsibility). After six years he was in charge of
HHHSBI
(= responsible for/the boss of) the accounts department with five other em-
ployees (= workers in the company) under him ( = under his responsibility/
authority).
Leaving the company
By the time Paul was 30, however, he decided he wanted a fresh chal-
lenge (= a new exciting situation). He was keen to work abroad, so he re-
signed from his company (= officially told the company he was leaving his
job; you can also say 'he quit the company') and started looking for a new
job with a bigger company. After a couple of months he managed to find
a job with an international company which involved (= included) a lot of
foreign travel. He was very excited about the new job and at first he really
enjoyed the travelling, but...
Hard times
After about six months, Paul started to dislike the constant moving
around, and after a year he hated it; he hated living in hotels, and he never
really made any friends in the new company. Unfortunately his work was not
satisfactory either and finally he was sacked (= told to leave the company/
dismissed/given the sack) a year later.
After that, Paul found things much more difficult. He was unemployed
(= out of work/without a job) for over a year. He had to sell his car and
move out of his new house. Things were looking bad and in the end Paul had
to accept a part-time job (= working only some or the day or some of the
week) on a fruit and vegetable stall in a market.
Happier times
To his surprise, Paul loved the market. He made lots of friends and en-
joyed working out in the open air. After two years, he took over (= took con-
trol of) the stall. Two years later he opened a second stall, and after ten years
he had fifteen stalls. Last year Paul retired (= stopped working completely)
at the age of 55, a very rich man.
VOCABULARY
apply for a job — подавать заявление о приеме на работу
trainee — практикант, стажер
to earn — зарабатывать, получать доход
prospects — перен., часто мн. перспектива; виды, планы на будущее
pay rise — повышение заработной платы
to promote — выдвигать; продвигать; повышать в чине/звании
in charge of = responsible for — ответственный, несущий ответственность,
отвечающий (за что-л.)
employee — служащий; работающий по найму
to resign — уходить в отставку, подавать в отставку; оставлять пост
to quit [kwit] — увольняться
give the sack — уволить кого-л.
to dismiss — увольнять (for; from); освобождать от обязанностей
unemployed — безработный
a part-time job — неполная занятость, неполный рабочий день
stall — ларек, палатка, прилавок
to retire — оставлять, увольнять(ся); уходить в отставку
I
EXERCISES
1. Write a single word synonym for each of these words/phrases.
1. given the sack =
2. out of work =
3. left the company =
4. was given a better position in the company =
5. future possibilities in a job =
6. stopped working for ever =
7. workers in a company =
2. Find the logical answer on the right for each of the questions on the
left.
1. Why did they sack him? a) Because he was nearly 65.
2. Why did they promote him? b) Because he was late for work eve-
ry day.
3. Why did he apply for the job? c) Because he needed more training.
4. Why did he retire? d) Because he was out of work.
5. Why did he resign? e) Because he was the best person in
the department.
6. Why did he go on the course? f) Because he didn't like his boss.
3. Complete these sentences with a suitable word or phrase.
1. I don't want a full-time job. I'd prefer to work
2. She'd like to go on another training
3. I'm bored in my job. I need a fresh
4. He works on a stall in the
5. At the end of this year we should get a good pay
6. She's got more than a hundred workers under
7. I didn't know he was the new manager. When did he take
8. It's a boring job and the pay is awful. Why did he
4. Complete this word-building table. Use a dictionary to help you.
Verb General noun Personal nouns
promote —
employ
resign —
retire —
train
ЩШШЯ
5. Have you got a job in a company? If so, answer these questions as
quickly as you can.
1. What does your job involve?
2. Are you responsible for anything or anyone?
3. Have you had much training from the company?
4. Have the company sent you on any training courses?
5. Have you been promoted since you starred in the company?
6. Do you normally get a good pay rise at the end of each year?
7. How do you feel about your future prospects in the company?
8. Are you happy in the job or do you feel it is time for a fresh challenge in
another company?
КАРЬЕРНАЯ
Получение ЛЕСТНИЦА
работы
После окончания школы Пол написал заявление о приеме на работу (applied
for) в отдел бухгалтерии местной инженерной компании. Они взяли его на
обычную должность с целью обучения. Он зарабатывал немного, но получал
очень хорошее обучение, и его направили на специальные курсы.
Примечание: Training (обучение), является неисчисляемым существитель-
ным, так что вы нельзя сказать 'a training'. Вы можете говорить об этом только
в общем или же можно сказать 'a training course', если вы имеете в виду что-
то конкретное. Здесь можно использовать глагоы do или go on: I did/went on
several training courses last year — в прошлом году я посещал несколько разных
курсов.
Повышение
Пол усердно работал в компании и у него были хорошие перспективы. Через
год работы его зарплату значительно повысили, а через два года его повысили
в должности. Через шесть месяцев его назначили начальником бухгалтерии,
с шестью работниками под его руководством.
Увольнение
Когда Полу было 30, ему нужно было новое испытание. Ему очень хоте-
лось работать за границей, и он уволился из своей компании. Он стал искать
себе новую работу в более крупной компании. Через пару месяцев ему удалось
найти работу в международной компании, занимающейся путешествиями. Он
был очень захвачен новой работой, он в первый раз по-настоящему получил
удовольствие от путешествия, но...
Тяжелые времена
Примерно через шесть месяцев Полу стали надоедать постоянные поездки,
через год он уже просто ненавидел их. Он ненавидел проживание в гостиницах,
в новой компании у него никогда не было настоящих друзей. К сожалению, его
работа также не удовлетворяла компанию, так что через год его уволили. После
этого Полу было очень трудно. Он был безработным более года. Ему пришлось
61
продать машину и переехать из своего нового дома. Дела шли плохо, и в конце
концов Полу пришлось согласиться работать неполный рабочий день в фрукго-
во-овощном ларьке па рынке.
Хорошие времена
К своему удивлению, Полу понравилась работа на рынке. У него появилось
много друзей, и ему нравилась работа на открытом воздухе. Через два года, он
взял под контроль работу ларька. Еще через два года он открыл второй ларек,
а через десять лет их у него было уже пятнадцать. В прошлом году Пол вышел
на пенсию в возрасте 55 лет очень богатым человеком.
VOCABULARY
tiling cabinet — шкаф для хранения документов, картотека, каталог
drawer ['dro:] — (выдвижной) ящик (стола, комода)
wastepaper basket — корзина для мусора
briefcase — портфель
retailer — розничный торговец
invoice — счет, фактура; счет-фактура
customer — заказчик, покупатель; клиент
to show around — сопровождать кого-л. куда-л.
to arrange — устраивать(ся), организовывать, подготавливать
shop floor — цех завода или мастерской
assembly line — сборочный конвейер
to fit/assemble — собирать, монтировать, подгонять
(о meet the required standard — соответствовать требуемым стандартам
linished goods — готовые изделия
EXERCISES
1. Write down three nouns that could follow each of these verbs. You
can use the same noun more than once.
1. write a letter
2. send
3. make
4. arrange
2. Fill the gaps with the correct word to form a compound noun in
each case.
1. 1 told him to put the details on the notice
2. She has to check the goods when they come off the assembly
3. I'm sure I took the reports out of the filing and put them in
my brief
4. It's a very boring job and I spend most of my time doing general paper
Офисные принадлежности
Папка, календарь, доска объявлений, компьютер, монитор, клавиатура, кар-
тотека, стол, дневник, калькулятор, (выдвижные) ящики (стола, комода), корзи-
на для мусора, портфель.
Офисная работа
Бренда работает в компании по производству мебели. Она работает в офисе,
который находится напротив самой фабрики. Вот как проходит ее рабочий день:
Большую часть времени она работает на компьютере, она пишет письма
и отчеты.
Она отвечает на телефонные звонки, в основном от розничных торговцев.
Она звонит розничным торговцам и на фабрику, которая производит мебель.
Она рассылает счета клиентам.
Она сопровождает посетителей и показывает им фабрику.
Она выполняет основную бумажную работу: рассылает отчеты, пишет до-
кладные записки, отвечает на письма.
Она договаривается о встречах для своего начальника и других менеджеров
компании.
Производственный цех фабрики
Это место, где производится продукция. На современных фабриках меньше
работников, чем раньше, благодаря автоматизации производства. Большинство
фабрик также используют сборочный конвейер, где каждый работник делает
какую-то определенную часть продукции и передает ее дальше. На конвейере,
работники собирают разные части, а контролеры проверяют работу на каждой
стадии, чтобы убедиться, что продукция отвечает требуемым стандартам.
Готовые изделия
Goods (продукция) это обобщенное слово, употребляемое для любых това-
ров, произведенных на продажу. Когда продукт готов, его упаковывают сначала
в полиэтилен, затем в ящик и отправляют на хранение на склад. Когда клиент,
один из магазинов по продаже электроники, делает заказ на продукцию, ее до-
ставляют в магазин машиной или поездом.
When you leave school you understand that the time to choose your fu-
ture profession has come. It's not an easy task to make the right choice of
a job. I have known for a long time that leaving school is the beginning of
my independent life, the beginning of a far more serious examination of my
abilities and character.
I have asked myself a lot of times: "What do 1 want to be when I leave
school?" A few years ago it was difficult for me to give a definite answer. As
the years passed 1 changed my mind a lot of times about which science or
field of industry to specialize in. It was difficult to make up my mind and
choose one of the hundreds of jobs to which I might be better suited.
A couple of years ago I wanted to become a doctor. I thought it was a
very noble profession. I was good at biology and chemistry in the 8lh and
9"' forms. I wanted to help people who had problems with health. I knew
that a doctor should be noble in work and life, kind and attentive to people,
responsible and reasonable, honest and prudent. A doctor, who is selfish,
dishonest, can't be good at his profession. I tried to do my best to develop
good traits in myself.
Now I have already decided what to do. I'd like to be a teacher. I know
that it's very difficult to become a good teacher. You should know perfectly
the subject you teach, you must be well-educated and well-informed. An igno-
rant teacher teaches ignorance, a fearful teacher teaches fear, a bored teacher
teaches boredom. But a good teacher develops in his pupils the burning de-
sire to knowledge. As John Steinbeck once said, a great teacher is a great
artist and you know how few great artists there are in the world. Teaching
might even be the greatest of the arts. It's a great responsibility to bring up
children. I think that's the reason why teachers are deeply respected.
More and more people realise that every educated person should know a
foreign language. That's why I'm going to become an English teacher. I al-
ways remember these famous words and I'm going to teach them to my pupils:
"He, who doesn't know a foreign language, doesn't know his own language".
VOCABULARY
to change one's mind — передумать
to make up one's mind — решить(ся)
to suit — подходить
noble — благородный
prudent — предусмотрительный
trait [treit] — черта характера
ignorant — несведущий, невежественный
burning desire [di'zais] — жгучее желание, стремление
to bring up — воспитывать
reason — причина
to respect — уважать
to realise (realize) ['rialaiz] — осознавать
QUESTIONS
1. Have you made up your mind what to be in the future?
2. When did you begin making plans for the future?
3. When were you able to give a definite answer about your future profes-
sion? Did anybody help you to make the choice?
4. Are you going to work and study at the same time?
5. Why do you think teaching is a noble profession?
6. What traits must a good teacher have?
7. What difficulties of teaching profession can you name?
8. What did Steinbeck say about teaching profession?
EXERCISES
1. Whose job do these things belong to?
One of the most difficult problems a young person faces is deciding what
to do about a career. There are individuals, of course, who from the time they
are six years old "know" that they want to be doctors or pilots or fire fighters,
but the majority of us do not get around to making a decision about an occu-
pation or career until somebody or something forces us to face the problem.
Choosing an occupation takes time, and there are a lot of things you have
to think about as you try to decide what you would like to do. You may find
that you will have to take special courses to qualify for a particular kind of
work, or may find out that you will need to get some actual work experience
to gain enough knowledge to qualify for a particular job.
Fortunately, there are a lot of people you can turn to for advice and help
in making your decision. At most schools, there are teachers who are profes-
sionally qualified to counsel you and to give detailed information about job
qualifications. And you can talk over your ideas with family members and
friends who are always ready to listen and to offer suggestions. But even if
you get other people involved in helping you make a decision, self evalua-
tion is an important part of the decision-making process.
VOCABULARY
to make a decision [di'si3sn] — принять решение
to force — заставлять, принуждать, вынуждать
qualify ['kwolifai] for — готовиться к какой-л. деятельности; приобре-
тать какую-л. квалификацию; получать право (на что-либо)
to counsel |' k arm sal J —давать совет; советовать, рекомендовать
self evaluation [i,vaslju eijn] — самооценка
QUESTIONS
1. What is the most difficult problem for a young person?
2. Why don't the majority of young people know what they want to be?
3. When do they make a decision about an occupation?
4. What things do you have to think about when choosing an occupation?
5. What should one do to qualify for a particular job?
6. Whom can you turn to for advice when making your decision?
7. What is the most important part of the decision-making process?
ВЫБОР ПРОФЕССИИ
EXERCISE
1. a) Match the verbs in A to the nouns in B.
В
1 look after customers
2 report money
3 serve wooden furniture
4 play music on the radio
5 type sick people
5 make letters
7 design buildings
3 handle the news
69
THE PAINTER
On the 25 October, 1881, a little boy was born in Malaga, Spain. It was
a difficult birth and to help him breathe, cigar smoke was blown into his
nose! But despite being the youngest ever smoker, this baby grew up to be
one of the 20th century's greatest painters — Pablo Picasso.
Picasso showed his truly exceptional talent from a very young age. His
first word was lapiz (Spanish for pencil) and he learned to draw before he
could talk. He was the only son in the family and very good-looking, so he
was thoroughly spoilt. He hated school and often refused to go unless his
doting parents allowed him to take one of his father's pet pigeons with him!
Apart from pigeons, his great love was art and when in 1891 his father, who
was an amateur artist, got a job as a drawing teacher at a college, Pablo went
with him to the college. He often watched his father paint and sometimes was
allowed to help. One evening his father was painting a picture of their pigeons
when he had to leave the room. He returned to find that Pablo had completed
the picture, and it was so amazingly beautiful and lifelike that he gave his
son his own palette and brushes and never painted again. Pablo was just 13.
From then onwards there was no stopping him. Many people realized
that he was a genius but he disappointed those who wanted him to become
a traditional painter. He was always breaking the rules of artistic tradition
and shocked the public with his strange and powerful pictures. He is prob-
ably best known for his "Cubist" pictures, which used only simple geometric
shapes. His paintings of people were often made up of triangles and squares
with their features in the wrong place. His work changed our ideas about art,
and to millions of people modern art means the work of Picasso. Guernica,
which he painted in 1937, records the bombing of that little Basque town
during the Spanish Civil War, and is undisputedly one of the masterpieces
of modern painting.
Picasso created over 6,000 paintings, drawings and sculptures. Today a "Pi-
casso" costs several million pounds. Once, when the French Minister of Culture
was visiting Picasso, the artist accidentally spilt some paint on the Minister's
trousers. Picasso apologized and wanted to pay for them to be cleaned, but
the Minister said, "Non! Please, Monsieur Picasso, just sign my trousers!"
Picasso died of heart failure during an attack of influenza in 1973.
VOCABULARY
doting — сильно любящий
pigeon — голубь
palette — палитра
masterpiece — шедевр
heart failure — сердечная недостаточность
QUESTIONS
/. What and who influenced his choice of career?
2. Do parents influence your choice of career? How?
J. Would you like to become a painter? Why?
4. What are good jobs to have and why?
5. What are the worst jobs?
6. What other painters do you know? What can you tell about them?
ХУДОЖНИК
||
THE MUSICIAN
Ever since it was the musical theme in the film "The Sting", there are
few people who have not tapped their feet to the hit piano tune, "The En-
tertainer" — the most famous composition of the American musician, Scott
Joplin.
Scott was born in Texas in 1868, in a poor but musical black family. His
father, who was a freed slave, played the violin, and his mother played the
banjo and sang. Scott played the violin and bugle but his favourite instru-
ment was his neighbour's piano. His father worked extra hours to buy him
a battered old grand piano, and soon Scott was playing by ear negro tunes,
blues, and spirituals. Music flowed naturally from his fingers, and he quick-
ly became the talk of the town.
Scott didn't learn to read music until he was 11, when an old German
music teacher spotted his talent and gave him free, formal piano lessons. He
learned to play the works of such composers as Bach, Beethoven, and Mo-
zart as well as his improvised music. Thus when he started to write music,
his tunes were a wonderful mixture of classical European and African beat.
This unique style was known as Ragtime, and was played everywhere in the
USA in the early 1900s by both black and white musicians.
In 1882, when Scott was 14, his mother died and he left home to seek
his fortune in St. Louis. In the 1880s, St. Louis was noisy and bustling with
life. The waterfront of the Mississippi River was full of gangsters, gamblers,
and sailors. The sound of music was everywhere — black, white, and mixed.
The hot steamy nights were filled with blues, working songs, banjos, and
honky tonk pianos. Scott was soon playing Ragtime piano in cheap bars
on the waterfront. This was a rough, tough area of the city where arguments
over girls, whisky, and money were settled with fists and guns. Scott grew
up very fast and his musical talent continued to develop. All in all he wrote
about 50 piano rags.
Scott Joplin died in 1917. Today he is the undisputed King of Ragtime,
thanks to his natural ability, his unusual musical education, and the popular-
ity of the film, "The Sting".
VOCABULARY
tap — стучать, постукивать
bugle — горн, рожок
spiritual — спиричуал, негритянский религиозный гимн
he became the talk of the town — о нем толковал весь город
beat — ритм; bustling — суетливый, шумный
honky tonk — амер. жарг. кабак, притон
чяЯН^Н
QUESTIONS
/. When was Scott Joplin bom?
2. When did he begin to play the piano?
3. Who taught him to play the piano?
4. Who is the undisputed King of Ragtime?
What is the most difftcidt problem for a young person?
6. Why don't the majority of young people know what they want to be?
7. When do they make a decision about an occupation?
8. What things do you have to think about when choosing an occupation?
9. What shoidd one do to qualify for a particular job?
МУЗЫКАНТ
С rex пор как появилась музыкальная тема в фильме «Стинг», едва ли не все
отбивали ногой ритм под известную мелодию, исполняемую на фортепьяно,
«Дивертисмент» — наиболее известную композицию американского музыканта
Скотта Джоплина.
Скотт родился в штате Техас в 1868 г. в бедной, но музыкальной семье чер-
ных. Его отец, освобожденный раб, играл на скрипке, а мать играла на банджо
и пела. Скотт играл на скрипке и рожке, но его любимым инструментом было
фортепьяно его соседа. Отец работал дополнительно, чтобы купить сыну разби-
тый старый рояль, и скоро Скотг играл на слух негритянские мелодии, блюзы,
и спиричуалы. Музыка текла под его пальцами естественно, и о нем вскоре
заговорил весь город.
Скотт не учился играть по нотам, пока ему не исполнилось 11 лет, когда
старый немец, учитель музыки, увидел его талант и дал ему бесплатные уроки
фортепьяно. Он учился играть произведения таких композиторов как Бах, Бет-
ховен и Моцарт, а также играл свою импровизированную музыку. Таким обра-
зом, когда он начал писать музыку, его мелодии представляли замечательное
сочетание классических европейских и африканских ритмов. Этот уникальный
стиль известен как рэгтайм, его играли повсюду в США в начале 1900-х годов
как черные, так и белые музыканты.
В 1882 году, когда Скотту было 14 лет, умерла его мать, и он уехал домой,
чтобы искать свое счастье в Сент Луи. В 1880-х годах Сент Луи был шумным
и суетливым городом. В портовых районах реки Миссисипи было полно гангсте-
ров, игроков и моряков. Звуки музыки доносились отовсюду — играли черные,
белые и смешанные группы музыкантов. Горячие душные ночи были заполнены
блюзом, песнями рабочих, звуками банджо и кабацкими мелодиями, исполня-
емыми на фортепьяно. Вскоре Скотт играл рэгтайм на фортепьяно в дешевых
барах в портовом районе. Это был грубый, жесткий район города, где споры
о девочках, виски и деньгах улаживались с помощью кулаков и оружия. Скотт
рос очень быстро, и его музыкальный талант продолжал развиваться. В целом
он написал приблизительно 50 фортепьянных мелодий в стиле рэг.
Скотт Джонлин умер в 1917 г. Сегодня он — бесспорный король рэгтайма
благодаря его природным способностям, его необычному музыкальному обра-
зованию и популярности фильма «Стинг».
73
AT WORK: JOBS
My name is Martha Glass. I'm thirty-nine years old and I'm a doctor.
I chose the medical profession because I wanted to help people and at the
same time make good money. When I was younger I wanted to become a
teacher or a nurse, but I soon realized there wasn't much money in either of
those professions. My parents almost didn't help me, because they didn't want
me to have a career at all. They wanted me to do what so many other girls
did. They wanted me to become a secretary, marry the boss, have kids and
stay at home. Well, I got married, and I had kids, but I have my career as well.
Hi. I'm Billy. 1 left school when I was sixteen. I didn't have any qualifica-
tion. I just wanted to earn some money. I got a job in a factory. I didn't mind be-
ing a blue-collar worker. All I wanted was enough money to take my girlfriend
out on a Saturday night. But then they got robots in to do my job and I was out
of work. I was out of work for sixteen months. It's terrible being unemployed.
The days seem so long. I finally got a job as an unskilled labourer, working
for a builder. I'm twenty-five now. I suppose I should go to night classes and
get some extra training so that I can earn more money as a skilled worker can.
My name is George Rushton. I'm a businessman. I'm fifty years old and
I've been working for the same company for twenty-five years. I think I've
had a very successful career. I started work with the company as a poorly
paid clerk. I was one of those nine-to-five white-collar office workers who
spend all day with a pencil in one hand and a telephone in the other. I hated
it. So I was transferred to sales and became one of the company's sales rep-
resentatives. I travelled all over the country selling the company's products
and became the most successful salesperson on the staff. In ten years I have
been promoted to manager of the sales department. In another ten years I
hope to retire with a good pension.
VOCABULARY
to choose (chose, chosen) — выбирать
to make money — зарабатывать деньги
nurse — медсестра
to earn [з:п] — зарабатывать
to be out of work — быть безработным
unemployed [ A m m ' p b i d ] — безработный
skilled — квалифицированный
successful — удачный, успешный
poorly paid — плохо оплачиваемый
to transfer — перемещать
sales — продажа
to sell — продавать
74
QUESTIONS
/. Do your parents have a job? What do they do?
2. What are some good jobs to have and why?
S. What are the worst jobs?
4. What job would you like to have?
5. Would you rather have an uninteresting well-paid job or an interesting
but poorly paid job?
6. Are there many unemployed people in your country? Who? Young? Old?
7. How can they find a job?
EXERCISES
1. Which of the job-titles:
public relations officer administrator
personnel officer unskilled worker
labourer director
safety officer (not the security officer — the person who executive manager
makes sure everything is locked and secure, that there are union official
no burglaries or other crimes, etc.) supervisor
НА РАБОТЕ: ПРОФЕССИИ
Меня зовут Марта Гласс. Мне тридцать девять лет, я врач. Я выбрала про-
фессию медика, потому что хотела помогать людям и в то же время хорошо
зарабатывать. Когда я была моложе, то хотела стать учителем или медсес-
трой, но вскоре поняла, что люди этих профессий много не зарабатывают.
Мои родители мне почти не помогали, потому что вообще не хотели, чтобы
я занималась карьерой. Они хотели, чтобы я поступала так же, как и многие
другие девушки. Они хотели, чтобы я стала секретарем, вышла замуж за на-
чальника, имела детей и сидела дома. Я вышла замуж, у меня появились дети,
но я сделала и карьеру.
Привет. Меня зовут Билли. Я окончил школу, когда мне было шестнадцать.
У меня не было никакой квалификации. Я только хотел заработать немного
денег. Я получил работу на фабрике. Я ничего не имел против того, чтобы стать
рабочим, «синим воротничком». Все, что я хотел, так это иметь достаточно
денег, чтобы повести куда-нибудь свою девушку в субботу вечером. Но затем
появились роботы, которые выполняли мою работу, и я остался безработным.
У меня не было работы в течение шестнадцати месяцев. Это ужасно — быть
безработным. Дни кажутся такими длинными. Я наконец устроился на работу
чернорабочим низкой квалификации, подсобным строителя. Сейчас мне двад-
цать пять. Я считаю, что мне нужно идти в вечернюю школу и получить допол-
нительное образование, чтобы я мог зарабатывать больше денег как квалифи-
цированный рабочий.
Меня зовут Джордж Руштон. Я бизнесмен. Мне пятьдесят лет, и я работаю
в одной и той же компании в течение двадцати пяти лет. Думаю, что у меня
была очень успешная карьера. Я начал работу в компании в качестве клерка
с маленькой зарплатой. Я был одним из тех сотрудников офиса с белыми во-
ротничками, которые работают с девяти до пяти и проводят весь день с каран-
дашом в одной руке и телефоном в другой. Я возненавидел такую работу. Меня
перевели в отдел продаж, и я стал одним из коммерческих представителей ком-
пании. Я путешествовал по всей стране, продавая изделия компании, и стал
самым удачливым продавцом. Через десять лет меня выдвинули на должность
менеджера коммерческого отдела. Еще через десять лет я надеюсь уволиться
с хорошей пенсией.
76
MY FUTURE PROFESSION
(BUSINESS ECONOMICS)
There are many interesting and useful professions and it is really not an
easy task to choose the right one.
I began to think about my future profession at the age of 15. My fa-
vourite subjects at school were mathematics and English. My teachers were
well-educated people with broad outlook and deep knowledge of the sub-
jects. They encouraged me in my desire to become an economist. Now I
know well what I'm going to do after leaving school. I didn't make a blind
choice. It was not a sudden flash either. I opted for a career in business
economics. I came to this decision little by little. It was my father who
aroused my interest in that field. You see, he is a chief economist at a large
plant and I often saw him work at home and discuss business matters with
his colleagues. Later I got interested in the matter.
Economics is the science of making choices, which is based upon the
facts of our everyday life. Economists study our everyday life and the sys-
tem, which affects it. They try to describe the facts of the economy in which
we live and to explain how the system works. The science of economics is
concerned with all our material needs and wants.
To become a good specialist in economic matters and business one must
know many sciences, such as business economics, finance and credits, sta-
tistics, history of economic theory and philosophy, mathematics, as well as
economic management, trade business and, of course, marketing, which is
a modern philosophy of business.
It is very important for a specialist in business matters to be a skilful
user of computers and to speak at least one foreign language. It should bet-
ter be English as it is the most popular language of international business
communication. You'll be able to follow business developments in the world
by listening to radio and TV news, by reading newspapers or magazines, or
by getting in contact with your business partners abroad.
If I pass my entrance exams successfully and enter the University I'll
try to study to the best of my abilities to achieve my life's ambition and to
justify the hopes of my parents. I also hope that I'll never regret my choice
and get a well-paid and interesting job afterwards.
Maybe I should consider a job in a world of banking. There's a sur-
prisingly wide range to choose from, in the financial world. For example,
I could work for a big international company, run my own company, write
about economics as a financial journalist, run my own International Busi-
ness Research Agency, raise money for charities or just sell famous paint-
ings...
Ш
VOCABULARY
broad outlook — широкая перспектива
to encourage [т'клгкЗз] me in my desire — поощрять меня в моем же-
лании
a blind [blaind] choice — слепой выбор
a sudden flash — внезапная вспышка
to opt — выбирать(решить)
to arise — возникать
to get interested in — заинтересовываться
to affect — затрагивать
to be concerned — быть заинтересованным
to justify the hopes of my parents — оправдывать надежды моих роди-
телей
wide range — широкий диапазон, круг, область, сфера
to run — управлять
QUESTIONS
1. When did you start to think about your future profession?
2. What professions do you like best of all?
3. Who helped you to make your choice?
4. What do you know about your future profession?
5. What arc your parents 'professions?
6. What do you know about them?
7. Have you got any traditional professions in your family?
8. Is your future profession interesting and modern?
EXERCISE
Match the definitions to the words, then make sentences, as in the
example.
1 look after sick people A shop assistant
2 type letters and answer the phone В journalist
A 3 serve customers С nurse
4 make wooden furniture D carpenter
5 report the news E DJ
6 design clothes F secretary
7 pay records on the radio G hairdresser
8 cut hair H fashion designer
9 design buildings I accountant
10 keep financial accounts J architect
A — 3. A shop assistant is someone who serves customers.
78
МОЯ БУДУЩАЯ ПРОФЕССИЯ.
ЭКОНОМИКА
79
ABOUT MY CAREER
(LEGAL CAREER)
I originally became interested in the law during my 9th form when I re-
alised that my skills as a writer, speaker, and leader — as well as my powers
of logic — would probably serve me well in a legal career. That is why 1 en-
tered an optional class where I could have lessons on law twice a week. All
that 1 have done and experienced in my studying of the basic aspects of the
law has further stimulated and reinforced my interest in the law, especially
international obligations and public law, and my determination to pursue
a legal career.
Studying to be a lawyer represents the fulfilment of one of my longest
held dreams.
Whatever 1 could do as a lawyer to help people who are victimised by
unscrupulous businessmen, as well as their own ignorance of the law, would
give me a great satisfaction. The duty of the lawyer is not only to punish peo-
ple for various crimes: from espionage to serial murder and terrorism, but
they must do their best to prevent crimes, to fight against evil in our society.
They should help those people, who committed an error (broke the law)
to find the right road in their life. The lawyers protect the rights and legal in-
terests of citizens, institutions and organisations. 1 want to help people, busi-
nesses to solve their problems, I want to help everybody to know the rules
that we all have to get along. I think that the profession of a lawyer is one
of the most important in the law-governed state, which we are creating now.
VOCABULARY
to reinforce — усиливать, укреплять
to pursue [pa'sju:] a legal career — иметь профессию юриста
attorney — адвокат, юрист, прокурор
ignorance of the law [lo:] — незнание закона
to punish [' р л ш / ] — наказывать
crime — преступление
serial murder [ m3:d3] — серийное убийство
to commit an error [ era] — совершить ошибку
death sentence — смертный приговор
QUESTIONS
1. What kind of family were you horn in?
2. What is your dream?
3. Why have you chosen the career of lawyer?
4. How can you help people as a lawyer?
5. What is the duty of the lawyer?
О МОЕЙ КАРЬЕРЕ
What is marketing?
People talk about the marketing mix. This consists of (= it is formed
from and includes):
choosing the right product (= what a company produces/makes or of-
fers) selling it at the right price (= what it costs to the buyer/consumer) using
the right kind of promotion (= the ways to make the product popular and
well-known; this includes advertising) making it available in the right place
(= where you sell the product and how it reaches the consumer; also known
as distribution).
This 'mix' is often referred to as the four Ps, and marketing people have
the job of matching these things to the needs of consumers (= the people
who buy and use products). People who buy the products of a particular
company are that company's customers/clients.
'Sales' and 'market'
There are a number of words, which combine with sales and market to
form compound nouns and word partnerships which are very common in
marketing.
81
sales figures: the amount you have sold
sales target: the amount you would like to sell in a future period
sales forecast: the amount you think you will sell in a future period, e.g.
next year
sales representative: a person who sells a company's products; abbrevi-
ated to sales rep
sales/marketing manager: the person who runs the sales/marketing
department
market research: collecting and studying information about what peo-
ple want and need
market share: the % of a market that a company has, e.g. a 20 % market
share
market leader: the company or product with the biggest market share
Competition
Ford Motors is the market leader in the UK car industry. Its main com-
petitors (= the most important companies in the same market) are Vauxhall
and Rover, and it has had to work very hard in recent years to maintain its
market share. Every time a competitor launches a new product (= intro-
duces a new car onto the market), it is harder for Ford to stay in front.
A company's image
The image of a product/company (= the picture or idea that people have
of the product/company) is very important in sales and marketing. Some
companies want a fashionable image (= modern and up-to-date), others do
not. For example a car can be:
mass-produced (= made young; exciting glamor- high quality (= high
in large numbers), reli- ous (= exciting + attrac- standard/very good),
able (= you can trust it), tive); often fashionable, luxury (= expensive and
good value (= good for dangerous; not very giving great comfort),
the money) functional practical high status/prestige
but boring (= important; driven by
important people)
VOCABULARY
marketing mix — комплекс маркетинга, маркетинг-микс (набор ос-
новных компонентов маркетингового воздействия, поддающихся
контролю со стороны фирмы и используемых ею при продаже
товара в стремлении вызвать желаемую ответную реакцию со
стороны рынка; выделяют 4 основных компонента комплекса
маркетинга: товар, цена, место распространения и методы сти-
мулирования)
price — цена
promotion — развитие, продвижение; содействие
F ™
advertising — рекламирование, реклама
distribution — распределение; распространение
refer to — ссылаться, опираться, говорить, упоминать
four P's of marketing — четыре P маркетинга (четыре основных эле-
мента маркетинга: продукт (Product), цена (Price), место (Place), про-
движение (Promotion))
amount — величина, количество
target ['ta:git] — план, цель; плановая, контрольная цифра
forecast — прогноз
market share — доля иа рынке
to launch — выпускать (товар) на рынок
up-to-date — современный; соответствующий современным требова-
ниям; новейший
EXERCISES
1. The 'marketing mix' consists of the four Ps. Can you remember
what they are? Write them down.
2. See how many different compound words and word partnerships
you can form from the words in the box (you can use a word more than
once), then complete the definitions below.
83
4. Complete this word-building table. Use a dictionary to help you.
5. Which nouns or adjectives from the last exercise (or any others from
the text above), do you associate with these companies and products?
Rolex Benetton
Coca Cola Sony
Ferrari Levis
Swatch mobile phones
6. Can you answer these questions about your own country? If pos-
sible, compare your answers with someone else.
1. Which company is the market leader in the motor car industry in your
country?
2. Do you know its approximate market share?
3. Which companies are its main competitors?
4. Write down the names of at least two cars that have been launched in the
last six months.
ПРОДАЖИ И МАРКЕТИНГ.
ЧТО ТАКОЕ МАРКЕТИНГ?
ш а
sales forecast — количество, которое вы считаете, что сможете продать за
определенный период
sales representative — торговый представитель, тот, кто продает товары ком-
пании
sales/marketing manager — человек, возглавляющий отдел маркетинга
и продаж
market research — сбор и изучение информации о том, что люди хотят и что
им нужно
market share — доля рынка (удельный вес компании в общем объеме ры-
ночных продаж)
market leader — лидер, компания или продукт, занимающий самую боль-
шую долю рынка
Конкуренция
Компания Форд Моторс является лидером машиностроения в Англии. Ее
основными конкурентами являются Воксхолл и Ровер. Поэтому кампании Форд
Моторс пришлось усердно работать последние годы, чтобы быть в состоянии
удерживать свою часть рынка в общем объеме рыночных продаж. Конкуренты
постоянно выпускают на рынок новые продукты и Форд все труднее выдержи-
вать передовую позицию.
Имидж компании
Имидж компании или продукта (изображение или идея, вложенная в про-
дукт или компанию) является очень важной вещью в продажах и маркетинге.
Одни компании хотят сделать себе модный современный имидж (fashionable
image), другие нет. Например, машина может быть:
FINANCIAL CAREERS
85
and fun runs, ask governments for money, try to get support from local com-
panies and organisations.
Most major charities have fund-raising departments, which employ teams
of workers. Some of these people do office work — others organise public-
ity. visit companies or arrange special events. Sounds interesting?
Tycoon. A wealthy and powerful person in business or industry. If you
are the independent, creative type, why not start your own business? Lots of
people do these days. Some aren't successful, of course, but plenty are —
and if you do succeed, the rewards of being your own boss can be enormous.
To become a business tycoon you need to have an original idea; be practical,
reliable and well-organised; understand the business world; keep control of
your finances. After that it's all a question of hard work and luck, but then
that's the key to success in any job.
Financial journalist. Financial journalists work in three main areas —
newspapers, radio and television. Their job is to understand what's happen-
ing in the financial world and explain it as quickly and accurately as possi-
ble. Economic journalists don't just report today's news, though. They need
the ability to predict future events, too. "Will interest rates rise or fall?
Will the stock market go up or down? And what about trade... are exports
going to increase or decrease?"
To become a financial journalist you train as a general reporter first.
Then you specialise in finance and economics. And when you've done that?
Well, if you are lucky you'll get a job in the media. One word of warning,
though — financial journalism is a very competitive career. In Britain, for
example, there are only 2.000 jobs available.
Auctioneer. Two of the best-known auction houses in the world are
Christie's and Sotheby's. The auctioneer who works there regularly sells fa-
mous paintings worth millions of pounds. But you'd be wrong to think that
auctioneers just sell Rembrands and Van Goghs. It's much more varied ca-
reer than that. Some auctioneers sell farm animals, for example. Others sell
houses, antique furniture or even rock and roll 'memorabilia' (i.e. guitars,
cars, clothes etc., which ones belonged to pop stars). And what does it take
to be a good auctioneer? Well, three qualities are absolutely essential — a
calm personality, a quick mind and (last but not least) a strong voice.
Dealer. Dealers work for companies which buy and sell foreign curren-
cies, commodities like oil or steel. They work in large, noisy rooms, called
dealing rooms and do most of their business over the phone and on compu-
ter screens. The majority of them are under 35. The majority of them also
earn very big salaries because their work involves huge amounts of pressure
and responsibility. You don't need a degree to be a dealer. What you do
need, though, is talent, energy, confidence and ambition.
86
VOCABULARY
to raise money for charities — собирать деньги для благотворительной
деятельности
cancer ['ksensa] — рак
disabled — инвалид
to involve — вовлекать
tycoon [taf ku:n] — промышленный или финансовый магнат
to predict — предсказывать
Will interest rates rise or fall — будет повышение или падение процен-
тных ставок
to increase — увеличиваться
to decrease — уменьшаться
auctioneer [,о:к/э'шэ] — аукционист
dealer — дилер
QUESTIONS
/. What are you going to do after school?
2. What jobs can you choose in the financial world?
3. What charities are there these days? What work do they do? What does
the job involve?
4. Who is tycoon?
5. How to become a business tycoon?
6. Where do financial journalists work? What does their job involve?
7. What do vou need to become a financial journalist?
8. What are two of the best-known auction houses in the world?
9. What does it take to be a good auctioneer?
10. What companies do dealers work for?
ФИНАНСОВАЯ КАРЬЕРА
Что я собираюсь делать после школы или университета? Возможно, мне сле-
дует подумать о работе в финансовом мире. Существует удивительно широкий
диапазон для выбора — например, я могу собирать деньги на благотворитель-
ную деятельность или продавать известные картины, или писать об экономике
как финансовый журналист, или управлять своей собственной компанией, или...
Сборщик денег благотворительного фонда. В наши дни существуют ты-
сячи различных благотворительных фондов, например: «для детей», «исследо-
вания рака», «инвалиды», «третий мир», «исследования СПИД». Все они про-
водят важную работу и им всем нужно собирать деньги.
Именно поэтому они нанимают на работу сборщиков денег на благотво-
рительность. В чем заключается эта работа? Она очень разнообразна, но,
в основном, сборщики денег на благотворительность организуют специальные
мероприятия, такие как концерты и забавы, просят деньги у правительства, пы-
таются получить поддержку от местных компаний и организаций.
Большинство основных благотворительных организаций имеет отделения
сбора средств, которые нанимают группы работников. Некоторые из этих людей
выполняют офисную работу, другие организуют рекламу, посещают компании
или организовывают специальные мероприятия. Звучит интересно?
Финансовый магнат. Богатый и могущественный человек в бизнесе или
промышленности. Если Вы — независимый, творческий тип, почему бы не на-
чать свой собственный бизнес? Многие люди именно так в наши дни и поступа-
ют. Конечно, некоторые не достигают успеха, но многие — успешны, и если Вы
преуспеваете, преимущества быть собственным боссом могут быть огромными.
Чтобы стать магнатом в бизнесе. Вам нужно иметь оригинальную идею; быть
практичным, надежным и хорошо организованным; понимать деловой мир; уп-
равлять своими финансами. Кроме этого, весь вопрос заключается в напряжен-
ной работе и удаче, но это — ключ к успеху в любой работе.
Журналист финансовых новостей. Журналисты финансовых новостей ра-
ботают в трех основных областях — газеты, радио и телевидение. Их работа —
понять то, что происходит в финансовом мире, и объяснить это как можно быс-
трее и точнее. Экономические журналисты не только сообщают о сегодняшних
новостях. Им нужно также уметь предсказывать будущие события. Повысятся
или упадут процентные ставки? Возрастут или упадут акции фондового рынка?
И что касается торговли... будет ли экспорт увеличиваться или уменьшиться?
Чтобы стать журналистом финансовых новостей, сначала Вы учитесь как
обычный журналист. Затем Вы специализируетесь в финансах и экономике. А пос-
ле этого? Если Вы удачливы, то вы получите работу в средствах информации.
Одно предупреждение: все же финансовая журналистика — очень конкурентная
карьера. В Британии, например, имеется в наличии только 2000 рабочих мест.
Аукционист. Два из наиболее известных зданий, где происходят мировые
аукционы, — это Кристи и Сотби. Аукционист, который работает там регулярно,
продает известные картины стоимостью в миллионы фунтов. Но неправильно
было бы думать, что аукционисты только продают картины Рембранта и Ван
Гога. Это гораздо более разнообразная карьера, чем только это. Например, не-
которые аукционисты продают домашних животных. Другие продают дома,
старинную мебель или даже «памятные вещи» звезд рок-н-ролла (например:
гитары, автомобили, одежду и т. д., которые принадлежали звездам). А что же
требуется, чтобы быть хорошим аукционистом? Абсолютно необходимы три ка-
чества — спокойствие, выдержанность, живой, гибкий ум и (хотя и последнее,
но не менее важное качество) громкий голос.
Дилер. Дилеры работают в компаниях, которые покупают и продают инос-
транную валюту, товары, такие как нефть или сталь. Они работают в больших,
шумных комнатах, называемых дилерскими комнатами и делают большую часть
своего бизнеса по телефону и на экранах компьютера. Большинству из них до
35 лет. Большинство из них также получает очень высокую зарплату, потому
что их работа — это огромное напряжение и ответственность. Вам не нужен
диплом, чтобы быть дилером. То, что Вам нужно, — так это талант, энергия,
уверенность и честолюбие.
( <
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS RELATIONS
VOCABULARY
feature [ fitfs] — особенность, черта
exploration — исследование
to combine — объединять
to assure [э'/иэ] — гарантировать, обеспечивать
deteriorating standard of living — ухудшение уровня жизни
transaction — сделка
stock-exchange [iks'tj3md3] — фондовая биржа
QUESTIONS
1. What are you going to do after school or university?
2. What jobs in the financial world can you choose?
3. Why is the exploration of international business important?
4. Why is the foreign market opportunity analysis very important?
5. What do major stock markets affect?
rise/go up / increase
rise slowly (also gradually)
rise sharply
Note: rise, increase, and fall are also used as nouns: a slow rise in interest
rates, a steady increase in sales, a sharp fall in profits, a dramatic (= sharp)
rise in inflation. We can also use be up/down: prices are up by 10 %; profits
are down by £ 2m.
Businesses and the economy
In order to grow/expand (= get bigger) and thrive/prosper (= do well/be
successful), many companies want or need the following:
low inflation, so prices do not go up
low interest rates, so the company can borrow money without paying a
lot of interest
economic and political stability (= things remain steady and stable and
there are no sudden changes in the economic and political situation)
a healthy/strong economy (= in good condition), and not an economy in
recession (= in a period of reduced and slow business activity)
tax cuts (= tax reductions/lower taxes), so they can keep more of their
profit. This often depends on government expenditure, e.g. The government
will not be able to reduce taxes if public expenditure continues to rise.
VOCABULARY
to borrow — занимать
investment — инвестиции, капиталовложения
loan — заем, ссуда
interest — проценты (на капитал)
profit — прибыль, доход
loss — убыток, ущерб
to break even — становиться безубыточным, достигать уровня безубы-
точности
expenditure — издержки, расход(ы)
overheads — непроизводительные издержки, проф. накладные расходы
interest rate — ставка процента, ссудный процент
to expand — расширять(ся), увеличивать(ся) в объеме, развивать(ся)
to thrive/prosper — преуспевать, процветать
EXERCISES
1. What single word or phrase is being defined in each of these sen-
tences?
1. Money you borrow from a bank for your business.
2. What you must pay the bank if you borrow money.
3. The continuous increase in the price of things.
4. The things you hope to do/achieve within a period of time.
5. When a company does not make a profit or a loss.
6. When an economy is in a period of reduced and slow business activity.
2. Replace the underlined word(s) in each sentence with another
word that has the same meaning.
1. There has been a slow rise in sales.
2. This comes after a dramatic fall last year.
3. Fortunately the company is doing well now.
4. And it's growing very quickly.
5. This is one of their main objectives.
6. Profits have risen considerably.
ршшж
3. Look at the graph and complete the sentences on the left with one
word for each gap.
1. In 1993 sales
2. In the following year-they
3. In 1995 there was a
in sales.
4. In 1996 business improved and there
was a
5. And in 1997 sales
6. In the five-year period sales by 40,000.
4. Fill the gaps to form compound words or common phrases.
1. expenditure
2. stability
3. tax
4. rate
5. raw
6. profit and
5. Can you answer these questions about your own country?
1. What is the current inflation rate?
2. If you borrowed $ 10,000 from your bank, what would the interest rate
be approximate?
3. What is the state of the economy at the moment? Is it strong? Is it in
recession?
4. Do you think businesses are optimistic about the future?
5. Has the government reduced company taxes or personal taxes in the last
twelve months?
6. Has public expenditure risen or fallen in the last twelve months?
БИЗНЕС И ФИНАНСЫ
Бизнес и финансы
Большинству компаний приходится занимать деньги у банков, чтобы иметь
возможность делать инвестиции (to finance investments). Это называется де-
нежный займ (a loan), и за него нужно выплачивать процент (to pay interest).
Например, если вы делаете заем в банке в £ 1,000, а процентная ставка (interest
rate) составляет 10 %, вам нужно будет отдать потом (pay back) £ 1,100.
Бизнес и прибыль
Одной из основных целей (aims/objectives) любой компании является полу-
чение прибыли (to make a profit), т.е. заработать больше, чем было потрачено.
Если компания не зарабатывает и не терпит убытки, она становиться безубы-
точной (breaks even).
93
Большинство компаний рады, когда они могут стать безубыточными в пер-
вый год.
Компании зарабатывают деньги, продавая свои товары. Вырученные деньги
могут вкладываться в развитие предприятия и называются «оборот» (turnover).
Затраченные деньги называются «расход» (expenditure). Деньги тратятся на:
сырье (raw materials), рабочую силу (labour), накладные расходы, непроиз-
водственные издержки (overheads).
Подъемы и падения
Бизнесменам часто необходимо обсуждать изменение продаж, цен, процен-
тных ставок, дохода, убытков, и т. д. Вот несколько терминов, определяющих
тго движение (trends):
rise/go up/increase — увеличиваться в объеме, возрастать, расти
rise slowly (also gradually) — медленно, пост епенно расти
rise sharply — резко возрастать
fall/go down падать, уменьшаться
fall slowly - плавно падать, уменьшаться
go down sharply резко падать, уменьшаться
Примечание: Эти слова употребляются также как существительные: a slow
rise in interest rates (медленный рост процентных ставок), a steady increase in
sales (стабильный рост продаж), a sharp fall in profits (резкое снижение дохода),
a dramatic (= sharp) rise in inflation (резкий рост инфляции). Мы также можем
использовать выражения be up/down: prices are up to 10% (цены повысились
на 10 %).
Бизнес и экономика
Для того, чтобы расти (grow/expand) и процветать (thrive/prosper), многим
компаниям необходимо следующее:
low inflation —- низкий уровень инфляции, при котором не повышаются
цены
low interest rates —• низкие процентные ставки, чтобы кампания могла за-
нимать деньги, выплачивая при этом небольшой процент
economic and political stability — экономическая и политическая стабиль-
ность, когда нет резких изменений в этих сферах
a healthy/strong economy - здоровая экономическая активность
tax cuts — сокращение налогов, тогда можно получать больше прибыли. Это
часто зависит от уровня государственных расходов.
BANKING
95
VOCABULARY
cheque — чек
to be in charge of — отвечать
to borrow — брать взаймы,занимать
vault [vo:lt] — хранилище
security — безопасность
cash dispenser machine — машина по обналичиванию денег
to survive [sa'vaiv] — выживать.
QUESTIONS
1. What people work in a bank?
2. What does the job of the clerical staff involve?
3. What can you do at inquiries?
4. What does the manager do at the bank?
5. What questions does the small-business adviser answer?
6. Where can you buy or sell foreign currency?
7. Why is money universal?
БАНКОВСКОЕ ДЕЛО
Что я собираюсь делать после школы или университета? Возможно, мне сле-
дует подумать о работе в банковском мире. Существует удивительно широкий
диапазон для выбора. Например, я могу работать в коммерческом банке. Давайте
посмотрим, что есть что и кто есть кто. Если снять занавес с коммерческого
банка, можно увидеть, что большое количество людей в банках работает как бы
за сценой. Имеется конторский штат (иногда называемый служащими банка),
и их работа включает сортировку чеков, обеспечение того, чтобы каждый клиент
получал каждый месяц финансовый отчет по своему счету, ведение подробных
отчетов по бизнесу всего банка, соответствующих современным требованиям.
Информационное окно. Сюда Вы идете, если Вам нужен совет по поводу
банковских услуг.
Менеджер. Это человек, ответственный за банк. Она или он: (а) дает совет
клиентам относительно их финансов, (б) следит, чтобы банк и его штат работа-
ли должным образом.
Советник по малому бизнесу. Банки обеспечивают широкий диапазон ус-
луг своим клиентам. Сюда входит консультация для людей, имеющих малые
предприятия. «Как создать малое предприятие?» «Сколько денег можно позво-
лить себе брать в долг?» «Как осуществить перспективное планирование, чтобы
сделать бизнес успешным?» На подобные вопросы и должен дать ответ совет-
ник по малому бизнесу.
Компьютерная система банка. Современные банки хранят все свои финан-
совые данные в компьютерах. Это делает возможным проверять и предостав-
лять информацию одним касанием кнопки.
Окно обмена валюты. Здесь Вы покупаете или продаете иностранную ва-
и юту.
Хранилище. Деньги, важные документы и ценные предметы (например
картины, драгоценности) хранятся здесь. Хранилища имеют очень толстые сте-
ны и крепкие стальные двери со сложными замками.
Видео камера. Безопасность жизненно необходима в банках. Именно поэто-
му многие из них используют сегодня видео камеры. Они не могут остановить
грабежи, но могут снять на пленку грабителей.
Автомат для выдачи наличных (банкомат). Вам нужны деньги, а банк
закрыт? Никаких проблем — воспользуйтесь автоматом для выдачи наличных.
Все, что Вам нужно сделать, — это: (а) поместить вашу карточку для получения
маличных в машину, (б) набрать ваш персональный идентификационный номер
и сумму денег, которую Вы хотите. Через несколько секунд появятся деньги.
Ьлагодаря подобным автоматам многие банки теперь открыты 24 часа в сутки.
Ночной сейф. Владельцы магазинов и деловые люди часто не могут попасть
в банк, пока он открыт. Что они делают с деньгами, которые они заработали за
день? Они помещают их в ночной сейф — крепкий металлический ящик в стене
банка, который может быть открыт специальным ключом.
Таким образом, деньги — важная часть каждодневной жизни. На современ-
ном этапе деньги — это высокие технологии (они современны, хорошо разрабо-
таны и сложны). Мы имеем банкноты и монеты, которые сделаны по-особому.
Мы пользуемся кредитными карточками. Банки и фондовые биржи могут пере-
мещать миллионы одним нажатием кнопки.
Таким образом, деньги универсальны, но почему? Ответ очень прост. Без
них торговля была бы невозможна, а людям в любом обществе необходимо об-
мениваться товарами, чтобы выжить.
97
misspellings, typographical errors, and careful spacing. To attract attention,
some job seekers print resumes on tinted paper, in a menu-like folder, or on
unusual-sized paper. If done in a way to attract positive attention to yourself,
these approaches have merit.
VOCABULARY
inevitably [in'evitabli] — неизбежно
to require [ri'kwaia] — требовать
to hire ['haia] — нанимать
accomplishment — выполнение (достижение)
superficial — поверхностный
to irritate — раздражать
tinted paper — тоновая окрашенная бумага
merit — достоинство
QUESTIONS
1. What is the purpose of a resume?
2. What are effective resumes?
3. What is the length of effective resumes?
4. What should a useful resume include?
5. How should a resume be reproduced?
TASK
Write your own resume.
CURRICULUM VITAE
Surname Arkusha
First name Yury
Date of birth 9"' January, 1969
Place of birth Markovka, Lugansk reg.
Nationality Ukrainian
Religion Orthodox
Personal status Married
Children Daugther Olga, 1993
Profession Pharmaceutist
I declare that all the responses and information given here are true and correct.
date signature
MY WORLD
MY FRIEND
VOCABULARY
to make friends — подружиться
of the same age — ровесники
block of flats — многоквартирный дом
slender — стройный
straight — прямой
spectacles — очки
honest f'onist] — честный
just — справедливый
trust — доверять, верить
to rely on smb. — полагаться на кого-либо, доверять
to let smb. down — подводить
responsible — ответственный
whatever — что бы ни
shortcoming — недостаток
stubborn — упрямый
nevertheless — тем не менее
he is pleasant to deal with — с ним приятно иметь дело
no wonder ['wAnds] — неудивительно
a good ear for music — хороший музыкальный слух
to quarrel — ссориться
misunderstanding — недопонимание, недоразумение
to make peace — помириться
to respect — уважать
fairness ['feanss] — справедливость
intellect — ум
modesty — скромность
to miss smb. — скучать по кому-либо
QUESTIONS
/. Have you got a lot of friends?
2. What is your best friend's name?
3. How long have you been friends?
4. Where does he (she) live?
5. Do you often see each other?
6. Where did you meet for the first time?
7. What do you do in your free time?
8. What do you usually talk about?
МОЙ ДРУГ
PRIORITIES IN PASTIMES
How do young people spend their spare time? What leisure activities do
they prefer? These and other questions were asked in a sociological survey.
The results of the opinion poll conducted among young people living in big
cities and in the country add up to the following hierarchy of pastimes:
music in combination with such forms of group activities as discos, concerts,
and cafe'-cum-club come first, followed by the Internet, theatre and reading.
Then come films, museums, amateur arts and engineering; and finally, TV
and classical music. The questionnaire, circulated among pupils of 9-11
forms, students and young workers, has shown that the arts are regarded
second only to contacts with friends (or a girl/boy friend).
Most young people admit they do not know how to plan their leisure. To
use sociological terminology, their leisure qualifications are inadequate.
According to the poll, the actual priorities are as follows: TV comes first, fol-
lowed by Internet, reading, films, listening to records, radio, going out to dances
and discos; then come concerts, museums, amateur arts, and finally theatre.
Young people's recent growing cultural standards make themselves felt
primarily in the choice of cultural values. Of course they like to be enter-
tained (by watching TV shows, reading detective stories, etc.) But they
•
certainly know how to find their way amid the great variety of cultural val-
ues, and they know how to tell genuine art from imitation.
A few more words about music, which plays a very important part in
young people's lives. Rock is certainly more popular than classical music.
Russian pop groups who play original music and meaningful texts have an
especially large following. Russian girls and boys are getting increasingly
interested in the leisure activities which encourage self-expression and per-
sonality growth.
VOCABULARY
pastime ['pcustaim] — приятное времяпрепровождение, развлечение,
забава, увеселение; игра
leisure [ 1 е з з ] — досуг, свободное время
survey ['s3:vei] — обзор, исследование
opinion poll — опрос мнения (по какому-л. вопросу)
hierarchy ['haisrcnki] — иерархия
cum [ к л т ] — (лат.; предл.) с
engineering —техника, аппаратура
questionnaire [^kwests'nes] — вопросник, анкета, опросный лист
values — достоинства, ценности
genuine [' d j e n j u m ] —истинный, подлинный
to encourage [т'клпс1з] — поощрять, поддерживать
QUESTIONS
J. How do you spend your spare time?
2. What leisure activities do you prefer?
3. What preferences do you have in getting knowledge about the world?
4. How do your interest, hobbies help in your life?
5. Why is travelling a way of getting new information?
ПРИОРИТЕТЫ ВО ВРЕМЯПРЕПРОВОЖДЕНИИ
Как молодежь проводит свое свободное время? Как они предпочитают про-
водить свой досуг? Эти и другие вопросы были заданы на социологическом
опросе. Результаты опроса мнения, проведенного среди молодых людей, живу-
щих в больших городах и пригородах, дополнили иерархию видов времяпрепро-
вождения: музыка в сочетании с такими формами групповой деятельности как
дискотеки, концерты, походы в кафе и клубы, а также Интернет, театр и чтение.
Затем идут фильмы, музеи, самодеятельное искусство и техника; и, наконец, те-
левидение и классическая музыка. Опрос, который проводился среди учеников
9 1 1 классов, студентов и молодых рабочих, показал, что искусство занимает
второе место после общения с друзьями (с подругой или другом).
:
HOBBIES
Hobbies differ like tastes. If you have chosen a hobby according to your
character and taste you are lucky because your life becomes more interesting.
Hobbies are divided into four large groups: doing things, making things,
collecting things, and learning things.
The most popular of all hobby groups is doing things. It includes a wide
variety of activities, from gardening to travelling and from chess to vol-
leyball.
Gardening is one of the oldest man's hobbies. It is a well-known fact
that the English are very fond of gardening and growing flowers, especially
roses.
Both grown-ups and children are fond of playing different computer games.
This is a relatively new hobby but it is becoming more and more popular.
Making things includes drawing, painting, making sculpture, designing
costumes, handicrafts. Two of the most famous hobby painters were Presi-
dent Eisenhower and Sir Winston Churchill. Some hobbyists write music
or play musical instruments. President Bill Clinton, for example, plays the
saxophone.
Almost everyone collects something at some period in his life: stamps,
coins, matchboxes, books, records, postcards, toys, watches. Some collec-
tions have no real value. Others become so large and so valuable that they
are housed in museums and galleries. Many world-famous collections started
in a small way with one or two items. People with a good deal of money
often collect paintings, rare books, and other art objects. Such private col-
lections are sometimes given to museums, libraries and public galleries so
that others might take pleasure in seeing them.
No matter what kind of hobby a person has, he always has the oppor-
tunity of learning much from it. By reading about the things he is interested
in he is adding to what he knows. Learning new things can be the most excit-
ing aspect of a hobby.
VOCABULARY
to include — включать
variety [va'raiati] — разнообразие
to design — создавать, моделировать, конструировать
handicraft — ремесло, ручная работа
hobbyist — любитель, человек, имеющий определенное хобби
value — ценность
to house — помещать, размещать
in a small way — в малом масштабе
item — предмет
a good deal of — много
rare — редкий
private ['praivit] — частный, личный
to take pleasure in ['р1езэ] — получать удовольствие от
no matter what kind of hobby a person has — чем бы человек ни увлекался
opportunity [ ( Dp3'tju:nati] — возможность
QUESTIONS
1. Tastes differ. Can you say the same about hobbies?
2. Have you chosen a hobby according to your character and taste?
3. Which hobby groups do you know?
4. The most popular hobby group is doing things, isn't it? What kind of
activities does this group include?
5. What do you know about gardening?
6. Do you like computer games?
7. Are you fond of making things?
8. Do you know any hobbies of the famous people?
9. Have you ever collected anything?
10. What can be collected?
11. Do you know of any private collections that were given to museums or
art galleries?
12. Do you agree that learning new things can be the most exciting aspect of
a hobby? Why?
EXERCISE
Here are some people talking about their hobbies. Can you guess
what the hobby is in each case: chess, photography, collecting antiques,
1)1 Y (Do it yourself), making own clothes, jogging?
1. 1 usually use colour, but sometimes you get a better effect with black and
white. It really depends on the subject.
2. I really enjoy going round the shops and markets looking for a bargain.
3. I try to practise every day, but sometimes it's difficult because I don't like
to disturb my neighbours too much. And one neighbour gets very angry
if I play the same thing over and over again.
4. The great thing is you can do it when you like. 1 usually do it three or
four times a week — either early in the morning, or after school. I only
go for about 25 minutes but it really keeps me fit.
5. Obviously it saves me a lot of money; and in any case, I hate buying
things in boutiques because so many things are badly made.
6. I joined a club because I wanted to get better, and I now play twice a
week in the evenings. It has helped me a lot and 1 have a much better
memory for all the different moves and strategies.
7. I think this is a very common hobby for people like me, who have a
house but don't have much money. That's why I started, but now I think
I do a better job than many professionals.
ХОББИ
Хобби различаются так же, как и вкусы. Если вы выбрали хобби по вашему
характеру и вкусу, вам повезло, потому что ваша жизнь становится интереснее.
Хобби бывают четырех видов: заниматься чем-нибудь, мастерить что-ни-
будь, что-нибудь коллекционировать и чему-нибудь учиться.
Самый популярный вид хобби — это заниматься чем-нибудь. Он включает
в себя самые разнообразные виды деятельности: от садоводства до путешес-
I вий и от шахмат до волейбола.
Садоводство одно из старейших хобби человека. Общеизвестно, что анг-
личане очень любят садоводство и выращивание цветов, особенно роз.
И взрослые, и дети любят играть в разные компьютерные игры. Это относи-
тельно новое хобби, но оно становится все более и более популярным.
Изготовление чего-либо включает в себя рисование, живопись, скульптуру,
моделирование одежды, рукоделие. Самыми знаменитыми любителями-живо-
писцами были президент Эйзенхауэр и сэр Уинстон Черчилль. Некоторые люди
в качестве хобби сочиняют музыку или играют на музыкальных инструментах.
Президент Билл Клинтон, например, играет на саксофоне.
Почти каждый человек в какой-то период своей жизни что-нибудь коллек-
ционирует: марки, монеты, спичечные коробки, книги, пластинки, почто-
вые открытки, иг рушки, часы. Некоторые коллекции не представляют никакой
ценности. Другие становятся такими большими и ценными, чю их размещают
в музеях и художественных галереях. Многие всемирно известные коллекции
начинались с малого, с одного или двух предметов. Люди, у которых много де-
iiei. часто собирают картины, редкие книг и и другие предметы искусства. Иногда
такие частные коллекции передаются музеям, библиотекам и художественным
галереям, чтобы другие люди могли получать удовольствие от их просмотра.
Чем бы человек ни увлекался, у него всегда есть благоприятная возмож-
ность многое узнать. Читая о вещах, которые его ин тересуют, он пополняет свои
знания. А узнавание нового, возможно, самая захватывающая сторона хобби.
MY SCHOOL
One of the most important periods of our life is the period of studying
at school. It's actually a whole epoch for schoolchildren: they get major
knowledge about outside world, obtain certain skills and gel the experience
of living in the society. It's here, at school we learn to behave according to
the situation and to cope with difficulties. We begin our school study at the
age of 7 and at the age of 17 we finish it. When at school we have our les-
sons 5 days a week. The classes start at 8.30 a. m. (as I live not far from my
school, so I have no excuse to be late for classes) and at 3 p. m. the lessons
are o\ er.
Our school has got three floors. On the ground floor there is a cloak-
room. a dining room and a library. The library is well-stocked with books
from the reading list of recommended books for pupils. Opposite the library
there is a school canteen where pupils can have a bite during the breaks.
Our classrooms are on the first and second floors. Most of the classrooms
are very much alike. They are all light, airy, with flowerpots on the window-
sills, with portraits of outstanding people on the walls and with charts and
maps near the blackboard.
Nevertheless there are many specialized rooms for studying different
subjects. Chemistry, Physics and Biology are taught in well equipped sci-
ence rooms. The\ r have cinema and slide projectors, TV-sets. There are also
schemes and tables on the walls. A special room for computer studying is
equipped with computers. There are specialized linguistic laboratories with
tape recorders for studying foreign languages. Besides, pupils have lessons
in workshops, having practice in various crafts.
We have our classes of physical training in either our gymnasium or on
the sport ground, situated behind the school building. On the first floor there
is an assembly hall where parties meetings are held.
As we become older, we realize that there are some essential things and
places you always long to come back to. They are certainly your birthplace,
your home and the school you went to. We shall always be indebted to our
teachers for the rest of our lives.
Hard as it is, the school life is very interesting. Most of the lessons are
instructive, and I must confess that school years are unforgettable.
VOCABULARY
epoch [ i:pDk] — эпоха
to cope with — справиться; выдержать, совладать (с)
to have no excuse to be late — ие иметь оправданий для опозданий
cloak-room [ ' k l o u k r u m ] — гардероб
canteen [kasn'ti:n] —столовая, буфет
to have a bite —перекусить
break — перерыв
specialized ['spejelaizd] room — учебный кабинет
chemistry ['kemistri] — химия
physics ['fiziks] — физика
biology [bar'olad^i] — биология
equipped [1'kwipt] —оборудованный
workshop ['wa:kfop] — мастерская
craft [kra:ft] — ремесло
physical training — физическое воспитание
gymnasium [(feim'neizjsm] (gym) — спортивный зал
assembly hall [ a ' s e m b h 'ho:l] — актовый зал
to be held — состояться, происходить
to be indebted to somebody — быть в долгу перед кем-либо
for the rest of somebody's life — до конца жизни
I must confess — я должен признаться
unforgettable — незабываемый
QUESTIONS
1. What school do you go to?
2. What is your favourite subject at school?
3. Where is your school situated?
4. Is it a new or old building?
5. Are the classrooms light, tidy and spacious?
6. On which floor is your classroom situated?
7. What subjects do you study at school?
8. What kind of woman is your school-master?
9. Where can you have a bite during the break?
10. Where could you borrow the books?
11. Are you happy at school? Why? Why not?
12. Do you like your school? Why? Why not?
ЯВВЗВИННЙ
МОЯ ШКОЛА
MY CLASS
VOCABULARY
chemistry ['kemistri] — химия
to enjoy — получать удовольствие
to respect — уважать
QUESTIONS
1. Why is it important to have good classmates?
2. What do we specialize in?
3. What do we sometimes do after classes?
4. Why do we feel lucky in our class?
МОЙ КЛАСС
MY DAY
Sleep
During the week I usually wake up at 6.30 a.m. I sometimes lie in bed
for five minutes but then I have to get up (= get out of bed) and get dressed.
Most evenings. I go to bed at about 11.30 p.m. I'm usually very tired, so
I go to sleep/fall asleep very quickly. Occasionally though, I can't get to
sleep (= succeed in sleeping). When that happens, I sometimes manage to
fall asleep about 3 a.m., then I oversleep (= sleep too long) in the morning.
If I have a late night (= go to bed very late; Ф an early night), I try to have
a nap (= a short sleep, e.g. 20-25 minutes) in the afternoon. The weekends
are different. On Saturday and Sunday I have a lie-in (= stay in bed until
later, e.g. 8 a.m. or 8.30 a.m.).
Food
In the week I have breakfast at 7.30 a.m., lunch at 1.00 p.m., and dinner
around 7 p.m. I also have one or two snacks (= small amounts of food), e.g.
cakes, biscuits or fruit, during the day at work. As 1 live alone/on my own/
by myself (= without other people), 1 also have to make my own breakfast
and dinner (= prepare breakfast and dinner for myself), but during the week
1 don't bother (= make an effort) to cook very much.
1 also have to feed (= give food to) my two cats twice a day as well.
Note: With breakfast, lunch or dinner in general, there is no definite
article (the).
Keeping clean
In the summer I have a shower in the morning, but in the winter I often
have a bath instead (= in place of a shower). Sometimes I have a shave at
the same time, or I shave when I have a wash and clean/brush my teeth
after breakfast. 1 wash my hair two or three times a week.
Note: In some contexts, it is more common in English to use have +
noun than a single verb, e.g. I'm going to have a wash, [not I'm going to
wash.]
Work
In the morning I leave home about 8.15 a.m. and get to work (= ar-
rive at work) by 9 a.m. I have a lunch break (= stop work for lunch) from
1-2 p.m., and a couple of short breaks during the day. 1 leave work around
5.30 p.m. and get home about 6.15 p.m.
a i m
Evenings
During the week I usually stay in (= stay at home) and have a rest (= re-
lax and do nothing). But at the weekend I often go out (= leave the house for
social reasons, e.g. go to the cinema or disco with friends), but quite often I
also have friends for dinner (= invite friends to my house and cook dinner
for them), or friends just come round (= visit me at the house) for a chat
(infml) (= conversation) or we play cards, e.g. poker or bridge.
Housework
I do-the shopping (= buy the food) on Saturday. Fortunately (= luck-
ily) I have a cleaner (= a person who cleans) and she does most of the
housework: she does my washing (= washes the clothes), the washing-up (=
washes the dishes) and does most of the ironing.
VOCABULARY
daily routine [ru:'ti:n] — ежедневный распорядок
to fall asleep [fo:l a'sli:p] — заснуть
have a late/early night — лечь поздно/рано
to have a nap — вздремнуть
to oversleep — проспать
to have a lie-in — лежать в постели (по утрам) допоздна
a snack — легкая закуска
to bother — беспокоиться, волноваться (about, with)
instead [in'sted] — вместо; взамен
to have a shave — побриться
to do ironing f ' а ю ш о ] — утюжить, гладить
EXERCISES
1. Can you remember six expressions with 'have + noun', e.g. have
breakfast, have a shower?
have have
have have
have have
2. Now complete some more word partnerships and expressions by
matching the verbs on the left with the correct word on the right.
1) fall a rest
2) do my teeth
3) have the dog
4) play asleep
5) go cards
6) clean the ironing
7) feed early
8) get up to bed
115
3. Complete this dialogue with suitable words or phrases. Choose
from the following: on my own, lie-in, come round, stay in, early, bother,
go out. Learn the dialogue by heart.
A: Don't to cook a meal this evening.
B: Why not?
A: We could instead.
B: Yeah. Where'.'
A: Well I'd like to go to that new Korean restaurant. We could ask Karen
and Mike to come.
B: That's miles away. No, I think I'd rather and have an
night.
A: But it's Friday. You can have a tomorrow if we have
a late night.
B: Yes, I know but I'm tired. Look, why don't you ask Karen and Mike to
for a meal. 1 can order some pizzas from the takeaway
and we'll have a nice evening here.
A: Sorry, but if you don't want to come to the restaurant with me, I'll go
6
РАСПОРЯДОК ДНЯ
Сон
В течение недели я обычно просыпаюсь в 6.30. Я иногда лежу в кровати
в течение пяти минут, но затем я должен встать и одеться. Чаще всего, я ложусь
спать приблизительно в 23.30. Я обычно сильно устаю, так что я засыпаю очень
быстро. Хотя иногда я не могу заснуть. Когда что происходит, мне удается за-
снуть приблизительно в 3 часа ночи, тогда утром я просыпаю. Если я ложусь
спать очень поздно, я пробую вздремнуть (например 20-25 минут) днем. Вы-
ходные бывают разные. В субботу и воскресенье я встаю позже (например, в 8
или 8.30 утра).
Еда
На протяжении недели я завтракаю в 7.30 утра, обедаю в 13.00 и ужинаю
приблизительно в 7 вечера. Я также перекусываю один или два раза, например,
пироги, печенье или фрукты, в течение дня на работе. Поскольку я живу один,
мне также приходится готовить себе завтрак, но в течение недели я не очень
хлопочу по поводу приготовления пищи.
Я также должен кормить моих двух котов два раза в день.
Поддержание чистоты
Летом утром я принимаю душ, а зимой вместо этого я часто принимаю ван-
ну. Иногда я одновременно бреюсь, или я бреюсь, когда я умываюсь и чищу
зубы после завтрака. Я мою голову два или три раза в неделю.
Работа
Утром я выхожу из дома приблизительно в 8.15 утра и добираюсь до работы в
9 утра. У меня есть перерыв на ленч с 13 до 14 и пара коротких перерывов в тече-
ние дня. Я ухожу с работы около 17.30 и приезжаю домой приблизительно в 18.15.
Вечера
В течение недели я обычно остаюсь дома и отдыхаю. Но в выходные я час-
то выхожу из дому (например, хожу в кино или на дискотеку с друзьями), но
довольно часто я также приглашаю друзей к себе на обед, или друзья просто
заходят поболтать, либо же мы играем в карты, например, в покер или бридж.
Работа по дому
Я делаю покупки в субботу. К счастью у меня есть уборщица, и она делает
большинство работы но дому: она стирает мою одежду, моет посуду и гладит
белье.
MY WORKING DAY
I want to say that all weekdays except weekends look very much the
same.
On weekdays the alarm clock wakes me up at about 7 o'clock and my
working day begins. I'm not an early riser that's why it's very difficult for
me to get out of bed, especially in winter. 1 switch on my tape-recorder and
г
VOCABULARY
an early ['з:li] riser [ raizs] — «ранняя пташка»
especially [is pefsli] — особенно, в особенности, главным образом
to consist of — состоять из
a timetable — расписание
to соре [кэир] with — справиться, выполнить
to relax — расслабиться, отдохнуть
to go on — продолжать
QUESTIONS
/. Do you get up early? Is it easy for you to get up early?
2. Do you wake up yourself or does an alarm clock wake you up ?
J. Do you do morning exercises? Do you do your morning exercises to music?
4. Which do you prefer: a hot or a cold shower in the morning?
5. How long does it take you to get dressed?
6. What time do you have breakfast?
7. What do you usually have for breakfast?
8. How long does it take you to get to school?
9. What do you do after classes?
10. How do you spend your evenings?
11. What time do you usually go to bed?
EXERCISE
Match the speakers to their jobs.
Speaker 1 A a singer
Speaker 2 В a lorry driver
Speaker 3 С a lawyer
Speaker 4 D a dentist
Speaker 5 E a business executive
F an architect
Speaker 1: I start work at about nine o'clock. I usually have a lot of ap-
pointments in the morning, so I spend three or four hours looking at people's
teeth. I go to lunch at about one, then I spend the rest of the afternoon in the
surgery, doing paperwork or seeing more patients.
Speaker 2: Well, 1 get to the office at around 8.30. My secretary always
brings me a cup of coffee and my post first thing. After that, I have a meeting
with my staff to discuss the day's business, then I meet with clients, or talk
to them on the phone. I don't always have time for lunch, so I often just have
a sandwich at my desk.
Speaker 3: I'm usually at work by half past nine. I spend the day catching
up with paperwork or meeting with clients. Sometimes I have to go to court to
defend a client. When I go to the Crown Court, I have to wear long black robes
and a white wig. My children think it's funny and they always laugh at me!
Speaker 4: I don't really have a set routine because I'm always going to
different places. Sometimes I make short journeys and sometimes I make re-
ally long journeys which take several days. When I'm on the road I spend as
much time behind the wheel as I can, so that I can get the job done quickly.
I often eat on the move.
Speaker 5: When I'm recording, my daily routine is very busy. I get up
early and go to the studio to practise the songs. When everything is ready,
we record, but we have to do every song several times before we get it just
right. It's not as easy as it looks on TV!
Chose any job which is done by your relatives. Describe his/her rou-
tine as in the exercise above.
MY DAY OFF
Most people in our country work five days a week but students and pu-
pils work six days. They have only one day off. It is Sunday.
I like this day very much. You needn't hurry anywhere and you may go
wherever you like after your week's work. On this day I wake up later than
usual. But sometimes I don't get up till nine or ten o'clock. I read morning
newspapers or listen to music.
As soon as I get up I air the room, make my bed and do morning exer-
cises. Then I have breakfast, clear away the dishes and wash up. Two more
hours for getting ready with my homework, and I am free.
I meet my friends and we discuss our plans together. We may go to the
cinema or theatre, to museums and parks. Last Sunday we went to the Bo-
tanical Garden. There were many beds of spring flowers there: red, yellow
and blue. People in light clothes were walking along the paths. The air was
fresh and clean. It was very pleasant to spend time there.
In fine weather we also like to be out of town. We find a nice place some-
where in the forest or on the bank of the river. We lie in the sun, play differ-
ent games and swim. In winter my friends and I often go to the skating-rink.
Skating is my favourite kind of sport, but I like to ski too.
When the weather is bad my friends come to my place. We listen to
music or go to the cinema. We like films about the life of the youth abroad.
On the way home we usually discuss the films we've seen.
In the evening all the members of our family get together. We have our
supper, make plans for tomorrow, watch TV or read books. Reading is my
hobby. Sometimes we receive guests at our place or go for a walk. I enjoy
my days off very much.
VOCABULARY
day off — выходной день
week-end — конец недели
hobby — увлечение
to enjoy — наслаждаться
to make plans — планировать
to spend time — проводить время
to discuss — обсуждать
to have a rest — отдыхать
to go to the country — ехать за город
to go for a walk — идти на прогулку
to listen to music — слушать музыку
to play games — играть в игры
to lie [lai] in the sun — загорать
to come to smb's place — приходить к кому-л
to receive guests [gests] — принимать гостей
QUESTIONS
1. Which day of the week do you like best and why?
2. What time do you get up on Sunday?
3. How do you usually spend your days off?
4. How did you spend your last Sunday?
5. Do you often go to the country on your days off?
6. What are the best places around your city?
7. Do you go in for sports on Sunday?
8. Do you often go to see your friends?
9. With whom do you like to spend your days off?
10. Do you sometimes go to the theatre on Sundays?
11. How do you usually spend the evenings on your days off?
12. Do you sometimes receive guests on Sunday?
13. How do you plan to spend your next Sunday?
TASK
Use topical vocabulary and questions to speak about your last day off.
МОЙ ВЫХОДНОЙ
121
Я очень люблю этот день. Тебе не нужно никуда спешить и ты можешь
идти куда хочешь после рабочей недели. В этот день я просыпаюсь позже, чем
обычно. Но иногда я не встаю до девяти или десяти часов. Я читаю или слушаю
музыку.
Как только я встаю, я проветриваю комнату, убираю свою кровать, и делаю
утреннюю зарядку. Затем я завтракаю, убираю и мою посуду. Еще два часа для
подготовки моей домашней работы, и я свободен.
Я встречаюсь со своими друзьями, и мы вместе обсуждаем наши планы.
Мы можем пойти в кино или театр, в музеи и парки. В прошлое воскресенье
мы пошли в Ботанический сад. Там было много клумб с весенними цветами:
красными, желтыми и синими. Люди в легкой одежде шли по дорожкам. Воздух
был свежий и чистый. Было очень приятно провести гам время.
В хорошую погоду мы также любим ездить за город. Мы находим хорошее
место где-нибудь в лесу или на берегу реки. Мы загораем, играем в разные
игры и плаваем. Зимой я и мои друзья часто ходим на каток. Катание на конь-
ках — мой любимый вид спорта, но я также люблю ходить на лыжах.
Когда погода плохая, мои друзья приходят ко мне. Мы слушаем музыку или
идем в кино. Мы любим фильмы о жизни молодежи за границей. По пути домой
мы обычно обсуждаем фильмы, которые мы смотрели.
Вечером собирается вся наша семья. Мы ужинаем, составляем планы на
завтра, смотрим телевизор или читаем книги. Чтение — мое хобби. Иногда мы
принимаем гостей у себя дома или выходим на прогулку. Мне очень нравятся
мои выходные дни.
SCHOOL HOLIDAYS
QUESTIONS
1. How many holidays a year do pupils have?
2. Why do all the people enjoy summer holidays?
3. What do people like to do during summer holidays?
4. Why do people like to go to the seaside in summer?
5. What holidays do you enjoy most of all and why?
6. Where did you spend your last holidays?
7. How did you travel?
8. What did you see?
9. Where did you stay?
10. How long did you stay?
EXERCISES
1. Put a plus (+) in the boxes for the different ways of travelling. Put
one plus (+) for sometimes true, two for very true (++), three for abso-
lutely true! (+++)
feriy
car
flight
2. What do we call:
1. Cheques you can use in different countries? t с
2. A special stamp or paper for your passport to enter a country? a v
3. Fill the gaps in these sentences with the following words: language,
nightlife, Tourist Information, local, a postcard.
1. Don't forget to send me
2. The is good; the discos are open all night.
3. 1 didn't try the food. I had hamburgers every day!
4. Is there a Office here? I want some information.
5. I'd like to go to Estonia for my holiday but I can't speak the
123
КАНИКУЛЫ
У учеников в школе каникулы бывают четыре раза в год — зимой, осенью,
весной и летом.
Я считаю, что лучшие каникулы — летом. Всем людям нравится отдыхать
летом. Так приятно отдохнуть после целого года напряженной работы или уче-
бы. Людям правится путешествовать на летних каникулах. Некоторые едут за
границу посмотреть новые страны, другие предпочитают деревню, чтобы на-
сладиться спокойной жизнью вдали от шума и суеты больших городов.
Некоторые любят проводить каникулы в городе, посещая театры, музеи. Но
многие люди едут летом на море.
Я тоже больше всего люблю отдыхать на море. Когда я отдыхаю, мне не
нравятся толпы людей. Родители и я всегда стараемся отдыхать на берегу моря.
Морс и солнце — вот чего мы ждем с нетерпением каждое лето. Обычно мы
едем в пансионат (дом отдыха).
В прошлом году мы были как раз в таком пансионате. Каждый день был
полон маленьких радостей. Мы плавали в море, загорали, играли и замечатель-
но проводили время. Отдых был хорошим. Если все будет хорошо, мы снова
поедем на море в этом году.
I was born on the 12th of March. Birthday is a very remarkable day for
me. March is a spring month and usually the weather is warm. In the morn-
ing my parents come to my place and say: "Happy Birthday!" They give me
presents. I enjoy to get them. Most people have a birthday party on this day.
This year I have my birthday party at home, too. My parents and I pre-
pared for this day. We invited my friends and relatives to the party. I cel-
ebrated my birthday on Sunday. I got up early in the morning. My father
and I went to the shop and to the market to buy something we needed for
the party. My mother stayed at home. She made cakes and laid the table.
At four o'clock my relatives and friends came to congratulate me and I was
glad to see them. They brought flowers, books, sweets as birthday presents.
1 thanked my friends.
We had a good holiday dinner on this day. During our party we sang
songs, danced, made jokes and spoke about our life, hobbies, and future.
I enjoyed my birthday party.
VOCABULARY
remarkable [ri'mcuksbl] — замечательный
to invite — приглашать
relatives — родственники
market — рынок
to lay the table — накрывать на стол
QUESTIONS
/. Is your birthday a remarkable day?
2. How did you celebrate it?
3. Who came to congratulate you?
Я родился 12-го марта. День рождения — очень важный день для меня.
Март — весенний месяц, и погода обычно теплая. Утром мои родители прихо-
дят ко мне и поздравляют с днем рождения. Они дарят мне подарки, и мне это
нравится. Большинство устраивают праздник в этот день.
В этом году, я тоже решил устроить вечеринку у себя дома. Я и мои роди-
тели готовились к этому дню. Мы пригласили моих друзей и родственников.
Я праздновал день рождения в воскресенье. Я встал рано утром, и мы с отцом
пошли в магазин и на рынок, чтобы купить все необходимое. Мама осталась
дома печь торт и накрывать на стол. В четыре часа мои друзья и родственники
пришли поздравлять меня, я был рад их видеть. Они подарили мне цветы, кон-
феты и книги и я поблагодарил их.
В этот день у нас был отличный праздничный ужин. Мы пели песни, танце-
вали, шутили, разговаривали о жизни, о хобби и о будущем. Мне очень понра-
вился мой день рождения.
SHOPPING
Ю Ш Н
The grocer sells a variety of foodstuffs, such as flour, butter, eggs, bis-
cuits, jams and jellies, cheese, sugar, spice, tinned and frozen foods.
The greengrocer deals in fruit and vegetable.
The florist sells flowers and plants.
We go to the fishmonger for fish.
We go to the butcher's to buy some kinds of meat: pork, veal, mutton or
beef and we can buy some poultry there as well: chickens, ducks, geese or
turkeys.
A milk shop is called a dairy. There we buy dairy products: milk, butter,
cheese, cream and eggs.
When we run out of bread we go to the baker's and ask for a loaf of white
or brown bread.
A cake shop sells pastries and cakes of all kinds.
The confectioner always does a good trade selling sweets, chocolates,
chocolate bars, toffees and other tempting things that make every child's
mouth water.
Many large shops called department stores sell various goods under one
roof and you can find there everything you need.
Department stores have a lot of departments: stationery, hosiery, milli-
nery, footwear, sport goods, leather goods, perfumery, jewellery, ready-made
women's and men's clothes. All the things are on the counters and in the
shop windows so the customers can choose what they want.
At the stationery we buy paper, ink, pens, ball-pens, pencils, erasers and
felt-tip pens.
In the millinery we buy hats, caps, fur caps and fur collars.
In the shoe or footwear department there are many kinds of shoes, boots,
sandals, slippers and top-boots.
In the knitwear department we can find all kinds of knitted goods: pullo-
vers, sweaters, cardigans, etc.
If we want new gloves or ties, handkerchiefs or shirts we go to the men's
outfitter's.
In the men's clothing department you can choose suits, trousers, over-
coats, ties, etc. In the knitwear department one can buy sweaters, cardigans,
short-sleeved and long-sleeved pullovers, woollen jackets and other clothing
for men.
In the women's clothing department we can choose coats, jackets, dress-
es, costumes, jumpers, blouses, skirts, underwear and many other things for
women.
In the perfumery they have face cream and face powders, lipsticks,
scents, lotions and shampoos.
A big store is really a very interesting place. We can simply walk round
the store without buying anything at all.
VOCABULARY
self-service shop — магазин самообслуживания
shop-assistant — продавец
shop window — витрина
do shopping — делать покупки
department [di'pcutmant] store — универсальный магазин
supermarket — большой магазин самообслуживания
grocery — бакалея
greengrocery — овощной магазин
bakery — булочная
butchery [ ' b u t / э п ] — мясная лавка
to sell — продавать
to be on sale — быть в продаже
to buy — покупать
to pay — платить
clothes — одежда
foot-wear — обувь
shoes — ботинки, туфли
china I'tfaina] —фарфоровая посуда
appliance [g'plaians] — прибор, приспособление
knit [nit] -wear — трикотаж
linen — белье
fabrics — ткани
camera — фотоаппарат
dress — платье
costume — костюм (женский)
blouse — блузка
skirt — юбка
underwear — нижнее белье
coat — пальто
raincoat — плащ
to try on —- примерять
fitting-room — примерочная
to suit — быть к лицу
to fit — подходить (no размеру)
to wear — носить
cheap — дешевый
expensive — дорогой
suit — костюм (мужской)
trousers [ ' t r a u z s z ] — брюки
sweater ['sweta] — свитер
pullover — пуловер
jacket — жакет
perfumery — парфюмерия
face cream — крем для лица
powder f ' p a u d a ] — пудра
lipstick — губная помада
lotion — лосьон
shampoo — шампунь
sausage ['sosidj] — колбаса
fish — рыба
meat — мясо
poultry [ paultri] — птица
sugar [ / и д э ] — сахар
macaroni — макаронные изделия
cereals ['siarialz] — крупы
bread — хлеб
roll — булочка
biscuits [ biskits] — печенье
milk — молоко
cream — сливки
sour cream [ ' s a u a ' k r b m ] — сметана
cheese — сыр
butter — масло
customer — покупатель
to serve — обслуживать
counter — прилавок
cashier — кассир
cash-desk — касса
purchase — покупка
change — сдача
price — цена
РЕЧЕВЫЕ ФРАЗЫ
How much is this dress?
How much does this dress cost?
What's the price of this dress? Сколько стоит это платье?
It costs/It is .... Оно стоит ...
1 would like to buy ... Я хочу купить ...
What floor are the suits on? На каком этаже продают
костюмы?
Where can I buy ... Где можно купить ...
It suits me. Это меня устраивает (мне
подходит).
I take it. Я покупаю это.
Can I try it on? Могу я это примерить?
Yes, the changing rooms are over there. Да, примерочная вон там.
QUESTIONS
1. Do you usually do shopping in your family?
2. Do you often go shopping to the market?
3. Do the prices differ from those at the shops?
4. Are the food products sold ready-weighed and packed at the shops?
5. Is it convenient for the customer?
6. Are there many departments in the department store?
7. What are they?
8. What is possible to buy there?
EXERCISES
1. Match the item with the shop.
aspirin, sausages, souvenir T-shirt, toy shop, butcher's, baker's, gift shop,
beach ball, postcards, bread chemist's, newsagent's
129
2. A place with many shops, either outside or indoors.
3. A person who works in a shop.
4. The place where you can try on clothes in a shop.
5. The place where you pay for things in a shop.
6. To look round the shops without planning to buy anything.
7. The shop where you buy meat.
8. The shop where you buy medicines, baby products, shampoo, etc.
6. Complete this shopping dialogue with the following: till/cash desk,
take it, looking for, size, changing room, being served.
ASSISTANT 1: Can I help you?
CUSTOMER: Yes, I'm a blouse like this, but in blue.
ASSISTANT 1: I see. And what are you looking for?
CUSTOMER: Uh, 14 usually.
ASSISTANT 1: Ok, I'll just go and see if we've got any.
CUSTOMER: Thank you.
ASSISTANT 2: Can I help you?
CUSTOMER: No, it's OK, I'm thanks.
ASSISTANT 1: Here we are. The last one in stock.
CUSTOMER: Great. Can I try it on?
ASSISTANT 1: Yes of course. The is just over there.
ASSISTANT 1: How was it?
CUSTOMER: Fine. I'll
ASSISTANT: Right. Would you like to pay over there at the
ПОСЕЩЕНИЕ МАГАЗИНА
Когда мы хотим что-то купить, мы идем в магазин. Продавец показывает
и продает клиенту различные товары. Мы оплачиваем покупки в кассе. Товары
могут быть завернуты или упакованы в коробку или пакет.
Никто в нашей семье не делает покупки так часто, как моя мама. Она ведет
хозяйство, так что она знает лучше всех, что у нас закончилось.
Время от времени мой отец также идет и делает некоторые покупки. Чаще
всего он покупает фрукты, овощи, свежую зелень или рыбу на районном рынке.
Обычно, у него с собой есть список покупок, написанный моей мамой.
Цены на нашем районном рынке обычно ниже, чем в государственных или
частных магазинах, но качество товаров не всегда лучше. Если цена не удовлет-
воряет Вас, Вы можете торговаться с продавцом и просить уменьшить ее.
Моя обязанность покупать хлеб для семьи, поэтому каждый раз, когда
у нас заканчивается хлеб, я беру хозяйственную сумку и деньги и спешу к бли-
жайшему хлебному магазину.
Когда мы хотим купить продукты, мы идем в продовольственный магазин,
где Вы можете найти почти все, что Вы хотите, или в специализированные ма-
газины.
Бакалея продает разнообразные пищевые продукты, такие как: мука, масло,
яйца, печенье, варенье и желе, сыр, сахар, специи, консервированные и заморо-
женные продукты.
В овощном магазине продают фрукты и овощи.
В цветочном продаются цветы и растения.
Мы идем в рыбный магазин, чтобы купить рыбу.
Мы идем в мясной магазин, чтобы купить мясо: свинину, телятину, барани-
ну или говядину; также мы можем купить там домашнюю птицу: цыплят, уток,
гусей или индюков.
Магазин, где покупают молоко, называется молочным. Там мы покупаем
молочные продукты: молоко, масло, сыр, сливки и яйца.
Когда у нас заканчивается хлеб, мы идем в хлебный магазин и просим бу-
ханку белого или черного хлеба.
Магазин тортов продает печенья и разные торты.
В кондитерской всегда идет бойкая торговля; здесь продают конфеты, шо-
колад, плитки шоколада, ириски и другие соблазнительные вещи, от которых
у каждого ребенка текут слюнки.
Много больших магазинов, которые называются универмагами, продают
различные товары под одной крышей, и Вы можете найти там все, что Вам
нужно.
Универмаги имеют много отделов: канцтовары, трикотаж, отдел дамских
шляп, обувь, спортивные товары, кожаные товары, парфюмерия, драгоцен-
ности, готовая женская и мужская одежда. Все вещи находятся на прилавках
н в витринах, так что клиенты могут выбирать то, что они хотят.
В отделе канцтоваров мы покупаем бумагу, чернила, ручки, шариковые руч-
ки, карандаши, резинки и фломастеры.
В отделе дамских шляп мы покупаем шляпы, кепки, меховые шапки и во-
ротники.
В обувном отделе есть много видов туфель, ботинок, сандалий, шлепанцев
и сапог.
В отделении трикотажа можно найти все виды вязаных товаров: пуловеры,
свитеры, жакеты, и т. д.
Если нам нужны новые перчатки или галстуки, носовые платки или рубашки
мы идем в отдел, торгующий принадлежностями мужского туалета.
В мужском отделении одежды Вы можете выбрать костюмы, брюки, пальто,
галстуки, и т. д. В отделе трикотажа можно купить свитеры, жакеты, пуловеры
с короткими рукавами и с длинными рукавами, шерстяные пиджаки и другую
одежду для мужчин.
В отделе женской одежды мы можем выбрать пальто, пиджаки, платья, кос-
тюмы, джемпера, блузы, юбки, нижнее белье и много других вещей для жен-
щин.
В парфюмерии имеется крем и пудра для лица, помады, духи, лосьоны
н шампуни.
Большой магазин — это действительно очень интересное место. Мы можем
просто пройтись по нему, ничего не покупая вообще.
HOUSE. ROOMS. CITY. COUNTRY
VOCABULARY
16-storeyed — 16-этажный
block of flats — многоквартирный дом
picturesque [^piktja'resk] —живописный
convenient [kan'vimjant] —удобный, подходящий
well-planned — хорошо спланированный
modern conveniences — современные удобства
central heating — центральное отопление
running water — водопроводная вода
view of — вид на
wall unit — стенка
cosy — уютный
wardrobe ['wo:drsub] — платяной шкаф
poster — плакат
to change round — менять местами (мебель и т. п.)
well-equipped — хорошо оборудованный;
microwave oven — микроволновая печь;
dishwasher — посудомоечная машина
QUESTIONS
1. Do you live in a house or in a block of flats?
2. Which floor is your flat on?
3. Is your flat well-planned? Is it comfortable?
4. How many rooms are there in your flat?
5. Have you got a dining room (a sitting room, a study)?
6. Where do you usually have your meals?
I. Is there much furniture in your flat? Do you change it round from time to
time?
<V. What is there in your room?
9. Are there any pictures on the walls of your flat?
10. What colour are the walls in your room?
II. What is your kitchen like?
12. How often do you redecorate the rooms?
EXERCISES
1. Complete the descriptions. (There may be more than one possible
answer.)
1. The bedroom, that's where you sleep
2. The kitchen, that's where you do the
3. The bathroom, that's where you have a and
4. The lounge, that's where you and
5. The dining room, that's where you
6. A spare room, that's often where
7. A study, that's usually where you
X. A utility room, that's often where
2. Here are some things you find in the lounge or kitchen but the let-
ters are jumbled. What are they, and where do they belong?
Lounge Kitchen
MY FAVOURITE ROOM
My favourite room is our kitchen. Perhaps the kitchen is the most im-
portant room in many houses, but it is particularly so in our house because
it's not only where we cook and eat but it's also the main meeting place for
family and friends. I have so many happy memories of times spent there:
special occasions such as homecomings or cooking Christmas dinner; trou-
bled times, which lead to comforting cups of tea in the middle of the night;
ordinary daily events such as making breakfast on dark, cold winter morn-
ings for cross, sleepy children before sending them off to school, then sitting
down to read the newspaper with a steaming hot mug of coffee.
Whenever we have a party, people gravitate with their strong drinks to
the kitchen. It always ends up the fullest and noisiest room in the house.
So what does this special room look like? It's quite big, but not huge. It's
big enough to have a good-sized rectangular table in the centre, which is the
focal point of the room. There is a large window above the sink, which looks
out onto two apple trees in the garden. The cooker is at one end, and above it
is a wooden pulley, which is old-fashioned but very useful for drying clothes
in wet weather. At the other end is a wall with a large notice-board, which
tells the story of our lives, past, present, and future, in words and pictures:
a school photo of Megan and Kate, a postcard from Auntie Nancy in Aus-
tralia, the menu from take-away Chinese restaurant, a wedding invitation for
next Saturday. All our world is there for everyone to read!
The front door is seldom used in our house, only by strangers. All our
friends use the back door, which means they come straight into the kitchen
and join in whatever is so happening there. The kettle goes immediately and
then we all sit round the table, drinking tea. Without doubt some of the hap-
piest times of my life have been spent in our kitchen.
VOCABULARY
cross — сердитый, злой, раздраженный
to be the focal point — занимать главное место
pulley [ pull] — шкив, блок
QUESTIONS
1. What is your favourite room?
2. What size is it?
3. What is its position in the house?
4. What does it look like?
5. What is the atmosphere of the room?
6. How do you feel when you are in it?
EXERCISES
1. Tick or no. yes no
1. I use a frying pan to drink out of.
2. Washing-up liquid makes the dishes clean.
3. The fridge is cold inside.
4. The freezer is not as cold as the fridge.
5. I turn on the tap to get water.
6. A tea towel is for making plates wet.
135
2. What do you need?
1. To make coffee I need...
coffee, water, milk, a coffee maker, a cup, a spoon.
2. To make tea I need
3. To fry an egg I need
4. To eat my food I need
5. To drink some water I need
6. To make my dinner in just two minutes I need
3. You are in the kitchen. Where would you put these things?
1. milk
2. meat that you are going to cook
3. dirty clothes
4. dirty cups and saucers
5. clean cups and saucers
6. biscuits and a packet of spaghetti
4. Write down:
1. three things in the kitchen you can turn on/off.
2. three things in the kitchen you can wash.
3. three things in the kitchen you can sit on.
4. two things you can use to boil water.
1.37
VOCABULARY
on their own — сами
odd number — нечетное количество
to accept [ak'sept] — принимать
to tap — постукивать
a sign [sain] — знак
EXERCISES
1. Make yourself at home is about hospitality in Germany, Saudi
Arabia, Britain and Japan. Read it and match these headings with the
paragraphs:
a) type of clothes
b) length of stay
c) refreshments
d) special customs
e) gifts
f) topics of conversation
g) time of arrival
2. Work in pairs. Match the countries and the paragraphs:
I think paragraph I is Japan because they sit on the floor in Japan.
3. Which paragraphs are true for your country?
4. Write a question for each heading:
A type of clothes: What do you wear to a dinner party?
MY STREET
I live in a big city. 1 like living in such a big industrial and cultural cen-
tre. There are a lot of interesting things here that you can find only in a big
town.
And I am also happy that the street I live in is not a central one. We
live in a new residential district. We moved to a new flat 3 years ago.
It's very nice to live here because our street is rather quiet. The street is
wide. It is not so busy and noisy as central streets. You can not see so
much traffic here. Though there are enough trolleybuses and buses to get
to the Underground station if you wish to go to the centre of the city or to
the Central Park.
The street is very green. It is lined with a lot of trees. And near the houses
you can see flowers and bushes which decorate the yards so beautifully.
In our street you can find any shop you need. There are greengroceries,
baker's shops and even flower-shops in the street. Not far from my house
there is a nice department store.
I like my street. It's so nice to have a walk here in the evening after a
busy day and we often do so with my friends.
VOCABULARY
residential district — жилой массив
a busy street — оживленная улица
noisy — шумный
decorate — украшать
greengrocery — овощной магазин
baker's shop — булочная
39
QUESTIONS
1. What district do you live in?
2. How can you get to the centre of the city?
3. How long does it take you to get to the centre?
4. What shops are there in your street?
5. Are there any sights in your street? What are they?
6. Is your street quiet or busy?
7. What do you tike about your street ?
МОЯ УЛИЦА
VOCABULARY
storey [sto:ri] — этаж
upstairs ['Ap'steaz] — наверху
downstairs ['daun'steaz] — внизу
basement ['beismant] — подвал, цокольный этаж
hedge — живая изгородь
roof — крыша
chimney — дымоход
central heating — центральное отопление
gate — ворота
path — дорожка
front door — парадная дверь
fence — забор
ceiling [' sirlirj] — потолок
QUESTIONS
1. Think of the house you know and describe it to a friend. Ask him to draw
a plan of the house while listening.
2. How much does an average house cost in your country?
3. What makes one house more expensive than other?
4. Describe a very traditional type of house in your country.
5. What rooms in the house do you know? What are they used for?
6. What would you most like to have in your house?
EXERCISES
1. Complete these sentences with a suitable noun or verb: heat, heat-
ing; rent; belongs, condition; view; gate, path, doorbell; climb, lift.
1. I opened the walked up the and rang
the
2. We had to six flights of stairs to get to her flat because the
wasn't working.
3. I've got a great from my balcony.
4. Do you own the flat or do you it?
5. I'm living in the house now but it actually to my brother.
He bought it two years ago. It was in very bad then, but he
spent a lot of money on it.
6. It costs a lot of money to a house when you live in a cold
climate. Central is usually quite expensive.
2. Write down four more positive things and four more negative
things you could say about a house/flat or the rooms in a house/flat.
Positive Negative
the rooms are very light the rooms are very dark
Now think about your answers again. Which positive features are the
most important for you? Which negative features do you hate the most?
3. What about your home? Answer these questions.
1. Do you live in a house or flat?
2. If you live in a flat, what floor is it on?
3. If you live in a house, do you have a garden?
4. Does the house/flat belong to you (or your family), or do you rent it?
5. Do you have your own garage or personal parking space?
6. Would you describe your house/flat as dark or light?
7. Is it noisy or quiet?
8. Do you have central heating?
ЧАСТИ ДОМА
VOCABULARY
Underneath — внизу; ниже, под
drawer [dro:] — ящик
ashtray — пепельница
illegal [i'ligal] — запрещенный, незаконный
to invent — изобретать
switch — выключатель
draw [dro:] the curtains — задернуть шторы
QUESTIONS
1. What furniture do you have in your room?
2. What furniture do you usually find in the different rooms of a house in
a country?
3. Do you have a television, a stereo system, a telephone?
4. If you could have only one of these things, which would you choose?
5. What can you sit on?
6. What can you put things in?
7. What can you walk on?
EXERCISES
1. Write down the names of ...
1. Somewhere you can put books, a bookshelf
2. Somewhere two/three people can sit.
3. Somewhere you can put down your coffee-cup.
4. Something you can look at on the wall.
5. Something for switching the light on/off.
6. Something for listening to music.
7. Something under your feet.
2. Choose (a), (b) or (c).
1. If you want to relax, which is the best?
(a) a chair (b) an armchair (c) a sofa
2. If it is dark and you want to read, do you ...?
(a) close the curtains (b) switch on the reading lamp (c) switch off the light
3. If you want to watch a different TV station, do you ... ?
(a) use the remote control (b) use the power point (c) turn off the TV
3. Word puzzle. How many names of things in the living room can
you find?
t е п b w 0
а с h а i r
b а X b n r
1 г с о d a
е Р V 0 0 d
m е S к w i
h t V s u 0
МЕБЕЛЬ И ОБСТАНОВКА
145
РЕБЕНОК: А что это за вещи на полках за обеденным столом? Это книги?
ГИД: Да. А этот предмет мебели с полками называется книжный шкаф
РЕБЕНОК: Разве у них не было компьютеров?
ГИД: Были, персональный компьютер был изобретен в конце века и изменил
жизнь всех людей. Теперь я хотел бы. чтобы кто-то включил эту старую лампу
с помощью выключателя сбоку. Я задерну шторы, чтобы в комнате стало тем-
нее, и включу телевизор. Мы посмотрим популярный детский фштьм 20 века.
Это фильм про мышонка по имени Микки.
HOUSEWORK
Mr. and Mrs. Turvey both hated housework. They were a very untidy
couple who never put things away. When they went to bed, for example, they
always left their clothes in a mess on the floor. Their kitchen was a mess,
too. Even though they had a dishwasher, they always left the dirty dishes
in the kitchen sink and only did the washing-up when there wasn't a clean
plate to be found in the house. It was the same with their clothes. They never
put them into the washing machine until there was nothing else left to wear.
The living room always looked as though a bomb had just gone off. There
were things everywhere. There was thick dust on every piece of furniture
and the carpet had not been cleaned for weeks.
And the bathroom!
One day, when Mr. Turvey couldn't find one of his shoes, and Mrs. Tur-
vey couldn't see her face in the bathroom mirror, they decided it was time
to get the house cleaned. So they found Marie, a foreign student at a local
language school, who needed some extra money.
Marie came to the house and worked all day long. She washed and dried
all the clothes. Then she got out the iron. She ironed the clothes, folded
them neatly and put them away. Marie swept all the dust off the floor with a
large broom. She took a wet cloth and wiped the dust off every surface in
the house and then polished the furniture until it was shining. She got out
the vacuum cleaner and cleaned all the carpets. In the kitchen the floor was
filthy. It was too dirty to wash with a mop, so Marie got on her knees and
scrubbed the dirt off with a scrubbing-brush. Finally she made the bed
and, when she had finished, the house looked spotless.
Mr. and Mrs. Turvey came home that evening. There was nothing on the
floor. There was no dust on the furniture. The wood was shining. In their
bedroom all their clothes were neat, clean and tidy. "So what do you think?"
Mrs. Turvey asked her husband.
"It looks nice and tidy", he said. "But how are we ever going to find here
anything?"
VOCABULARY
untidy — неопрятный, неаккуратный
to be a mess — быть в беспорядке, вверх дном
dirty — грязный
to do the washing-up — мыть посуду
dust — пыль
to iron — гладить
iron — утюг
to sweep (swept, swept) — подметать
broom — метла
cloth — тряпка
to wipe — вытирать
to polish — натирать, полировать
filthy — грязный
mop — швабра
to scrub — скрести, мыть щеткой, чистить
scrubbing-brush [^кглЫц'Ьгл/] — жесткая щетка
spotless — без единого пятнышка
neat — чистый, аккуратный
QUESTIONS
1. Are you a tidy person?
2. Who does most of the housework in your home?
3. What kind of housework do you do and how often?
4. What kind of housework do you most hate doing?
5. What kind of housework do you least mind doing?
6. Which of the following machines is the most useful for housework: a
dishwasher, a washing machine, a vacuum cleaner?
7. What do you use to clean the house?
РАБОТА ПО ДОМУ
Мистер и миссис Тервей оба ненавидели работу по дому. Они были очень
неопрятной парой, никогда не убирали вещи на место. Когда ложились спать,
например, то всегда оставляли свою одежду в беспорядке на полу. И в кухне
у них тоже был беспорядок. Хотя у них и была посудомоечная машина, но
они всегда оставляли грязную посуду в раковине и мыли посуду только тогда,
когда в доме не оставалось ни одной чистой тарелки. Точно так же было с их
одеждой. Они никогда не клали ее в стиральную машину до тех пор, пока
у них уже нечего было надеть на себя. Гостиная всегда выглядела так, как будто
в ней только что взорвалась бомба. Вещи валялись повсюду. Толстый слой пыли
лежал на мебели, а ковер не чистился неделями.
1 » Я 1 Ж
А ванная!
Однажды, когда мистер Тервей не смог найти одну из своих туфель, а миссис
Тервсй не смогла увидеть свое лицо в зеркале, висящем в ванной, они решили,
что пришло время убрать в доме. И они нашли Мари, иностранную студентку
мес тной языковой школы, которая нуждалась в деньгах.
Мари пришла в дом и работала весь день. Она постирала и высушила всю
одежду. Затем взяла утюг. Она прогладила одежду, аккуратно се сложила и уб-
рала. Большой метлой Мари вымела всю пыль с пола. Она взяла влажную
тряпку и вытерла пыль во всем доме, а затем до блеска отполировала мебель.
Она вытащила пылесос и вычистила все ковры. Пол в кухне был отвра титель-
но грязным. Он был слишком грязный, чтобы вымыть его шваброй, так что
Мари, став на колени, отскребла грязь жесткой щеткой. 11аконец она застели-
ла постель, и, когда закончила, дом оказался без единого пятнышка.
Вечером мистер и миссис Тервей пришли домой. На полу ничего не валя-
лось. На мебели не было никакой пыли. Полировка сияла. Одежда в их спальне
была опрятной, чистой и аккуратно сложенной. « Гак как тебе это нравится?» —
спросила миссис Тервей своего мужа.
«Смотрится хорошо, все аккуратно, ответил он. Но как мы тут что-
нибудь найдем?»
QUESTIONS
/. What are advantages and disadvantages of living in a city?
2. Where do you prefer to live: in the city or in the countryside?
3. Why do young people prefer to live in the city?
4. Why do many people prefer the peace of the countryside?
5. What city (village) do you live in?
6. What are advantages and disadvantages of living in your native city (village) ?
EXERCISES
1. Complete this table of opposites.
Big towns and cities Village life and the countryside
quiet and peaceful
clean air
exciting
stressful
lots of open space
nothing to do in the evening
dangerous
Do you agree with everything in the table above? Put a tick (V) be-
side each answer you do, and a (X) beside each answer you don't. If pos-
sible compare and discuss your answers with someone else.
2. Organise the words in the box into three groups: things that you
usually find in towns (in your country), things you usually find in the
country, and things you often find in both town and country.
3. fields factories gates car parks
libraries tractors suburbs villages
traffic Town Hall shopping centres footpaths
pollution valleys night-life woods
Town Country Town and country
149
ЖИЗНЬ В ГОРОДЕ
Today people all over die world are moving out of small villages to go
and live in big, noisy cities. They are moving from the peaceful hills, moun-
tains, fields, rivers, and streams of the country-side to the busy world of
streets, buildings, traffic, and crowds. This movement from rural to urban
areas has been going on for over two hundred years. In many countries, the
main reason people come to live in towns and cities is work. After one or
two large factories have been built in or near a town, people come to find
work, and soon an industrial area begins to grow. There is usually a resi-
dential area nearby, where the factory workers can live. The families of
these workers need schools, hospitals and shops, so more people come to
live in the area to provide these services, and so a city grows.
In every major city in the world there is a business district where the big
companies have their main offices. In the United States this area is usually in
the city centre. It is here that you can see the huge skyscraper office blocks.
The people who work here often travel a long way to work each day. Many
of them live in the suburbs, far away from the industrial area and the city
centre. Some suburbs are very pleasant, with nice houses and big gardens.
There are usually parks for children to play in and large department stores
where you can buy all you need.
But what is the future of the big cities? Will they continue to get bigger
and bigger? Perhaps not. Some major cities have actually become smaller
in the last ten years, and it is quite possible that one day we will see people
moving out of the major cities back into smaller towns and villages.
VOCABULARY
stream — ручей
country-side — сельская местность
rural — сельский, деревенский
urban ['з:Ьэп] — городской
industrial — промышленный
residential — жилой
skyscraper — небоскреб
suburb ['8лЬз:Ь] — пригород
department store [sto:] — универмаг
to move — переезжать
QUESTIONS
1. What is the main reason why people come to live in cities?
2. Why does a city grow?
3. What is there in every major city?
4. Where do many people who work in the centre live?
5. What is the future of big cities?
6. Will they continue to get bigger and bigger?
EXERCISES
1. Fill the gaps in these sentences with the following words: cottage,
town, village.
1. My brother is a farmer He lives on a farm.
2. It's not a big house; it's just a
3. The farm is near a ; it has 800 people.
4. 20 kilometres from the village there is a small . It has
9,000 people.
2. Match the beginning of the sentences on the left with the ends of
the sentences on the right. Draw lines.
1. We went swimming sitting by the river.
2. We went walking in the national park.
3. We went skiing in the lake. The water was warm.
4. We saw some wonderful wildlife along a 5-kilometre path.
5. We had a picnic down the mountain.
3. Describe the typical countryside. Write four sentences about it.
Use these questions to help you.
1. Are there any woods or forests?
2. Are there any hills or mountains?
3. Are there any lakes or rivers?
4. Are there many villages or small towns?
5. Are there farms?
6. Are there paths where you can walk?
7. Can you go skiing?
8. Can you see wildlife?
ГОРОД И ДЕРЕВНЯ
Is there anything more important than health? I rather doubt it. If your
body suffers from any disorder your mind suffers with the body, too. You
can't be good either at work or at studies. Aches and pains lead to irrita-
tion, nervous breakdown, exhaustion and apathy.
Doctors treat patients. If you have a headache, toothache, backache,
stomach-ache or earache, if you have a sore throat, eye or finger, if you
feel pain in any part of your body, if it hurts you to move — you need help.
First of all you have to turn to your physician.
The doctor will examine you carefully: feel your pulse, sound your
chest, heart and lungs, test your blood pressure. The only thing you should
do is to follow his directions. Otherwise a slight ailment can develop into
an incurable malady.
I recollect the accident, which happened to my best friend Peter. He fell
of the stairs, hit his head and knocked himself unconscious. His mother
called an ambulance but Peter was still unconscious when it arrived. He
was rushed to hospital where they kept him for two days for blood tests. He
was suffering from concussion and had to have some stitches for a large cut
on the side of his head, but fortunately it was nothing more serious than that.
My friend Paul was playing football. The players were running for the
same ball and collided. The next day his eye was really swollen and he had
a terrible bruise on his head. He made an appointment to see the doctor.
My friend Ann had a terrible toothache, so she made an appointment
to see the dentist. He had a look at the tooth and decided that she needed
a filling. The cavity was a big one, so he had an injection first. Afterwards
it felt so much better.
VOCABULARY
to suffer from — страдать от чего-л., страдать по какой-л. причине
disorder — нарушение, расстройство (какой-л. функции организма)
ache [eik] — боль (особ, продолжительная, тупая), исп. с выражениями
have a headache, toothache, backache, stomach-ache or earache
pain — боль (для остальных частей тела)
irritation — раздражение; возбуждение
nervous breakdown — расстройство нервной системы
exhaustion [ig'zo:stf(a)n] — изнеможение, истощение
to treat — лечить, проводить курс лечения
153
stomach ['stAmakj-ache — боль в желудке
sore [sd:] throat — боль в горле
to hurt — болеть; страдать от боли
physician — врач, доктор, медик, терапевт
to examine — осматривать; обследовать
to sound — выслушивать; выстукивать (больного)
chest — грудная клетка
blood [Ылс1] pressure — кровяное давление
to take smb.'s blood pressure — измерять кровяное давление кому-л.
ailment ['eilmsnt] — нездоровье, недомогание
incurable fin'kjusrabi] malady — неизлечимая болезнь
He knocked himself unconscious [An'konjbs] — он ударился и потерял
сознание
ambulance — машина скорой помощи, «скорая помощь»
to rush — быстро доставлять что-л. или кого-л. куда-л.
concussion [кэп'клДэ)п] —удар, сотрясение; контузия
stitch — шов
to collide — сталкиваться (with)
swollen — вспухший
bruise [bru:z] — синяк, кровоподтек; ушиб
appointment — свидание, условленная встреча
filling — пломба (в зубе)
to put in a filling — ставить пломбу
cavity — полость, дырка, дупло (в зубе)
to fill a cavity (in a tooth) — запломбировать зуб
injection [in'd3ekf(a)n] — инъекция, укол
QUESTIONS
What will you answer if the doctor asks you.
1. What's the matter?
2. When did you take the temperature? What was it?
3. When did you feel had?
4. Does it hurt when you swallow?
5. What diseases were you ill when you were a child?
6. Are you subject to headaches?
7. Where do you have pains?
8. What do you complain oj?
EXERCISE
1. Put the sentences in the correct order.
1_ 1 didn't feel very well.
_ She took my temperature and examined me.
54
After a few days, I started to feel better.
I went to the surgery and saw the doctor.
I went to the chemist's, paid for the prescription, and got some antibiotics.
I phoned the doctor's surgery and made an appointment.
She told me I had an infection.
I explained what was wrong.
She gave me a prescription.
2. Complete the chart with an illness or a symptom.
a bruise [bru:z] It hurts when I walk on it.
diarrhea [,dai9'ri3] My glands are swollen, and it hurts when 1 swallow
asthma I can't stop sneezing, and my nose is runny
•flu
food poisoning
ПОСЕЩЕНИЕ ВРАЧА
MEDICAL MATTERS
Hello, Doctor Lennox. Well, three days ago I fell over and cut my arm.
There was a little blood, but it soon stopped bleeding and I forgot about it.
Now the wound is painful and red. It hurts when I touch it. I also think
I may have a temperature. I feel a little hot and quite weak. Do you think
I should sec my doctor?
Doctor Lennox, I am a 63-year-old woman. A few months ago, I was
walking upstairs when I suddenly became very faint and almost fell over.
Now, whenever I do just a little exercise I get out of breath very quickly.
Even when I'm sleeping I have breathing problems. I wake up in the middle
of the night and can't get back to sleep. I'm really worried, because I have
never had insomnia in my life before. I don't have a pain in my chest, so
I don't think I have heart problems. I'm very worried. What do you think?
For the last two days, Doctor Lennox, I have been feeling absolutely ter-
rible. My whole body aches. 1 have a backache and all my muscles ache.
I have a terrible headache, too. But the worst thing is the vomiting. Food
just won't stay in my stomach for more than a few minutes. And the di-
arrhea — I'm in the bathroom every half an hour. I telephoned my doctor
and asked for a prescription for some medicine, but she said there wasn't
much she could do for me. She said I should stay in bed and drink a lot. Is
that right?
I hope you can understand me all right, doctor, but I can't talk very well
because of my sore throat. I've had it a few months now. And a cough, too,
even though I don't smoke. And I seem to be tired all the time, but I'm never
so ill that I can't go to work. I've been to the doctor and had some tests, but
they can't find anything wrong with me. What do you think I should do now?
VOCABULARY
bleeding — кровотечение
wound [wu:nd] — рана
painful — болезненный
to hurt — болеть
faint — обморок
get out of breath — задыхаться
insomnia — бессоница
chest — грудная клетка
to ache — болеть
headache — головная боль
backache — боль в пояснице
vomiting — рвота
diarrhea d a i s ' r i s ] — понос
prescription — рецепт
sore throat — воспаленное горло
cough [kof] — кашель
QUESTIONS
1. Is it expensive to visit the doctor in your country ?
2. If you could be a doctor which type would you be and why?
3. What are the most common symptoms (signs) of flu?
4. What are the most common illnesses in your country?
5. What are their symptoms?
6. What do you do if you have a temperature?
7. What do you do if you have a sore throat?
8. What do you do if you have a bad cough?
9. What do you do if you have insomnia?
10. What do you do if you vomit?
EXERCISE
Here are Doctor Lennox's answers. Match her answers to the ques-
tions in the texts.
1. You should see a doctor as soon as possible. Your doctor will arrange for
you to have a complete series of tests. I'm afraid you really could be very
seriously ill, you know.
2. You've probably got a minor infection. Sometimes they take a long time
to go away. The important thing is to get plenty of rest. Take some time
off work and you'll probably be back to normal in a few weeks' time.
3. It sounds as if you have got an infection. You'll have to see your doctor,
who will probably write you a prescription for an antibiotic and some
medicine to put on your skin as well.
157
4. You have what is commonly called stomach flu. It's most important that
you drink a lot. You should feel better soon, but if it continues much
longer you should see your doctor.
МЕДИЦИНСКИЕ ВОПРОСЫ
Здравствуйте, доктор Лсннокс. Три дня назад я упал и порезал руку. Было
немного крови, но скоро кровотечение прекратилось, и я забыл об этом. Теперь
рана болезненная и красная. Мне больно, когда я прикасаюсь к ней. Я также
думаю, что, возможно, у меня температура. Я чувствую небольшой жар и сла-
бость. Как Вы думаете, я должен пойти к своему доктору?
Доктор Лсннокс, я - 63-летняя женщина. Несколько месяцев назад, когда
я поднималась по лестнице, у меня вдруг закружилась голова и я чуть не упала.
В настоящее время всякий раз, когда я всего немного занимаюсь физическими
упражнениями, я очень быстро начинаю задыхаться. Даже, когда я сплю, у меня
проблемы с дыханием. Я просыпаюсь посреди ночи и не могу заснуть снова.
Я действительно волнуюсь, потому что у меня никогда прежде в жизни не было
бессонницы. У меня нет боли в груди, так что я не думаю, что у меня проблемы
с сердцем. Я очень взволнована. Что Вы об этом думаете?
Последние два дня, доктор Лсннокс, я чувствовал себя абсолютно ужасно.
Все мое тело боли т. У меня боли в пояснице и болят все мышцы. У меня также
ужасная головная боль. Но хуже всего — - это рвота. Пища не задерживается
в моем желудке более, чем на несколько минут. И понос — я хожу в туалет
каждые полчаса. Я позвонил своему доктору и попросил выписать рецепт на
лекарства, но она сказала, что она ничем не может мне помочь. Она сказала, что
я должен соблюдать постельный режим и много пить. Правильно ли это?
Я надеюсь, что Вы поймете меня правильно, доктор, но мне трудно гово-
рить, так как у меня болит горло. Это продолжается уже несколько месяцев.
И также кашель, даже притом, что я не курю. И мне кажется, что я чувствую
постоянную усталость, но я никогда не чувствую себя настолько больным, что-
бы не идти на работу. Я был у доктора и сдал несколько анализов, но они ничего
не нашли. Как Вы думаете, что мне делать теперь?
New survey shows that Britain's drug problem is growing. The high-
est increase in drug use is among teenagers. How can they be convinced
to stop?
THE PROBLEM
Last year, a European survey showed that the number of teenagers who
had tried drugs was 6 per cent in Greece, 15 per cent in France and 30 per
cent in Britain.
Statistics show that drug use by British teenagers has doubled since 1989.
I lalf teenagers who were interviewed admitted they had tried at least one type
nf drug. 70 per cent said they had been offered drugs in the past 3 months.
I he drugs that the government is most worried about are stimulant drugs
Hiich as Speed and Ecstasy (or 'E' as it is commonly known) and hallucino-
genic drugs such as LSD. They are worried that many young people believe
lliese drugs to be exciting and fashionable. They think that many of teenag-
ers will be influenced by films such as Transporting and Pulp Fiction, which
show attractive people taking drugs.
THE SOLUTION
The government decided that it needed a new anti-drugs campaign.
However, before it did this, it studied young people's attitudes. The survey
showed that teenagers knew that drugs were bad for them but they could
not actually name any health risk associated with particular drugs. It also
showed that 61 per cent of teenage drug-users would consider stopping using
drugs if they thought they were a serious danger to their health.
It was also understood that many teenagers ignored drugs warnings in
schools because they thought they were childish. In fact, it was proved that
in some cases, the reason for taking drugs was to rebel against warnings
from adults.
Using the results of the survey, new campaign has been started. The new
campaign hopes to treat teenagers like adults. It informs young people of
the health risks associated with particular drugs. It does this with photos of
teenagers. On the advertisements, the parts of their bodies, which can be dam-
aged by drugs, are indicated by biological diagrams showing the health risks.
Many teenagers try drugs as a 'dare' to show their friends that they are
not scared. Often their friends insist until the person says 'yes'. The health
authority hope that the advertisements will help teenagers to say "no" to this
and be able to have good reason to say it. In addition to posters, the health
authority has also made radio advertisements and put the number of their
drugs helpline (a telephone number that can be called confidentially for help)
in a lot of places. The people at the helpline advise people what to do if they
have a drug problem or need more information about the dangers of drugs.
DRUG FACTS
31 % of teenagers interviewed could not name a health risk associated
with Ecstasy.
Eton (one of England's most expensive schools) and several other schools
introduced drug tests. If the tests show a pupil has used an illegal drug, he/
she is expelled, and has to leave the school forever.
It was discovered that children of 10 years old were being sold halluci-
nogenic drugs (LSD). The drugs had pictures of cartoon characters on them
to attract the children.
49 % of young drug-users say they would stop using drugs if they thought
they were getting addicted.
35 % of young drug-users say they don't know why they use them.
MOST young drug-users say that they listen more to what their friends
say about drugs than to what the media say about drugs.
THE NUMBER of young males taking drugs is higher than the number
of young females.
THE GREATEST increase in drug use in the past eight years is by 15-
16 year olds.
MANY people argue that smoking kills more people than drugs.
9.75 % of British 12-13-year-olds smoke at least one cigarette a week.
26.4 % of British 14 15-year-olds smoke at least one cigarette a week
VOCABULARY
survey [sa:'vei] — обзор, опрос, анкетирование
increase ['mkrirs] -— увеличение, рост
convince [kan'vins] — убедить
drug — наркотик
double - удваиваться
admit признавать
stimulant возбуждающий
hallucinogen [ha'lu:sinad3en] —галлюциноген
LSD [ eles'dr.] — ЛСД (наркотик, вызывающий галлюцинации)
Pulp Fiction — «Криминальное чтиво»
rebel — протестовать
treat относиться, обращаться
dare [dea] вызов
helpline -— телефон доверия
illegal [ГН:д(э)1] незаконный
expel выгонять, исключать
addict [a'dikt] — привыкнуть
the media ['media] — средства массовой информации
male — мужчина
female — женщина
161
конфиденциально для получения помощи). Работники телефонов доверия дают
советы людям о том. что делать, если есть проблемы с наркотиками, или предо-
ставляют больше информации об опасности употребления наркотиков.
ФАКТЫ о наркотиках
31 % подростков, у которых взяли интервью, не могли назвать, какой вред
для здоровья связан с Экстази.
Итон (одна из наиболее дорогих школ Англии) и нескольких других школ
ввели тест на наркотики. Если тесты показывают, что ученик использовал запре-
щенный наркотик, он/она исключается, и должен уйти из школы навсегда.
Было обнаружено, что 10-летним детям продавали галлюциногены (ЛСД).
На наркотиках были картинки из мультфильмов, чтобы привлечь детей.
49 % молодых людей, употребляющих наркогики говорят, что они прекрати-
ли бы их принимать, если бы посчитали, что привыкают.
35 % молодых людей, употребляющих наркотики говорят, что они не знают,
зачем они их принимают.
БОЛЬШИНСТВО молодых людей, употребляющих наркотики говорят, что
они прислушиваются больше к тому, что говорят о наркотиках их друзья, чем
к тому, что говоряч средства массовой информации.
КОЛИЧЕСТВО молодых мужчин, употребляющих наркотики выше, чем ко-
личество молодых женщин.
САМОЕ БОЛЬШОЕ увеличение в употреблении наркотиков за последние
восемь лет произошло — среди 15-16-летних.
МНОГИЕ люди приводят доводы, что курение убивает большее количество
людей, чем наркотики.
9,75 % 12-13-летних британцев выкуривает, по крайней мере, одну сигарету
в неделю.
26,4 % 14-15-летних британцев выкуривает, по крайней мере, одну сигарету
в неделю.
When someone says, "How are you?" do you reply "Fine thanks,
how are you?" or do you say, "I'm not feeling very well. I've had a
bad cold, I've been on work, and now I've got a dreadful cough". Some
people never seem to be ill, others have always got something wrong
with them... or think they have. Try the questionnaire and find out how
you're keeping. Answer Yes or No.
1. Have you ever broken an arm or a leg?
2. Have you ever stayed at home because of illness?
3. Have you ever taken vitamin pills?
4. Have you ever given up any of the following because of your health?
smoking
drinking
coffee
meat
sunbathing
5. Have you ever taken up any of the following because of your health?
running
swimming
regular exercise
6. Have you ever had an accident while watching a sport?
7. Have you ever had an accident while playing a sport?
8. Have you ever had... ?
a heart attack
high blood pressure
malaria
9. Have you ever-had...?
flu
a headache
food poisoning
10. Have you ever become ill on holiday?
11. Have you ever worried about getting ill?
12. Have you ever stayed in hospital?
13. Have you ever looked up an illness to a medical dictionary?
14. How are you keeping?
Not so good.
I've never felt better!
Mostly Yes: Either you've been unlucky with your health or you've be-
come a hypochondriac. Relax! Life's too short to worry so much about your
health.
Mostly No: You're very lucky... so far. You're healthy and you don't wor-
ry much. But maybe you need to take better care of y o u r s e l f — j u s t in case.
VOCABULARY /
a dreadful ['dredful] cough [kof] —ужасный кашель
a heart attack — сердечный приступ
high blood [bL\d] pressure — высокое кровяное давление
poisoning — отравление
hypochondriac [ / haip3u'kondrisek] —- ипохондрик
QUESTIONS
1. When was the last time you were ill?
2. Do you worry about staying well?
3. Do you think you are fairly healthy?
4. How are you keeping?
163
MY ATTITUDE TO SPORTS
VOCABULARY
to keep lit — быть здоровым, быть в форме
to do daily exercises ежедневно делать физзарядку
to feel refreshed — чувствовать себя бодрым, обновленным
posture ['post/a] — осанка
blessing благо
disease [di'zi:z] — болезнь
truthful верный, правильный, правдивый
competitions — соревнования
wrestling ['reslir)] — борьба
callisthenics [,kcelis'9eniks] —ритмическая гимнастика
QUESTIONS
/. Why should people go in for sports ?
2. Is it difficult to choose the kind of sport you would like to go in for?
I Why are the lessons of physical training at school so important?
•I What kind of sport are you fond of?
S Why are you fond of this kind of sport?
EXERCISES
1.Write down six things you can do with a ball.
it it it
it it it
2. Write down:
I live games where you can hit the ball (with various kinds of equip-
ment).
2. four games where you can pass the ball.
V three games where you can catch the ball.
4 two games where you can kick the ball.
5. one game where you can head the ball.
TASK
Read the proverbs, find the analogue in Russian and discuss them.
Proverbs
Those who play the game do not see as clearly as those who watch.
(( hinese)
A fool only wins the first game. (Danish)
He who leaves the game, loses. (French)
By the time the fool has learned the game, the players have dispersed.
((ihanaian)
It is a bad game where nobody wins. (Italian)
He who makes the first bad move always loses the game. (Japanese)
In the game no one is brother to others. (Norwegian)
In a game it's difficult to know when to stop. (Polish)
Keep your eye on the ball and your head in the game. (Traditional)
When luck joins in the game, cleverness
Sport is very important in our life. It is popular among young and old
people.
Many people do morning exercises, jog in the morning and train them-
selves in clubs, in different sections and take part in sport competitions.
Other people like sports too, but they only watch sports games, listen to
sports news. They prefer reading interesting stories about sportsmen. But
they don't go in for sports.
Physical training is an important subject at school. Boys and girls play
volley-ball and basketball at the lessons. There is the sports ground near our
school and schoolchildren go in for sports in the open air.
A lot of different competition are held at schools, a great number of
pupils take part in them. All participants try to get good results and become
winners. Sport helps people to keep in good health. If you go in for sports,
you have good health and don't catch cold.
Children and grown-ups must take care of their health and do morning
exercises regularly.
There are some popular kinds of sports in our country: football, volley-
ball, hockey, gymnastics, skiing, skating. Athletics is one of the most popular
kinds of sports. It includes such kinds of sports as: running, jumping and
others. Everybody may choose the sport he (or she) is interested in.
There are summer and winter sports.
My favourite sport is swimming. I go to the swimming-pool twice a
week, but I prefer to rest by the lake or the river and swim there. My friend
K.ostya goes in for boxing. He is a good boxer and he is a brave and coura-
geous boy. His hobby helps him in his every day life.
VOCABULARY
to jog [ d p g ] — бегать трусцой
section — секция
competition [,kompi'tiJn] — соревнования
participant — участник
to go in for sports — заниматься спортом
to catch cold — простуживаться
to take care — заботиться
to include — включать
to choose — выбирать
to prefer — предпочитать
courageous [ks'reidjss] — смелый
QUESTIONS
1. Do you do your morning exercises every day?
2. How do children and grown-ups take care of their health?
3. Are a lot of different competitions held at schools?
4. Do you go in for sports ?
5. Are there any popular kinds of sports in our country? What are they?
6. What is your favourite sport?
7. Where do you prefer to rest?
8. Do your friends go in for sports?
9. Do you like winter or summer sports?
10. Our hobbies help us in our life, don't they?
EXERCISES
*
167
2. Which of the sports are these people probably talking about:
snooker/pool/billiards/darts, but could, of course, apply to a number
of other sports too (golf, shooting, etc.) (Snooker, pool and billiards are
similar games but have different rules); bowls (the bowls have a weight
on one side which gives them a bias as they roll); hang-gliding ('at the
top' = at the top of the hill from which the hang-glider is launched);
windsurfing (being able to stay upright on the water); motor-racing;
riding (most people get a very sore seat/legs when they first try it)?
1. "The ball has a natural curve on it so it doesn't go in a straight line on the
grass."
2. "Provided it's not too windy at the top, there's no problem."
3. "It is incredibly noisy, fast and dangerous, but it's really exciting to watch."
4. "You get sore at first and can hardly sit down, but you get used to it after
a while."
5. "It's all a matter of balance really."
6. "You need a good eye and a lot of concentration."
3. Name one other piece of equipment necessary to play these sports
apart from the item given, as in the example. What special clothing, if
any, is worn for each sport?
Example: golf: clubs, balls
1. archery: bow,
2. badminton: racket,
3. hockey: stick,
4. baseball: bat,
5. darts: darts,
Answers: Clothing:
1. Archers usually wear special gloves, and probably a cap to shade their
eyes.
2. Usually sweat-shirt and shorts or tennis-skirt, with tennis-style shoes,
possibly sweat-bands too.
3. Hockey-players usually wear shorts or a short tennis-skirt, but also pro-
tective gloves, shin-pads and possibly a safety-helmet.
4. Baseball players often wear caps, plus protective clothing (special gloves,
shin-pads, etc.).
5. No special clothes, since the game is usually played informally in pubs
and clubs.
The Olympic Games have a very long history. They began in 777 ВС in
Greece and took place every four years for nearly twelve centuries at Olym-
pia. They included many different kinds of sports: running, boxing, wres-
tling, etc. All the cities in Greece sent their best athletes to Olympia to com-
pete in the Games. For the period of the Games all the wars stopped. So
the Olympic Games became the symbol of peace and friendship. In 394 AD
the Games were abolished and were not renewed until many centuries later.
In 1894 French Baron Pierre de Coubertin, addressed all the sports gov-
erning bodies and pointed out the significance of sport and its education-
al value. Two years later the first modem Olympic Games took place. Of
course, the competitions were held in Greece to symbolize the continuation
of the centuries-old tradition.
In 1896 the International Olympic Committee was set up. It is the central
policy-making body of the Olympic movement. It is formed by the repre-
sentatives of all countries, which take part in the Olympic Games.
Summer and Winter Games are held separately.
И Ш Ш В Щ
VOCABULARY
ВС = Before Christ — до Рождества Христова, т. е. до н. э.
wrestling f'reslii]] — борьба
to compete — соревноваться
AD = Anno Domini — в год Господень, т. е. н. э.
to abolish — отменять, упразднять
to hold — проводить
to set up — организовывать, создавать
separately — отдельно
QUESTIONS
/. When and where did the Olympic Games begin?
2. Why did the Olympic Games become the symbol ofpeace and friendship?
3. When did the Games in Greece stop?
4. Who renewed the Olympic movement?
5. When and where did the first modern Games take place?
6. When was the International Olympic Committee set up? What is its func-
tion?
7. Are Summer and Winter Games held separately?
8. Where were the latest Olympic Games held?
EXERCISES
1. Fill the gaps with suitable verbs: scored, broken, beaten/defeated,
win, take up, holds.
1. Were many records at the Olympics?
2. We've been so many times we deserve to be bottom oi
the league!
3. Congratulations! How many points did you by?
4. You should jogging. That would help you lose weight.
5. Who the world record for the 1000 metres? Is it a Rus-
sian?
6. I only ever once a goal, and that was sheer luck.
2. What do you call a person who... ?
1. does the long-jump? a long-jumper
2. rides horses in races?
3. drives cars in races?
4. throws the discus/javelin?
5. does gymnastics?
6. plays hockey?
7. plays football?
8. does the pole-vault?
3. Make sure you know which sports these places are associated with,
as in the example. Use a dictionary if necessary and the following words:
a track where you ski, could be golf (golf-course) or horse-racing (race-
course), ten-pin bowling or skittles (a traditional British game similar to
ten-pin but with only nine pins), ice-skating, usually boxing or wrestling,
used for football, rugby and cricket.
1. court tennis, squash, etc.
2. course
3. ring
4. pitch
5. rink
6. alley
7. piste
ОЛИМПИЙСКИЕ ИГРЫ
COMPUTERS IN MY LIFE
VOCABULARY
addict — сильно увлеченный чем-либо, наркоман
minority [mai'noriti] — меньшинство
owner — владелец
male — мужчина; мужской
average — средний
majority — большинство
survey — исследование, обзор, опрос
confidence — уверенность
debugging di:'Ьлдиз] — finding and removing problems in computers
and computer programs; отладка (программы); наладка (машины или
механизма); устранение неполадок, устранение неисправностей
'hacking' — gaining acess to computers when it is not allowed
to do well — преуспевать
QUESTIONS
1. What are computer addicts like?
2. Have you ever used a computer?
3. Why are computers used?
4. Why are more boys than girls interested in computers?
5. Is computer addiction harmful?
6. Do you use computers at school/university/work? What do you use them for?
7. Would you say you are computer-literate? Why?
TASKS
1. Use the below-given vocabulary to make a report on computer
technology.
Group A
• monitor • screen • window • keyboard • mouse • mouse pad • floppy
disk • CD-ROM • modem • printer
Group В
• software • hardware • online memory • website • e-mail • Internet • to log
on • word processing • to start up • to connect • to crash • to surf • to print
2. Complete the text below with words from Group B.
"As soon as I get home from school, I start up, my computer. It's a cou-
ple of years old now so I've had to expand the First of all
I log on to the and go to Sporting Life, which is a sports news
, to find out the latest football results. Then I check my
to see if anyone has sent me any messages. If I have a homework
173
project, I'll the Internet to see if there is any useful information.
If I find a good text that's quite long, I'll it as it's often easier
to read on paper. When my parents bought the computer, we got lots of free
, including an encyclopaedia and a package, which
is very useful for writing my projects. I sometimes get bad days when the
computer seems to all the time. And some days the Internet is
busy, so when you dial it doesn't . People say it's because mil-
lions of users in the USA go at that time. My mother is a bit
worried that I'm going to run up huge bills on the Internet and that I'm going
to become an Internet addict but I don't think I will."
TELEVISION
TV, telly, box — телевизор
portable television (set) — переносной телевизор
cable television — кабельное телевидение
satellite ['saetalait] television — спутниковое телевидение
network — телевизионная сеть, телевещание
viewer f' vju:s] —телезритель
prime time (8-11 p.m.) — лучшее время
theme tunes — позывные
TV addict — человек, увлеченный просмотром телепрограмм, теленар-
коман
PEOPLE IN TELEVISION
announcer ja'nausa] —диктор
newsreader (newscaster) — диктор, читающий последние известия
anchorman ['aei)k3masn]/woman (presenter) — ведущий, ведущая про-
грамму
TV reporter, correspondent — телевизионный корреспондент
commentator — комментатор
quiz [kwiz] master — ведущий телевикторины
cameraman, operator — оператор
editor — редактор
producer — режиссер-постановщик
soundman — звукорежиссер
и ш я н н
PROGRAMMES
show — шоу
daily — ежедневный
weekly еженедельный
monthly — ежемесячный
news — новости
current affairs programme — программа о текущих событиях
special report — специальный репортаж
life footage — прямой эфир
documentary — документальный фильм
children's programme программа для детей
cartoon мультфильм
educational programme - образовательная программа
weather report, forecast — прогноз погоды
variety show — эстрадная программа
qui/ programme -викторина
feature film — художественный фильм
thriller — триллер, остросюжетный фильм
western — вестерн
serial [ siansl] сериал
soap opera — мыльная опера
commercial — телевизионная реклама
videoclip - видеоклип
TELEVISION TECHNIQUES
broadcast ['bro:dkci:st] — транслировать
telecast передавать телепрограмму
life broadcast, show programme — программа, идущая в прямом
эфире
broadcast speech, interview, discussion — транслируемая речь,
интервью, дискуссия
appear on the programme — появляться в программе
cover something — охватывать, давать материал
sound track — фонограмма
test card — сетка
close-up - крупный план
caption — титр
still — кадр
VOCABULARY
newscast ['nju:zka:st] — последние известия (передаваемые по радио,
телевидению)
walk of life — общественное положение; занятие, профессия
turn — очередной номер программы, выход; интермедия, сценка
amusing [a'mjmzit}] — забавный, занимательный, занятный
QUESTIONS
1. Why do we prefer to see things on the screen, and not only to hear voices
speaking about them over the radio?
2. For what do we like to watch TV programmes about animals and birds,
travels and travelling?
3. Why do we like to watch sporting events in actual progress?
4. What dramatic entertainments can we see on the TV screen?
J. What makes TV musical programmes so fascinating?
6. What lectures and well-informed talks can be heard?
EXERCISE
You are watching TV with a friend. What could you say in each of
the situations below?
Look at the example first and use the following words: turn/switch
on/off, turn up/down.
Example: You want to watch a programme on TV. Could you turn the TV on?
1. You can't hear the programme very well. Could you ?
2. You want to watch a different programme. Could you ?
3. Now it's too loud for you. Could you ?
4. You don't want to watch any more. Could you ?
179
по образовательному каналу. Хороший сериал (возможно, детективная история
или экранизация классического романа) может держать целое семейство перед
телевизором весь день; а разве мы не сидим часами, смотря, как наша любимая
футбольная или хоккейная команда играет в важном международном матче?
Телевидение определенно играет очень важную роль в жизни людей. Но хо-
рошо ли это или плохо? Разве мы не стали более ленивыми из-за телевидения?
Разве мы не выходим реже, чем мы это делали раньше? Разве мы не читаем
меньше?
Мы имеем тенденцию с течением времени смотреть больше и слушать мень-
ше. Возьмем, например, встречи знаменитых людей различных слоев общества.
Мы любим смотреть, как эти люди принимают участие в этих обсуждениях.
Просто слушать их голоса не совсем то же самое.
Мы любим также смотреть телевизионные программы, рассказывающие
о животных и птицах и всех видах живых существ в их естественной среде,
а также следить за происходящими спорт ивными соревнованиями. Больше все-
го мы любим смотреть разные драматические произведения; пьесы многих ве-
дущих драматургов; драматизированные версии работ известных романистов;
прекрасные одноактные пьесы, комические сценки и разные забавные эпизоды.
Мы можем слушать симфонические концерты, оперы и оратории, популяр-
ные мелодии, которые передаются с очень четким изображением. Мы имеем
возможность слушать информативные беседы по археологии, истории, геогра-
фии, науке и технике. Мы слушаем критиков, которые рассказывают о новых
книгах, фильмах, пьесах, произведениях искусства. Мы слушаем современных
поэтов, читающих свои собственные стихи.
'"Yes, but what did we use to do before there was television?" How often
we hear statements like this! Television hasn't been with us all that long,
but we are already beginning to forget what the world was like without it.
Before we admitted the one-eyed monster into our homes, we never found it
difficult to occupy our spare time. We used to enjoy civilised pleasures. For
instance, we used to have hobbies, we used to entertain our friends and be
entertained by them, we used to go outside for our amusements to theatres,
cinemas, restaurants and sporting events. We even used to read books and
listen to music and broadcast talks occasionally. All that belongs to the past.
Now all our free time is regulated by the 'goggle box'. We rush home or
gulp down our meals to be in time for this or that programme. We have even
given up sitting at table and having a leisurely evening meal, exchanging the
news of the day. A sandwich and a glass of beer will do — anything pro-
viding it doesn't interfere with the programme. The monster demands and
obtains absolute silence and attention. If any member of the family dares to
open his mouth during a programme, he is quickly silenced.
80
Whole generations are growing up addicted to the telly. Food is left un-
eaten, homework undone and sleep is lost. The telly is a universal pacifier.
It is now standard practice for mother to keep the children quiet by putting
them in the living-room and turning on the set. It doesn't matter that the
children will watch rubbishy commercials or spectacles of sadism and vio-
lence — so long as they are quiet.
Television encourages passive enjoyment. We become content with sec-
ond-hand experiences. It is so easy to sit in our armchairs watching others
working. Little by little, television cuts us off from the real world. We get so
lazy, we choose to spend a fine day in semi-darkness, glued to our sets, rather
than go out into the world itself. Television may be a splendid medium of
communication, but it prevents us from communicating with each other. We
only become aware how totally irrelevant television is to real living when we
spend a holiday by the sea or in the mountains, far away from civilisation
in quiet, natural surroundings, we quickly discover how little we miss the
hypnotic tyranny of King Telly.
VOCABULARY
admit — допускать
occupy — занимать
goggle [ gogl] box — разг. телевизор
gulp — быстро глотать, хватать (пищу); заглатывать; проглатывать (не
разжевывая)
dare [dea] — отваживаться, осмеливаться
rubbishy — пустяковый; вздорный; дрянной; никуда не годный
prevent [ p r i ' v e n t ] from — мешать, не допускать; оберегать (from — от)
EXERCISES
1. Fill the gaps in these sentences with the following words; comics,
soap opera/talk show, Internet, teenage, nature, documentary.
1. The news is on Channel 3 at nine o'clock every night.
2. Ten million people watch this every week. It's very popular.
3. There was a about traffic problems in cities on TV last night.
4. I saw a programme about birds in Antarctica.
5. My sister is 13; she reads magazines every week. She likes the
love stories.
6. With my computer I can get the sports news on the
7. Most young children don't read newspapers, they prefer
2. Match the left-hand column with the right-hand column. Draw lines.
1. Talking about family problems a. International news
2. Film of elephants in Africa b. Sports programme
3. Football cup final c. Soap opera
4. Reports from all over the world d. Nature programme
5. Maria decides not to marry Philip e. Talk show
INTERNET FACTS
The prototype for the Internet was created in the sixties by the US De-
fence Department. To ensure that communication could be kept open in
the event of a nuclear attack, it created a computer network known as Ar-
panet — the Advanced Research Project Agency Network.
The first attempt to connect two computers and allow them to communi-
cate with one another was made by researchers at the University of Califor-
nia in Los Angeles and the Stanford Research Institute on 20 October 1969.
The first people to coin the term 'internet' were two scientists, Vinton
Cerf (known as 'father of the Internet') and his collaborator Bob Kahn,
who in 1974 devised a means by which data could be transmitted across a
global-network of computers.
An Oxford graduate, Tim Berners-Lee, set up the first 'www server' (a
Server receives and sends messages) to store the archive of the European
Particle Physics Laboratory in Switzerland.
The first e-mail ever sent was in 1972 between computers in two Ameri-
can universities. The most frequently used search word on the net is "sex",
typed in 1,550,000 times every month.
The most mentioned male on the Internet is President Bill Clinton, whose
name is linked to 1,542,790 sites.
The most mentioned female on the Internet is the actress Pamela Ander-
son, whose name is linked to 1,542,282 sites.
VOCABULARY
Defence [di'fens] Department — Министерство обороны
ensure [in'Jua] — обеспечивать
network — сеть
coin ['koin] — придумывать
collaborator — сотрудник
devise [di'vaiz] — изобретать
means [mi:nz] — средство
store [sto:] — сохранить
net [net] — сеть
link [liqk] — соединять, связывать
QUESTIONS
1. Who was the prototype for the Internet created by?
2. Why was the prototype for the Internet created?
5. Who was the first attempt to connect two computers and allow them to
communicate with one another made by?
4. Who is known as father of the Internet'?
5. Why was the first 'www server 'set up?
6. What is the most frequently used search word?
7. Do you think 'The Internet 'will have an important influence on our daily
lives?
ФАКТЫ ОБ ИНТЕРНЕТЕ
INTERNET ADDICTION
VOCABULARY
withdrawal [wid'dro:al] symptom — абстинентный синдром, синдром
отмены
withdrawal — уход
addiction — пагубная привычка, наркомания
drugs — наркотики
gambling — игра в азартные игры
dependency — зависимость
to surf [S3:f] the Internet — рыскать по Интернету
disorder — болезнь
spare-time — свободное время
to predict — предсказывать
QUESTIONS
1. How did Leo respond to withdrawal from the Internet?
2. What do some psychologists compare Internet addicts to?
3. How is Russel a typical Internet addict?
185
4. What two things has he stopped doing?
5. What does Dr Hoffman predict?
6. Do you prefer going online to watching TV?
7. What information do you search the Net for?
DISCUSS
Do you think that Internet addiction is possible?
How would you stop or prevent this kind of addiction?
EXERCISE
1. Below you have some of the amazing achievements of modern tech-
nology. Match the names on the left with the definitions on the right.
1. video recorder a kind of sophisticated typewriter using a computer
2. photocopier a machine which records and plays back sound
3. fax machine a machine which records and plays back sound and
pictures
4. tape recorder a camera which records moving pictures and sound
5. modem a machine for chopping up, slicing, mashing, blend-
ing etc.
6. camcorder a machine which makes copies of documents
7. robot a machine which makes copies of documents and
sends them down telephone lines to another place
8. word-processor a machine which acts like a person
9. food-processor a piece of equipment allowing you to send informa-
tion from one computer down telephone lines to an-
other computer
ПРИВЫКАНИЕ К ИНТЕРНЕТУ
VOCABULARY
e-mail = electronic mail
snail [sneil] — улитка; разг. тихоход
tap out [tsepJ — набирать
press [press] — нажимать
spread [spred] распространять
gossip [ gosip] — сплетня; слухи
accidentally [,£eksi'dent3li] —случайно
loads ( o f ) — р а з г . множество
junk — ненужный
QUESTIONS
1. What is e-mail?
2. When was it first sent?
3. What are the advantages of e-mail?
4. What are the disadvantages?
5. Compare e-mail and usual mail.
6. Can you send the e-mail? Describe the way of sending.
VOCABULARY
snail [sneil] — улитка; разг. тихоход
sticker — наклейка
recipient [ r i ' s i p i s n t ] — получатель
rival ['raivl] — соперник
QUESTIONS
/. What is snail mail?
2. What are the advantages of snail mail?
3. What are the disadvantages?
4. Compare snail mail and e-mail.
5. How can you send the letter? Describe the way of sending.
ПОЧТА-ТИХОХОД
Положительные черты
Вы пользуетесь вашей любимой писчей бумагой и чернилами разного цвета,
и Вы приклеиваете наклейки на конверты.
Вы тщательно продумываете то, что вы пишете, потому что исправить
ошибки сложнее.
Вы получаете письмо от друга из другой страны, который приглашает Вас
приехать в гости.
189
Вы можете отправить открытку по поводу Дня Валентина, которую Вы так
долго делали и которая действительно впечатлит получателя.
Недостатки
Вы должны выйти и купить вашу любимую писчую бумагу, ручки, наклейки
и конверты.
Требуется много времени, чтобы написать письмо. Затем вы должны идти
на почту.
Ваши друзья за границей не пишут Вам. У всех них есть электронная почта,
а у Вас нет.
Идет забастовка на почте, так что нудное поздравление с Днем Валентина
вашего конкурента дойдет по электронной почте прежде вашего.
APPEARANCE AND CHARACTER
TASKS
1. Write on the chalkboard the words, denoting different traits of char-
acter. Everyone should name the traits one appreciates most or less in one's
friend. Then speak about your friend who possesses some of these traits.
2. Think of somebody you know well and admire. Complete the sen-
tences about him/her in any way you like.
a) One of the first things you notice about him/her is...
b) His/Her most striking feature is his/her...
c) A typical habit of his/hers is to...
d) The reason I admire him/her is because...
e) I shall always remember the time when he/she...
f) He/She may not be... but...
Play a game.
SIX EYES
Write your names on small pieces of paper. Take one of the pieces of
paper and try to imagine that you are that person. Then you must complete
the sentences:
I always...; I often...; I usually...; I occasionally...; I rarely...; I never... Try
to guess who some of you have pretended to be.
Suppose that you have just been elected President of the USA. What
qualities would you look for in choosing a person to feel each post in
your cabinet?
TASKS
Speak about different people. Make use of the outline of a character
sketch.
1) APPEARANCE: age, height, weight, build of figure, face, hair, eyes,
complexion, clothes.
2) BACKGROUND: family, education, profession or occupation.
3) L I K E S AND DISLIKES: with regard to people, tastes, hobbies and in-
terests.
4) C H A R A C T E R , T E M P E R A M E N T , DISPOSITION
5) CONCLUSION.
Learn to discuss different people. Make use of the following.
1) What kind of person will never arrest anyone's attention? (take a risk, spend
more than he can afford, take anything to heart, lose his temper, do a sil-
ly thing, disobey instructions, wave in the face of danger, fail his friend)
2) What kind of people are often lonely? (are usually surrounded by people,
friends, are easily forgotten, are quick to see the point, think only for
themselves, feel uneasy in company, keep their thought to themselves,
easily lose their patience, enjoy other people's confidence)
3) What kind of people are called good mixers, poor mixers, colourful, dis-
creet, just, business-like, level-headed, sympathetic, revengeful, squeam-
ish, persistent, haughty, humble, placid, broad-minded, vulgar, vain, am-
bitious?
4) What do you call a person who can't keep a secret? (can appreciate a
piece of art, feels deeply, pokes his nose into other people's affairs, in-
trudes his views on others, is always sure of himself, is mostly in high
spirits, gets annoyed easily, keeps on forgetting things, is unlike others,
says what he thinks, has no moral principles)
5) What traits of character would you appreciate in a mother, father, a bos-
om friend, a teacher...?
6) What traits of character are required to make a good teacher, a good doc-
tor, a good lawyer, a good journalist? What traits must prevent one from
becoming a good specialist in those fields?
Speak about things, which have happened to you which really made
you angry. Imagine they all have happened today. Tell your friend about
them.
A PERSON'S CHARACTER
WORD COMBINATIONS
He is easily pleased — ему легко угодить
He is not of a forgiving nature — он нелегко забывает обиды
She tries to pass for more than she is worth — она старается сделать
вид, что она лучше, чем она есть
She takes things lightly — она легко смотрит на вещи
Не is easy to deal with — с ним легко ладить
Не is hard to deal with — с ним трудно ладить
Не is difficult to get along with — с ним трудно ладить
His words are entirely in character with his actions — его слова полно-
стью соответствуют его поступкам
He's gained the character of an honest and honourable sort of fellow —
он прослыл честным и благородным малым
Не seems a very matter-of-fact sort of man — он кажется сухим чело-
веком
He's an intelligent lad — он умный юноша
He's bright and quick-witted — он очень способный и у него живой ум
She is a good sort of girl, and that's the great thing, isn't it? — она про-
изводит впечатление хорошей девушки, а это уже важно, не так ли?
Не is a clever, up-to-date chap — он умный, современный малый
to be of a cheerful (gentle, passive) disposition — быть жизнерадостным
(кротким, пассивным)
to be of an active (social, sullen) disposition — быть энергичным (общи-
тельным, угрюмым) по характеру
to be a pleasant person to deal with (never to lose one's temper) — быть
человеком с которым хорошо иметь дело, (всегда владеть собой)
to be of a hasty (quick, short) temper — быть вспыльчивым (находчи-
вым, несдержанным)
to be a man (woman) of character — быть с характером
(о be of no character — быть бесхарактерным
(о be a character — иметь сильный характер
EXERCISES
1. What nouns can be formed from these adjectives?
angry, sad, happy, proud, jealous, embarrassed.
2. Find the logical ending on the right for each of the sentence begin-
nings on the left.
1. He was very proud when a) someone stole his money.
2. He was very jealous when b) his father appeared on TV with the
Prime Minister.
3. He was very embarrassed when c) he heard that his aunt had died.
4. He was very angry when d) he saw those big dogs running to-
wards him.
5. He was very sad when e) he bought her a birthday present on
the wrong day.
6. He was very frightened when f) his best friend went out with the
girl he really liked.
3. Answer these questions. If possible, ask someone else the same
questions.
1. Would you feel embarrassed or upset (or both) if you forgot your moth-
er's birthday or your father's birthday?
2. Do you ever feel frightened in a car (as a passenger) because you are go-
ing very fast?
3. Do you get angry when other people want you to do things that you don't
want to do?
4. If you made a stupid mistake in English, would you feel embarrassed?
5. Is there any thing that you are very proud of?
6. Are there any common situations where you sometimes feel embar-
rassed?
TASKS
Use this vocabulary while describing your parents', friend's, your sister's
character. Explain what traits of character you like/you don't like and why.
PERSONALITY TEST
1. Put the following 5 animals in the order of your preference: Cow, Tiger,
Sheep, Horse, Pig
2. Write one word that describes each one of the following: Dog, Cat, Rat,
Coffee, Sea.
Think of someone, who also knows you and is important to you and
you can relate them to the following colours. Do not repeat your answer
twice. Name just one person for each colour: Yellow, Orange, Red,
White, Green.
Answers
1. This will define your priorities in your life:
Cow signifies Career
Tiger signifies Pride
Sheep signifies Love
Horse signifies Family
Pig signifies Money
2. Your description of Dog implies your own personality.
Your description of Cat implies personality of your partner.
Your description of Rat implies personality of your enemies.
Your description of Coffee is how you interpret sex.
Your description of Sea implies your own life.
3. Yellow is someone you will never forget.
Orange is someone you consider your true friend.
Red is someone you really love.
White is your twin soul.
Green is someone that you will remember for the rest of your life.
APPEARANCE: BEAUTY
VOCABULARY
good-looking — миловидный, приятной внешности
beautiful — красивая (о женщине)
pretty — хорошенький
handsome — красивый (о мужчине)
unattractive — непривлекательный
ugly — уродливый, безобразный
plain — заурядный, простой, обыкновенный
attractive — привлекательный
QUESTIONS
/. Who is the most beautiful woman and the best-looking man in the world?
2. Do you think it's difficult to be vety good-looking? Why? (Why not?)
3. How important is it to look attractive? Why?
4. Look at these English expressions and then decide if you agree with them.
a) Beauty is only skin-deep.
b) Your face is your fortune.
c) Beauty lies in the lovers eyes.
EXERCISE
1. Fill the gaps in the sentences with the following: elderly, young,
slim/thin, tall, fair, fat/overweight.
1. He's only one metre 52. He's quite short
2. Very people are often good at basketball.
3. Models are usually
4. Is her skin dark? No it's
5. She's only 12. She's very
6. If I eat too much I'll be
7. My grandmother is in this hospital. It's a hospital for peo-
ple. (Don't use 'Old'.)
ВНЕШНОСТЬ: КРАСОТА
People who can't hear often learn to understand a spoken language with
their eyes. They watch the mouth of the person talking and follow the move-
ment of his lips. This is called lip-reading.
Some people think the distance between your hair and your eyebrows
is a sign of how intelligent you are. The bigger your forehead is, the more
intelligent you are supposed to be.
Nowadays, a person who doesn't like his or her nose can have it changed
with plastic surgery. Plastic surgeons can change your face in many other
ways too. They can make your cheeks a little rounder. If you don't like your
chin, a plastic surgeon can break your jaw and re-make the whole lower half
of your face. If you think your skin looks too old and wrinkled, he can take
the wrinkles away and make you look twenty years younger.
Women ofts;n disagree about men having beards and moustache. But
some women think that hair on a man's chin makes him look more attrac-
tive.
Usually, only women wear make-up. They are lucky. They can put a little
black mascara on their eyelashes and some eyeshadow on their eyelids, and
look fresh and attractive, even when they are really tired.
VOCABULARY
eye — глаз
eyebrow — бровь
forehead ['foridj — лоб
nose — нос
cheek — щека
chin — подбородок
jaw — челюсть
skin — кожа
wrinkled — морщинистый
wrinkles ['rirjklz] — морщины
beard — борода
moustache [ m a s ' t a : / ] — у с ы
eyelash — ресница
eyelid — веко
кшмимммтниищщщи I '
яшвшшё
QUESTIONS
/. Describe the face of someone you know well.
2. Would you ever have plastic surgery? Why? Why not?
3. Do you like when a man wears a beard or a moustache? Why do you
think men grow them?
EXERCISE
1. Ask questions for these answers. Use the words in brackets.
1. How tall is your brother? (your brother)
He's about one metre 75.
2. Is ? (Elena's hair)
No, her hair's dark.
3. Is ? (Mike's hair)
Yes, it is quite long.
4. Are ? (your parents)
Not really, they're middle-aged.
5. Is ? (his sister)
Yes, all the boys want to go out with her.
6. Why ? (Sarathin)
She has been very ill.
2. Read the proverbs and find the analogue in Russian.
Proverbs
What is in the stomach carries what is in the head. (African)
Unfortunate is the man who has no fingernails to scratch his head with.
(Arabian)
A pain in the foot is soon forgotten — a pain in the head is not. (Armenian)
All men have three ears, one on the left of his head, one on the right and
one in his heart. (Armenian)
Man is the head of the family, woman the neck that turns the head. (Chinese)
He who lets another sit on his shoulder will soon have him on his head.
(Danish)
The man loves with his head, the woman thinks with her heart. (Danish)
The mob has many heads but no brains. (English)
You must not expect old heads upon young shoulders. (English)
If you do not have a head, you must have legs. (French)
The head and feet keep warm; the rest will take no harm. (French)
Люди, которые не слышат, часто учатся понимать устную речь глазами. Они
наблюдают за ртом говорящего и следят за движением его губ. Это называется
читать по губам.
Некоторые люди считают, что расстояние между волосами и бровями — это
признак того, насколько человек умен. Чем больше лоб, тем, предполагается,
умнее человек.
В наши дни человек, которому не нравится его нос, может изменить его с по-
мощью пластической операции. Пластические хирурги могут также совершен-
но изменить ваше лицо. Они в состоянии сделать ваши щеки немного круглее.
Если вам не нравится ваш подбородок, хирург может сломать вашу челюсть
и переделать всю нижнюю половину вашего лица. Если вам кажется, что ваша
кожа выглядит слишком старой и морщинистой, он может убрать морщины
и сделать вас на 20 лет моложе.
Женщины часто не согласны, чтобы у мужчин были борода и усы. А не-
которые женщины считают, что волосы на подбородке у мужчины делают его
внешность более привлекательной.
Обычно только женщины пользуются гримом. Им везет. Они могут накра-
сить тушыо ресницы, положить немного теней на веки и выглядеть свежими
и привлекательными даже тогда, когда они действительно устали.
Mr and Mrs Smith were a very average couple. His name was John. Her
name was Mary. They lived in an average-sized house and had two average
children — one boy and one girl.
Were they tall? Mr and Mrs Smith were neither tall nor short. They were
both average height. He was average height for a man and she was average
height for a woman.
Were they fat? Mr Smith was certainly not weak or skinny, but he was not
strong or well-built either. He was just medium built and his shoulders and
chest were neither very broad nor very narrow. His wife, too, could never
be described as thin or slim, but then again, she was not overweight or fat
either. Her waist was neither too big nor too narrow. It was just... average size.
It was very easy for Mr and Mrs Smith to buy clothes because every part
of their bodies was average size too. Their feet were neither very big nor
very small. Their hips were not too wide. And their legs were neither too
short nor too long.
Yes, the Smiths were a very average couple. Except for one thing. They
were the only couple in the country who was average in so many different
ways at the same time. The Smiths were in fact... unique.
VOCABULARY
average ['eevaridj] — средний, обычный, нормальный;
tall — высокий
short — низкорослый
average height — среднего роста
fat — толстый
weak — слабый
skinny — тощий, кожа да кости
strong — сильный, крепкий, здоровый
well-built — крепкий, хорошо сложенный
shoulder — плечо
chest — грудная клетка
neither... nor ['naiSa... no:] — ни... ни
broad — широкий
narrow — узкий
thin — худой
slim — стройный
overweight [,3UV3'weit] — излишек веса, избыточный вес
waist —- талия
foot (мн. ч. feet) — ступня
hip — бедро
QUESTIONS
1. What is the average height for men and women in your country? Is it
changing?
2. What are the advantages and disadvantages of being either very tall or
very short?
3. Can you think of some ways of taking care of your heart, lungs, skin,
bones, muscles? ' '
4. Describe some ways of losing weight.
TASK
Write down the names of three people you know. Then write about:
— their height (tall, short, medium height)
— their hair (colour, long, short, beard)
— their eyes (colour)
— their looks (ordinary, handsome, etc.)
ш 13
Были ли они толстыми? Мистер Смит, конечно же, не был слабым или
тощим, но он также не был сильным или хорошо сложенным. Он был
среднего роста, и его плечи и грудная клетка не были ни очень широ-
кими, ни очень узкими. Его жену также нельзя было бы назвать худой
или стройной, и, тем не менее, она не страдала избыточным весом и не
была толстой. Ее талия не была ни толстой, ни тонкой. Она была как раз...
среднего размера.
Мистеру и миссис Смит было очень легко покупать одежду, так как все
размеры у них были средние. Размеры их ступней не были ни очень больши-
ми, ни слишком малыми. Их бедра не были слишком широкими. А их ноги
не были ни слишком короткими, ни слишком длинными.
Да, Смиты были обычной парой. За исключением одного. Они были единс-
твенной парой в стране, которая одновременно была средней в столь многих
отношениях. Семья Смитов была в действительности... уникальной.
At the hospital, Bill took off his sock and pulled his trouser leg up over
his knee onto his thigh. The doctor looked down at the injured foot, which
was already getting bigger and changing colour.
"lira. Nasty accident," he said. "What happened?"
"A skier smashed into my foot," explained Bill.
"Oh, dear. Very nasty. Well, let's see what's wrong, shall we?"
The doctor gently picked up Bill's foot, and taking the heel in the palm of
his left hand, he slowly moved the toes, testing each one. The big toe looked
the worst. The toenail was badly broken and it was bleeding a little. Then,
putting his right hand under Bill's calf and still holding the heel in his left
hand, he moved the foot gently from side to side.
"Does your ankle hurt when I do that?" the doctor asked.
"Not too much," Bill answered.
The doctor looked up. "Good. Well, Mr Harvey, you are very lucky.
Nothing is broken and you should be fine again in a few days".
"Will I be able to ski then?" asked Bill.
"Oh, yes. Of course you will," answered the doctor. "That's good," said
Bill, "because I don't know how to ski now!"
VOCABULARY
knee — колено
thigh — бедро
foot — ступня
heel — пятка
toe — палец ноги
big toe — большой палец ноги
toenail — ноготь пальца ноги
calf — икра ноги
ankle — лодыжка
QUESTIONS
1. In which sports are leg and foot injures particuiary commom? Why?
2. Have you ever had a sports injury? What happened?
3. Which exercises are good for strengthening the legs?
4. What do you think these idioms mean?
• To put your foot in your mouth.
• To get cold feet.
• To keep your feet on the ground.
EXERCISE
1. Complete these sentences in a suitable way. (More than one an-
swer may be possible.) Use the following words: skin, hair, eyes, looking,
arms/legs, height/build, beard/moustache, chests, shoulders.
1. She's got blonde
2. He's got very pale
3. They've both got curly
4. I would say he was medium :
5. Her brother has got very broad
6. She doesn't like men with hairy
7. Last time I saw him he had grown a
8. He's got very muscular
9. Both men were very good-
10. All of them have got dark
2. Now answer these questions.
1. How tall are you?
2. How would you describe your build?
3. How much do you weigh?
4. What kind of hair have you got?
5. What colour is it?
6. Would you like it to be different? If so, what would you like?
7. Do you think you have any special features?
8. Are there any special features you would like to have?
9. Do you like beards?
10. Can you think of a famous woman you would describe as beautiful, and
a famous man you would describe as good-looking?
If possible, ask another person these questions.
ВНЕШНОСТЬ: НОГИ И СТУПНИ
The arms and hands of our prehistoric ancestors were probably not very dif-
ferent from the human arm and hand today. The upper and lower joints of the
arm, elbow and wrist, were probably very similar, and the basic structure of the
hand with its five fingers was also the same. But according to some scientists,
there has been an important change — a change in the way we hold things.
Many hundreds of thousands years ago, our ancestors could hold things
in only one way. This is called the power grip. The power grip is used, for
example, to hold a hammer or a piece of wood. With this grip, you hold in the
palm of the hand with four fingers on one side and the thumb on the other.
Later, the human hand developed a second grip, which we call the preci-
sion grip. This grip is used, for example, in holding a pen or a paintbrush.
With this grip, you have much greater control over what you are holding.
The object is usually held by the soft parts of the fingertips (below the fin-
gernails) of the first three fingers — the thumb, the forefinger, and the mid-
dle finger. With this grip, the little finger and the ring finger do nothing.
The development of the precision grip was important. It made it possible
for humans to become tool makers, and so humans became the first and only
animals to create and use technology.
VOCABULARY
elbow — локоть
wrist — запястье
palm — ладонь
thumb — большой палец
fingertip — кончик пальца
fingernail — ноготь
forefinger — указательный палец
middle finger — средний палец
little finger — мизинец
ring finger — безымянный палец
QUESTIONS
1. Do people wear special rings on special fingers in your country?
2. How has the human hand changed?
3. Why is the precision grip important in human history?
4. In England, if you put your thumb up in the air it means that everything is
all right. Do you use hand gestures in your country? What do they mean?
5. What do you think these idioms mean?
• To hold someone in the palm of your hand.
• To have everything at your fingertips.
• To keep your fingers crossed.
• To be all thumbs.
EXERCISES
1. Replace the underlined word in each sentence with a word which
is either more suitable or more polite. Use the following: thin, beauti-
ful/pretty, good-looking/handsome, overweight, plain.
1. He told me he met a handsome girl in the disco last night.
2. She's beautiful but her younger sister is really quite ugly.
3. I think Peter is getting a bit fat, don't you?
4. Most people want to stay slim, but not as skinny as that girl over there.
5. I think she's hoping she'll meet a few beautiful men at the tennis club.
2. You want to know about the following:
— someone's general appearance
— their height
— their weight
What questions do you need to ask? Complete these questions.
What ?
How ?
How much ?
207
ВНЕШНОСТЬ: РУКИ
Руки наших доисторических предков, вероятно, не очень отличались от сов-
ременной человеческой руки. Верхние и нижние суставы руки, локтя и запяс-
тья, были, вероятно, очень похожи, и основная структура руки с пятью пальца-
ми была такая же. Но. как утверждают некоторые ученые, произошли важные
изменения в способе держать предметы.
Много сотен тысяч лет назад наши предки могли держать предметы только
одним способом. Он называется сильным сжатием. Сильное сжатие использует-
ся, например, чтобы держать молоток или кусок древесины. При таком сжатии
вы держите что-то в ладони руки четырьмя пальцами с одной стороны и боль-
шим пальцем с другой.
Позже человеческая рука освоила второе сжатие, которое мы называем
точным сжатием. Это сжатие используется, например, когда держат ручку или
кисть. Сжимая что-то, вы намного лучше контролируете то, что держите. Пред-
мет обычно держат мягкими частями кончиков (ниже ногтей) первых трех
пальцев большого, указательного и среднего. При этом сжатии мизинец
и безымянный палец ничего не делают.
Развитие точного сжатия было важно. Оно позволило человеку изготавли-
вать инструменты; таким образом, люди стали первыми и единственными жи-
выми существами, которые создали и использовали технику.
MEN
Fat, slick, round-faced men, of the sort who haunt barber shops and are
always having their shoes shined. Tall, gloomy, Gothic men, with eyebrows
that meet over their noses and bunches of black, curly hair in their ears.
Men wearing diamond solitaires, fraternal order watch chains, golden
elks' heads with rubies for eyes. Men with thick, loose lips and shifty eyes.
Men smoking pale, spotted cigars. Men who do not know what to do with
their hands when they talk to women. Honourable, upright, successful men
who seduce their stenographers and are kind to their dear old mothers. Men
who allow their wives to dress like chorus girls. White-faced, scared-look-
ing, yellow-eyed men who belong to societies for the suppression of vice.
Men who boast that they neither drink nor smoke. Men who mop their bald
heads with perfumed handkerchiefs. Men with drawn, mottled faces, in the
last stages of arteriosclerosis. Silent, stupid-looking men in thick tweeds
who tramp up and down the decks of ocean steamers. Men who peep out of
hotel rooms at Swedish chambermaids. Men who go to church on Sunday
morning, carrying Oxford Bibles under their arms. Men in dress coats too
tight under the arms. Tea-drinking men. Loud, back-slapping men, gabbling
endlessly about baseball players. Men who have never heard of Mozart.
Tired businessmen with fat, glittering wives. Men who know what to do
when children are sick. Men who believe that any woman who smokes is
a prostitute. Yellow, diabetic men. Men whose veins are on the outside of
their noses. Now and then a clean, clear-eyed, upstanding man. Once a week
or so a man with good shoulders, straight legs and a hard, resolute mouth....
VOCABULARY
slick — ловкий, быстрый; гладкий
gloomy — мрачный
solitaire [,soli'tea] — бриллиант
fraternal order — общество (часто тайное)
loose lips — обвислые губы
shifty eyes — бегающие глаза
to seduce — совращать
scared-looking — испуганный
mottled face — лицо в пятнах
QUESTIONS
1. Can you give the description of a standard man?
2. What can the men wear?
3. What is the men s usual behaviour?
4. Describe the appearance of the man of your dream.
5. Can you describe the appearance of your favourite actor, sportsman or
any famous person?
Use the following words and word-combinations.
AGE
How old is he/she?
• young • in his teens/twenties/thirties • about twenty • middle-aged «old
HEIGHT
How tall and what sort of build is he/she?
• tall • medium height • short • slim • thin • broad-shouldered • well-built
• plump • overweight • fat
HAIR
What sort of hair has he/she got?
• thin • fine • thick • straight • bushy • wavy • curly • frizzy • permed •
long • medium length • short • spiky • rew-cut • cropped • shaved • dark • fair
(He's/She's got...)
• a fringe • highlights • a side/centre parting
(She wears her hair in...)
• a ponytail • a bun • a knot • plaits • bunches • an afro style
(He's...)
bald/balding
иимрншшниимшшп
FACE
What shape is his/her face? Describe other facial features.
shape • round • square • oval * long • broad • narrow
eyebrows • bushy • arched • thick • thin
eyelashes • long • thick
eyes • big • small • blue/brown/green
nose • big • small • snub • straight • long
mouth • full • thin • wide
chin • pointed • square • round
skin • smooth • lined • wrinkled • clean • shaven • spotty
SPECIAL FEATURES
Has he/she got any special features?
(He's/She's got...)
• freckles • spots • a mole • a scar • a tattoo • a birthmark • a beauty spot
• a beard • sideburns • a moustache • rosy/chubby cheeks • a double chin
Does he/she wear glasses?
(He/She wears/is wearing...)
• glasses • earrings • a nose stud
МУЖЧИНЫ
WOMEN
Fat women with flabby, double chins. Moon-faced, pop-eyed women in"
little flat hats. Women with starchy faces and thin vermilion lips. Man-shy,
suspicious women, shrinking into their clothes every time a wet, caressing
eye alights upon them. Women soured and robbed of their souls by Chris-
tian Endeavour. Women who would probably be members of Conference if
they were men. Grey-haired, middle-aged, waddling women, wrecked and
unsexed by endless, useless parturition, nursing, worry, sacrifice. Women
who look as if they were still innocent yesterday afternoon. Women in shoes
that bend their insteps to preposterous semi-circles. Women with green, bar-
baric bangles in their ears like the concubines of Arab horse-thieves. Women
looking in show-windows, wishing that their husbands were not such poor
sticks. Shapeless women lolling in six thousand dollar motorcars. Trig lit-
tle blondes, stepping like Shetland ponies. Women smelling of musk, am-
bergris, bergamot. Long-legged, cadaverous, hungry women. Women eager
to be kidnapped, betrayed, forced into marriage at the pistol's point. Soft,
pulpy, pale women. Women with ginger-coloured hair and large, irregular
freckles. Silly, chattering, gurgling women. Women showing their ankles to
policemen, chauffeurs, street-cleaners. Women with slim-shanked, whining,
sticky-fingered children dragging after them. Women marching like grena-
diers. Yellow women. Women with red hands. Women with asymmetrical
eyes. Women with rococo ears. Stoop-shouldered women. Women with
huge hips. Bow-legged women. Appetising women. Good-looking women...
VOCABULARY
flabby — дряблый
pop-eyed — пучеглазый, с глазами навыкате; с широко открытыми
глазами
starchy — чопорный
waddling — ходящий вперевалку
trig — аккуратный
cadaverous [ka'daev(3)r3s] — смертельно бледный
pulpy — мягкий, сочный, перен. слабохарактерный
211
ginger ['cfcmcfca] = coloured hair — рыжеволосый
freckle — веснушка
gurgling ['дз:д1щ] — булькающий
ankle — лодыжка (голеностопный сустав)
whining ['wainnj] — скулящий
stoop-shouldered — сутулый
QUESTIONS
1. Can you give the description of a standard woman?
2. What can the women wear?
3. What is the women s usual behaviour?
4. Describe the appearance of the woman of your dream.
5. Can you describe the appearance of your favourite actor, sportsman or
any famous person?
6. How can you describe a beauty?
TASKS
1. Read the dialogue and make your own dialogue according to it.
Kelly: He looks like an interesting man — the one with the wavy brown
hair.
Matt: That's Adam. He's our director.
Kelly: What's he like?
Matt: He's OK when he's relaxed, but he can be really aggressive when he's
angry.
Kelly: He looks quite nice to me. It can't be much fun directing you lot!
Matt: Thank you!
Kelly: Which one's Sarah, by the way?
Matt: She's the tail one with curly blonde hair and a yellow top, talking to
Adam.
Kelly: She looks as if she's had a row with him. She's just walked off.
Matt: Hi, Sarah! What's up with you?
Sarah: I can't believe it! Adam just said, 'Why don't you lose a little
weight?'
Kelly: He's got a cheek! You've got a really nice figure.
Sarah: I wish! Anyway, I'm off. See you, Matt.
Kelly: She seems a bit upset.
Matt: Yes. Adam had a go at her yesterday too, because she was late for
rehearsal.
Kelly: Poor Sarah!
2. Correct the sentences.
1. Kelly thinks Adam looks interesting.
1. Kelly thinks Adam looks boring.
1 Н П
2. Adam is always relaxed and pleasant.
3. Sarah is quite short with straight dark hair.
4. She is in a good mood.
5. Adam likes the way Sarah looks.
6. Sarah is never late for rehearsals.
ЖЕНЩИНЫ
BABIES
Babies smelling of camomile tea, cologne water, wet laundry, dog soap.
Babies who appear old, disillusioned and tired of life at six months. Babies
that cry «Papa!» to blushing youths of nineteen or twenty at church picnics.
Fat babies whose earlobes turn out at an angle of forty-five degrees. Soft
ill
babies asleep in perambulators, the sun shining straight into their faces. Ba-
bies gnawing the tails of synthetic dogs. Babies without necks. Pale, scor-
butic babies of the third and fourth generation, damned because their grand-
fathers and great-grandfathers read Tom Paine. Babies of a bluish tinge, or
with vermilion eyes. Babies full of soporifics. Thin, cartilaginous babies that
stretch when they are lifted. Warm, damp, miasmatic babies. Affectionate,
ingratiating, gurgling babies: the larvae of life insurance solicitors, fashion-
able doctors, episcopal rectors, dealers in Mexican mine stock, handshak-
ers. Sunday-school superintendents. Hungry babies, absurdly sucking their
thumbs. Babies with heads of thick coarse black hair, seeming to be toupees.
Unbaptised babies, dedicated to the devil. Eugenic babies. Babies that
crawl out from under tables and are stepped on. Babies with lintels, grains
of corn or shoe-buttons up their noses, purple in the face and waiting for the
doctor or the einbalmer. A few pink, blue-eyed, tight-skinned, clean-looking
babies, smiling upon the world...
VOCABULARY
earlobe мочка уха
perambulator [ ; p a ' r a s m b j u l e i t a ] — д е т с к а я коляска
scorbutic [sko:'bju:tik] цинготный
Tom Paine Томас Пени, просветитель радикального направления
bluish tinge синеватый огтенок
vermilion eyes — ярко-красные глаза
soporifics снотворные средства
miasmatic с вредными испарениями
ingratiating завоевывающий расположение
toupee ['tu:pel ] — парик
QUESTIONS
7. Do you like babies? Why? Why not'?
2. И 'hat especially do/don '/ yon like?
3. How can you describe (lie appearance of a baby?
4. How do babies usually smell?
5. How do babies usually behave?
TASK
W ork in pairs. Each of you thinks of someone you both know (not
famous).
Student A: Use the cues and ask questions to find out who Student's
В person is. Then change roles.
Student B: Ask similar questions to Student A.
Male or female? • Age1.' • Height? • Hair? • Build? • Special features?
ДЕТИ
VOCABULARY
good looks [luks] — красота, миловидность
skin deep [ , s k i n ' d i : p ] — на поверхности
smooth — сглаживать, выравнивать, улаживать
get the best of smb. — извлечь лучшее из чего-л.
reap benefits [ri:p] — извлекать выгоду
bonny — красивый, цветущий
treatment — обращение, обхождение
plain [plein] — простой; некрасивый
smart [sma:t] — сообразительный, находчивый
jury ['с±5иэп] — присяжные (заседатели)
lenient — снисходительный
survival [s3'vaiv(3)l] of the fittest — биол. естественный отбор
sprinkle — посыпать
It suggests — Это наводит на мысль
Fascination — восхищение
breast [brest] — грудь
hair plug — парик, накладка из волос
impose — навязывать
mate — муж; жена; самец; самка
flush — румянец
a nip and tuck —- равные шансы
submit — подчиняться, попадать (под)
opt — выбирать
QUESTIONS
1. Is it good to be good-looking? Why? Why not?
2. How can good looks smoothen the way in your life? Prove this.
3. Do good looks guarantee happiness?
4. Is the appreciation of human beauty the result of cultural and social pres-
sures?
TASK
Write a composition about the person you admire. Use a paragraph
plan and cues.
Paragraph 1
Give background information
Say who you are writing about.
Say how you know the person.
Say where he/she lives and what he/she does.
Paragraph 2
Describe the person
• Give his/her age.
• Describe his/her appearance.
• Describe the sort of clothes he/she wears.
• Describe the way he/she speaks and walks, and any habits he/she may
have.
Paragraph 3
Expand your description
• Describe the person's personality.
Explain why you admire him/her.
Paragraph 4
Summarise your composition
• Repeat how much you admire the person and mention how you would
feel if he/she weren't around.
•'How old are you?" It's a simple question, and there's usually a simple
answer: 'sixteen years old", 'twenty years old', 'fifty-five', etc. But if some-
one is described as 'young' or 'middle-aged' or 'old', then how old are
they? It's difficult to know bccause these words have different meanings for
different people.
Except for the word teenager, which describes young men whose age
are between thirteen and nineteen (i.e. in the English words which describe
ages syllable 'teen' is present), other words which describe age are not ex-
act. When, for example, docs a baby stop being called a baby and become a
young child? When does a boy become a young man and a little girl become
a young woman? At what age does middle age begin? When do you call
someone elderly and not simply old? At what age does someone become an
adult? In some countries, like Britain, France, and the United States, it is
when the government says a person is old enough to vote. Is that really the
difference between a child and an adult?
The answers to these questions partly depend on how old you are. There is
a saying that old age is always ten years older than yourself. If you are a youth
of fifteen then you think someone of twenty-five is old. At thirty, forty seems
old. If you are seventy, then you probably think someone of eighty is old.
A recent survey showed that there was some truth in the old saying. Peo-
ple were asked. "When is middle age?" Those in their early twenties usu-
ally answered, "Between thirty-five and fifty", and people in their thirties
answered, "Between forty-five and sixty".
VOCABULARY
young — молодой
middle-aged — среднего возраста •
teenager — подросток, тинэйджер
baby — младенец
elderly — пожилой
adult — взрослый
government — правительство
youth — юноша, молодой
QUESTIONS
1. How would you describe yourself: young, old, middle-aged, a boy, a
man, a girl, a woman?
2. When is someone considered to be adult in your country?
3. What are the signs of ageing?
4. How important is age? In marriage? In work?
ВОЗРАСТ
«Сколько тебе лет?» Это простой вопрос, на который обычно дают простой
ответ: «16 лет», «20 лет», «55 лет» и т. п. Но если о ком-нибудь говорят как о чело-
веке «молодом», или «среднего возраста», или «старом», то сколько же ему лет?
)то трудно узнать, так как эти слова имеют разное значение для разных людей.
За исключением слова «тинейджер», которое относится к подросткам, воз-
раст которых находится в пределах от тринадцати, «thirteen», до девятнадцати,
«nineteen» (т. е. в английских словах, обозначающих их возраст, присутствует
слог «teen»), слова, которые говорят о возрасте, неточны. Когда, например,
младенца перестают называть младенцем и начинают' называть маленьким ре-
бенком? Когда мальчик становится молодым мужчиной, а маленькая девочка
становится молодой женщиной? Когда наступает средний возраст? Когда мы
называем кого-то пожилым, а не просто старым? В каком возрасте становятся
взрослыми? В некоторых странах, таких как Великобритания, Франция и Со-
единенные Штаты, это происходит, когда правительство считает, что человек
достаточно взрослый, чтобы голосовать. Действительно ли в этом заключается
разница между ребенком и взрослым?
Ответы на эти вопросы частично зависят от того, сколько Вам лет. Сущес-
твует поговорка, что старый — это всегда на десять лет старше тебя самого.
Если Вы юноша 15 лет, тогда Вы считаете кого-то, кому 25, старым. В 30 лет
40-летний кажется старым. Если Вам 70 лет, тогда Вы, возможно, считаете ста-
рым кого-то 80-летнего.
Последние исследования показали, что в старой поговорке есть доля прав-
ды. Людям задали вопрос: «Когда наступает средний возраст?» Те, кому было
слегка за 20, обычно отвечали: «Между 35 и 50»; а те, кому исполнилось 30 лет,
отвечали: «Между 45 и 60».
AVERAGE AGE
10 Ten is the year of the closest friendships — though not with the op-
posite sex. It is also the year when relationships with particular people or
groups is strongest. The ten-year-old usually gets on well with parents but
needs more time alone.
Personal talents begin to show.
20 In the United States twenty is the average age for the first marriage
for women, although probably only a third marry at this age because they
want to; the others marry because of social pressure. The human brain is at
its finest at twenty. It is the age when people can vote in Denmark, Japan,
Norway and Switzerland. And in Japan it is the minimum age for buying
alcohol.
30 For optimists thirty is one of the happiest ages, for pessimists it marks
the end of feeling young. At this age you need to take a little more care with
your body than when you were younger. Young people who enjoyed an all-
night party at twenty will feel much worse the next day at thirty. In Britain it
is the youngest you can become a bishop.
40 Forty is the year of the 'middle-aged 1 , although nobody who is forty
wants to admit the fact. Bob Hope said that you are middle-aged when your
age starts to show around your middle. In fact, the body starts to get small-
er at forty and continues to do so until you die.
50 Fifty is an age when old friendships get closer and relationships with
colleagues and relatives wanner. According to old proverbs, fifty is the age
when you should be rich. George Orwell said, "At fifty everyone has the face
he deserves."
People need to wear glasses and some food loses its strong taste.
VOCABULARY
to get on well with — ладить с
average age — средний возраст
to vote — голосовать
to take care — заботиться
a bishop — епископ
to admit — признавать
to show around your middle — показывать вашу посредственность
to deserve — заслуживать
DISCUSSION
1. Work in pairs and compare the information in 'Average age" with your
own experience.
In my country 1 think that many women are older when they get married.
2. Work in groups of three or two. Talk about the best age for doing the
following things:
• Getting married • Buying a home
EXERCISES
1. What stage of life are these people at? Use the following words
and your dictionary: adolescence, teenager, an adult, baby, toddler,
their early thirties, elderly, retired, in her late forties/middle-aged, mid
twenties.
1. Paul isn't 2 yet, so he's still a
2. Albert was a bus driver for 40 years but stopped work two years ago. so
he is now
3. Susan is 25, so she is in her
4. Caroline is 50 this year so she is now in her
5. Ron is 33 and his wife is 32, so they are both in
(>. Joan is 75 this year, so she is quite
7. Jason was born six weeks ago, so he's a
X. Leyla is 13 this year, so she'll soon be a
'). Ravi is 18 this year, so legally he becomes
10.15 is often a difficult age for boys going through
2. Find the logical ending for each of the sentence beginnings on the
left and construct Rebecca's life.
1. Rebecca was bom a) was a boy at her secondary school.
2. She grew up b) in her early thirties.
3. Her first boyfriend с) on a farm with lots of animals.
4. She went out with him d) when she was in her late twenties.
5. She went to university e) in a small local hospital in 1978.
(>. She fell in love f) for six months.
7. They got married g) just after the baby was born.
S. She had a baby h) with another student doing medicine.
9. Her father retired i) when she left school.
How many sentences beginning on the left can you use to tell about
your own life?
СРЕДНИЙ ВОЗРАСТ
TRADITIONAL CLOTHES
In Kuwait, men and women wear their traditional dress most of the time.
For men, it is a long robe and a cloth covering the head. For women it's simi-
lar and they wear a veil. Foreign male visitors usually wear lightweight cotton
trousers and white shirts with short or long sleeves. Men often wear sandals
during the day but never in the office. They wear a jacket and a tie for social oc-
casions, but when it's really hot, it's usual to take off the jacket. Foreign wom-
en visitors usually wear long, loose clothes, which cover their neck and arms.
The Swedish are very interested in clothes and are less formal than they
were. People usually dress well in public and wear bright colours. In Sweden
the winters are very cold, so overcoats and ski jackets are vety common.
Men wear business suits for work, with a shirt and a tie and women often
wear trousers. People often carry a spare pair of shoes because you need
boots outside. Children and teenagers are more casual than their parents. For
school, they wear blue jeans and Т-shirts.
Traditional dress in India for women is the sari and for men the achkan
suit. The sari has its own distinctive style depending on which part of India it
comes from — every region has its own special colours, decoration and style.
The men wear their heavy and expensive achkan suits on fonnal occasions
but for less formal occasions they wear the kurtha suit, a long shirt and loose
trousers, which is not as heavy as the achkan. Indian people wear lighter
colours as they grow older, and at funerals, white is the usual colour to wear.
Many people wear western-style clothes. For work they wear smart
clothes, but not suits and ties. Women usually wear trousers and blouses but
not dresses. Young people are as casual as young people all over the world
with their jeans and T-shirts.
VOCABULARY
a robe — широкая одежда
a cloth — ткань
a veil — чадра
sleeve — рукав
loose — свободный
a spare pair — запасная пара
casual ['k®3ju3l] — небрежный; зд. не обращать внимания на одежду
funeral — похороны
QUESTIONS
/. What clothes do people in your country wear?
2. What clothes do they wear for work? At home? For parties?
3. What is your traditional dress?
4. What is young people s fashion?
5. What is the difference in clothing in your country?
EXERCISES
1. Finish this sentence with six different items of clothes.
I need a pair of
2. Find a logical order for these sentences and retell the text.
1. He took off his trousers.
2. He put his shoes back on.
3. He tried on the suit.
4. He went into the changing room.
5. He took it off.
6. He paid for the suit.
7. He took off his shoes.
8. He went back to the sales assistant.
9. He put his trousers on again.
3. Match the following materials with the item which they are most
likely to be associated with from the box.
Example: velvet ribbon
1 silk 2 cashmere 3 leather 4 corduroy velvet 6 cotton
sweater trousers T-shirt ribbon evening blouse boots
ТРАДИЦИОННЫЕ НАРЯДЫ
CLOTHES
VOCABULARY
shirt — рубашка
tie — галстук
jacket — пиджак, куртка
trousers ['trauzaz] — брюки
skirt — юбка
T-shirt — футболка
shorts — шорты
to allow [э'1аи] — позволять
to imagine — представлять себе
gloves [gUvz] — перчатки
woolly — шерстяной
underwear [ Andawcsj — нижнее белье
QUESTIONS
/. How does a typical businessman/woman dress in your country?
2. What do schoolchildren usually wear in your country?
x What clothes do you wear when it is very cold?
4. What clothes do you wear when it is very wet?
5. What clothes do you wear when it is very hot?
6. Describe the traditional clothes or national costume of your country.
EXERCISES
1. Fill the gaps with suitable words. (More than one answer may be
possible in some cases.)
1. She decided to wear a and a instead of a dress.
2. 1 tried on a ; the jacket was fine but the ' were
too short.
It was hot in the office, so I took off my jacket and , and
rolled up the sleeves of my
4. I wanted to buy the jacket, but unfortunately the one 1 tried on wasn't big
and they didn't have it in a bigger
5. I also wanted a new jumper, but unfortunately the medium size was _
big and the small size wasn't big
2. Write down:
I. Five things usually worn by women only; and five things worn by men
and women.
2. A list of clothes you like and don't like wearing.
3. Five more items of clothing you have at home in your wardrobe/chest of
drawers.
3. Put the right verb, match, suit or fit, into each of these sentences.
1. The blue dress her properly now she's lost some weight.
2. The blue of her dress the blue of her eyes.
3. That blue dress the girl with the blonde hair.
(Answers: fits, matches, suits)
ОДЕЖДА
VOCABULARY
novel — роман
lale — рассказ, повесть
fairy-tale — сказка
fable — басня
adventurous | a d ' v e n t j ( 9 ) r 3 s ] — приключенческий
thrilling — волнующий, захватывающий
fascinating — пленительный, зачаровывающий
amusing — забавный, занимательный, занятный
to taste — пробовать на вкус
to swallow f ' s w o b u ] — проглатывать
to chew [tfu: j — разжевывать
to digest [di'cbjestj - переваривать
QUESTIONS
1. Do you agree thai there are three groups of books: hooks you must read,
hooks you must re-read; books you must not read at all?
2. Which is the largest and the smallest group? Why?
J. How do you choose a hook to read'?
4. What hooks do you re-read?
5. How do you know what books not to read at all?
6. Do you agree that и list of the "Worst Hundred Books " may be useful?
TASKS
1. Tell about your favourite book using the following words, word-com-
binations, questions and sentences.
• The plot, the beginning of the plot, the development of the plot, the ac-
tion, the climax, leading (main) characters, positive characters, negative
characters.
• 1. What's the title of the book?
2. What sort of story is it? (detective, romance, adventure, horror, biog-
raphy etc.)
3. Who are the main characters?
4. What's it about?
5. What happens in the end?
6. Did you enjoy it?
7. Do you recommend it?
• This book is interesting both for young and old.
It is a book you can spend hours with.
This book is worth reading.
1 can whole-heartedly recommend this book to you.
The language of this book is expressive and vivid.
This book is written in a simple manner.
The characters are well-drawn, true-to-life.
This book contains a lot of interesting information.
I am sure you will benefit by reading this book.
This book is well illustrated. Such a book is to my taste (in my line).
2. From a book review: "It is not a book to throw aside lightly, it is a
book to throw away with great force." Have you ever read such books?
What are they?
3. Make your own list of best books to read and speak about your
choice.
КНИГИ
VOCABULARY
celebrated ['selibreitid] — знаменитый; выдающийся, прославленный
to exile ['eksail] — высылать, ссылать
quarrel ['kwaral] — ссора
to publish — издавать, опубликовывать
to win (won) fame — добиться известности, стать знаменитым
masterpiece ['mcnstapis] — шедевр
genius ['t±5i:nj3s] — одаренность; гениальность, гений
influence — влияние, действие, воздействие
overestimate [ ' a u v a r ' e s t i m i t ] —переоценивать
VOCABULARY
platitude [' plsetitju:dj — банальность, избитость, тривиальность
to challenge — ставить под вопрос, оспаривать; призывать к рассмот-
рению
to occupy an outstanding place in — занимать видное место
alive [a'laiv] — живой, в живых
to be grateful to — быть благодарным, признательным за
to combine [ к э ш ' b a i n ] — соединяться, объединять(ся)
civil courage [ ' к л п с ^ ] — гражданское мужество
moral integrity — нравственная чистота
to be associated [ s ' s e u j i e t i d ] with smth — быть связанным с
obsolete — устарелый, старый, немодный; ненужный, вышедший из
употребления
to correspond to — соответствовать
to admire [ad т а ю ] — рассматривать с восхищением; восторгаться
respect — уважение; признание; почет, почтение; почтительное отно-
шение
to imagine — воображать, представлять себе
inner world — внутренний мир
QUESTIONS
1. What place does Pushkin occupy in Russian literature and culture?
2. What do thousands of people visit every summer?
3. Why do thousands of people come to the village of Mikhail ovskoye?
4. Why is he always alive for us?
5. What are we grateful to Pushkin for?
ПУШКИН И СОВРЕМЕННОСТЬ
QUESTIONS
1. Why do we need dictionaries?
2. What types of dictionaries do you know?
3. What information do dictionaries give us?
4. What is the usual structure of dictionaries?
5. When can a learner use a monolingual dictionary?
6. How often do you use dictionaries? What dictionaries do you usually use?
СЛОВАРИ
Так как я хочу хорошо говорить по-английски, прежде всего, мне нужен хо-
роший словарь. Существует много видов словарей: одноязычные, двуязычные,
специализированные по любой отрасли промышленности, научно-технические,
с иллюстрациями, словари сокращений и другие. Словари обычно дают нам
информацию о правописании, произношении и значении слов. Иногда слова-
ри дают нам этимологию слова, которая показывает происхождение и разви-
тие слов, объяснения синонимов, руководство по надлежащему использованию
слов. Обычно словари имеют отдельные разделы в конце книги для распростра-
ненных сокращений, знаков и символов, биографических, библейских и мифо-
логических имен, географических названий.
В словарях содержится огромное количество информации. Различные сло-
вари могут использоваться для различных целей. Например, словарь синонимов
может использоваться, когда Вы не можете придумать слово, чтобы выразить
то, что вы конкретно имеете в виду, или когда Вы хотите придать разнообразие
вашей речи или тому, что вы написали.
Как только у ученика появляется уверенность в чтении простых английских
предложений, он может использовать одноязычный словарь. Одноязычный сло-
варь объясняет слово, используя другие уже известные слова, дает простые оп-
ределения и ссылки, помогая учащемуся употреблять слова исходя из контекста.
Существуют сотни слов без точного эквивалента, для которых нужны примеры,
прежде чем их можно будет полностью различать. Слово в изоляции — мертвое
слово. Оно оживает тогда, когда его используют в предложении.
В двуязычном словаре учащийся может найти эквивалент слова на родном
языке. Существуют тысячи слов, не имеющие точного эквивалента, поэтому
двуязычный словарь тоже может быть полезным.
Один из первых словарей был написан доктором Сэмюэлом Джонсоном.
Он закончил его в 1755 году. Словарь содержал около 40 ООО словарных статей.
С тех пор словарный запас английского языка вырос более, чем в десять раз,
словари также увеличились.
За последние несколько лет словари сильно изменились. Благодаряя совре-
менным технологиям у нас есть словари на компакт дисках. Чтобы найти слово
в компьютере, мы просто печатаем его, и компьютер мгновенно его находит. Он
также дает дополнительную информацию. Он показывает произношение слова,
сообщает какая это часть речи: существительное, глагол, прилагательное или
местоимение, дает определения словам и примеры.
Принимая во внимание все вышесказанное, я хотел бы купить новое издание
Оксфордского словаря на компакт диске. Мне нужен словарь, содержащий око-
ло 100 ООО словарных статей, который содержит общую информацию о людях
и вещах. Я иду в магазин и спрашиваю, сколько стоит такой словарь.
READING
Some people think that as more and more people have televisions in their
homes, fewer and fewer people will buy books and newspapers. Why read
an article in the newspaper, when the TV news can bring you the informa-
tion in a few minutes and with pictures? Why read a novel, when a play on
television can tell you the same story with colour, picture, and action? Why
read the biographies of famous men and women, when an hour-long televi-
sion programme can tell you all that you want to know?
Television has not killed reading, however. Today newspapers and maga-
zines are sold in very large numbers. And books of every kind are sold more
than ever before. Books are still a cheap way to get information and entertain-
ment. Although some books with hard covers are expensive, many books
are published today as paperback books, which are reasonably cheap. A pa-
perback novel, for example, is almost always cheaper than an evening in the
cinema or theatre, and you can keep a book forever and read it many times.
Books at home are a wonderful source of knowledge and pleasure and
some types of books should be in every home. Every home should have
dictionaries. Every home should have an atlas of the world, with large clear
maps. It might be expensive, but a good encyclopedia is useful, too, because
there you can find information on any subject.
In addition, it is useful to have on your bookshelves other inquiry books
such as history, science textbooks, cookery books, books about medicine and
health, etc. It is important to have some fiction on your shelves, too. Then you
can relax with a good story, or from time to time you can take a book of po-
ems off your shelf and read the thoughts and feelings of your favourite poets.
VOCABULARY
article — статья
novel — роман
play — пьеса, спектакль, представление
to kill — убивать, уничтожать
magazine — журнал
entertainment [ e n t a ' t e i n m s n t ] —развлечение, увеселение
hard cover [' клуэ) — твердая обложка
expensive — дорогой, дорогостоящий
paperback cover бумажная, мягкая обложка
cheap — дешевый
source [so:s] — источник
in addition —- вдобавок, кроме того, к тому же
textbook — учебник, руководство
fiction — беллетристика, художественная литература
QUESTIONS
1. What newspapers and magazines do you read in your country?
2. Describe them and say how often you read them.
3. What type of books do you like to read?
4. Who are your favourite writers?
5. How many hooks do you read a year?
6. How many hooks do you buy?
7. What is easier to get the news from?
ЧТЕНИЕ
Некоторые думают, что чем больше у люден будет телевизоров, тем меньше
они будут покупать книги и газеты. Зачем читать статью в газете, если теле-
визионные новости могут предоставить вам ту же ннформацш-о за несколько
минут, причем наглядно? Зачем читать роман, когда спектакль по телевизору
расскажет вам ту же историю в цвете, изображении и действии? Зачем читать
биографии известных людей, если часовая телепрограмма расскажет вам все,
что вы хотите знать?
Однако телевидение не убило интерес к чтению. Сегодня газеты и журналы
продаются в очень больших количествах. А разных книг продают больше, чем
когда-либо раньше. Книги все еще являются доступным способом получения
информации и развлечения. Хотя некоторые книги в твердых обложках стоят
дорого, многие издаются сегодня в мягкой обложке, и они дешевле. Роман
в мягкой обложке, например, почти всегда дешевле, чем вечер в кино или теат-
ре, и к тому же вы можете оставить себе книгу навсегда и читать ее много раз.
Книги дома — прекрасный источник знаний и удовольствия, а некоторые
из них просто необходимо иметь в каждом доме. В каждом доме должны быть
хорошие словари. В каждом доме необходим и атлас мира с большими четкими
картами. Возможно, это и дорого, но хорошая энциклопедия также полезна, ведь
там вы сможете найти информацию по любому вопросу.
Кроме того, полезно иметь на полках и другую справочную литературу, та-
кую как учебники истории, научные руководства, кулинарные книги, книги по
медицине и здоровью и т. п. Важно иметь также художественную литературу
па ваших полках. Тогда вы сможете отдохнуть, читая хороший рассказ или, вре-
мя от времени, взяв с полки книгу стихов, прочитать о мыслях и чувствах ваших
любимых поэтов.
GREAT WRITERS: A -> Z
Best-known books include: Sense and Sensibility (1811), Pride and Prej-
udice (1813), Emma (1815), North anger Abbey (1818), Persuasion (1818)
Jane Austen's novels are social comedies. They take place in late eight-
eenth-century England and the characters in them are generally middle class.
The private lives of these characters — their romances, adventures and misun-
derstandings — are the main subject of Jane Austen's witty, elegant work. As
for the author herself, she led a quiet life with her family in Hampshire. She
never married, died at the age of 42, and is buried in Winchester Cathedral.
VOCABULARY
Jane Austen [ ' o s t m j — Д ж е й н Остин
Sense and Sensibility [,sens3'biliti] — «Разум и чувствительность»
Pride and Prejudice ['predjjuchs] — «Гордость и предубеждение»
abbey ['агЫ] — аббатство
Persuasion [p3'swei3(3)n] — «Убежденность»
witty — остроумный
Best-known works include: The Book of the Duchess (c. 1370), Troilus
and Criseyde (c. 1385), The Canterbury Tales (1387-1400)
Geoffrey Chaucer was the most important English poet of the Middle
Ages. He was born in London, fought in the English army against France in
1359 and travelled widely on the Continent. Later, in the 1370s, he became
controller of customs for the port of London. It's Chaucer's poetry, which
made him world-famous, though, especially The Canterbury Tales. This is
a collection of funny, vivid and often vulgar stories told by a group of pil-
grims during a journey to Canterbury Cathedral. Chaucer himself made the
pilgrimage to a shrine at Canterbury in 1388.
VOCABULARY
Geoffrey Chaucer ['tfo:ss] — Джеффри Чосер
С = circa ['S3:k9] — л а т . приблизительно
duchess ['dAt/is] — герцогиня
Troilus and Criseyde [ ' k r i s s i d ] — «Троил и Крессида»
The Canterbury Tales [ ' k a s n t s b s n j — «Кентерберийские рассказы»
customs — таможня
vivid — живой, яркий
pilgrimage ['pilgrimic^] — паломничество, странствие
shrine [Jram] — гробница, усыпальница, место поклонения
VOCABULARY
Daniel Defoe [di'fau] — Д а н и э л ь Дефо
plague ['pleig j — чума
dissenter [ d i ' s e n t s j — диссидент
to shipwreck [ fiprak] — потерпеть кораблекрушение
VOCABULARY
Charles Dickens [ ' d i k i n z j — Чарльз Диккенс
Pickwick Papers — Записки Пиквикского клуба
Great Expectations [ ' e k s p e k ' t e i j ( 3 ) n z ] — Большие ожидания
conscience [ ' k o n J ( 3 ) n s ] — совесть
poverty [ ' p o v s t i ] — н у ж д а , бедность
VOCABULARY
Ernest Hemingway ['hemirjwei] — Эрнест Хемингуэй
Farewell [ ' f e a ' w e l ] to Arms — «Прощай, оружие!»
For Whom the Bell Tolls [tsulz] — «О ком звонит колокол»
distinctive — характерный, особенный, особый
tought [Uf] — стойкий, непоколебимый
feature |/fi:tjb] — отображать
245
VOCABULARY
devil-may-care — безрассудный
adventurer [ a d ' v e n t j a r ? ] — искатель приключений
amateur -— любитель
big-game hunter — охотник на крупного зверя
deep-sea fisherman —- подводный охотник
victim - жертва
to initiate into — познакомить, ознакомить, посвятить
to enlist -— поступать на военную службу
to reject отвергать, не принимать
to provide the background - послужить основой
to support [sa'po:l] поддерживать
to award [a'wD:d] — награждать
unwilling — нежелающий, несклонный
inevitable — неизбежный
physical aging — физическое старение
to commit suicide [ k s ' m i t sjuisaid] - покончить жизнь самоубийством
QUESTIONS
1. Hemingway's life was full of adventures, wasn't it? What legend devel-
oped around his impressive personality?
2. When and where was he horn?
3. When did Hemingway begin writing?
4. Why was he rejected when he wanted to enlist for the war'?
5. How did he manage to go to Europe?
МОЙ Л Ю Б И М Ы Й А М Е Р И К А Н С К И Й П И С А Т Е Л Ь :
ЭРНЕСТ ХЕМИНГУЭЙ
Best-known books include: Down and Out in Paris and London (1933),
Homage to Catalonia (1938), Animal Farm (1945), Nineteen Eighty-four
(1949)
Eric Blair (George Orwell's real name) was born in India but educated at
England's most famous public school, Eton. After leaving school he worked
in Burma for five years, then returned to Europe, where he had a series of
very badly-paid jobs in Britain and France (these are described in Down and
Out Paris and London).
Orwell had strong left-wing political beliefs — he even fought with the
Republican army during the Spanish Civil War (1936-1937). Yet although
his views were basically socialist, he hated communist dictatorships just as
much as fascist dictatorships. Two of his best-known books show this clearly.
In Animal Farm he describes the results of a farmyard revolution led by a pig
called Napoleon, while in Nineteen Eighty-four a character called Winston
Smith fights and loses against a totalitarian state controlled by "Big Brother".
VOCABULARY
Orwell ['o:wsl] — Оруэлл
"Homage to Catalonia" ['homicfe] — «Памяти Каталонии»
lose (lost) [lu:z] — проигрывать
111
QUESTIONS & TASKS
1. When and where was George Orwell horn?
2. What were his best-known books?
3. Where was he educated?
4. What beliefs did he hare'?
5. What books show that he hated communist dictatorships just as much as
fascist dictatorships?
Д ЖНаиболее
О Р Д Ж ОРУЭЛЛ (1903-1950
известные гг.) «Разоренный в Лондоне и в Пари-
произведения:
же» (1933 г.), «Памяти Каталонии» (1938 г.). «Скотный двор» (1945 г.), «1984»
(1949 г.).
Эрик Блейр (настоящее имя Джорджа Оруэлла) родился в Индии, образо-
вание получил в Англии в Итоне, привилегированной частной школе. После
окончания школы он пять лет проработал в Бирме, затем вернулся в Европу.
В Англии и Франции он работал на низкооплачиваемых работах (это описано
в «Разоренный в Лондоне и в Париже»),
У Оруэлла были строг ие левосторонние политические интересы, он даже
сражался против республиканской армии во время гражданской войны в Ис-
пании. Несмотря на то, что он был приверженцем социализма, он ненавидел
коммунистическую диктатуру, гак же, как и фашизм. Это ясно описано в его
двух известных произведениях. В «Скотном дворе» он описывает револю-
цию, проведенную свиньей по кличке Наполеон, а в «1984», его герой Уинс-
тон Смит сражается про гив тоталитарного строя, контролируемого «большим
братом».
VOCABULARY
Shakespeare ['Jeikspta] — Шекспир
"Much Ado About Nothing" [ a ' d u : ] — «Много шума из ничего»
"Cymbeline" ['simbalr.n] — «Цимбелин»
"The Tempest" [ ' t e m p i s t ] — «Буря»
to regard — рассматривать, считать
to occupy — занимать
to transcend — переступать пределы
prophecy ['profest] — пророчество
audacious [o:'deiJas] — смелый, дерзкий, наглый
mirth [ т з : 9 ] — радость, веселье
to linger — задерживаться
perceptiveness — восприимчивость
to abstruse [aeb'strmz] — затруднять для понимания
established — признанный
VOCABULARY
to be born — родиться
well-educated — хорошо образованный
forest — лес
playwright — драматург
reflect — отражать
unbeaten ['лп'Ы:Ш] — непревзойденный
guess [gesj — догадываться
admire — восхищаться
QUESTIONS
1. Was Shakespeare one of the greatest and famous writers?
2. Where was he born?
3. Where did William study?
4. What did he like to do in his spare time?
5. What were theatres like at that time?
6. What profession did William choose"?
7. What plays by Shakespeare do you know?
8. Why are his plays still known among people of different races and nations?
9. How many plays did he produce?
VOCABULARY
Wilde [waild] — Уайльд
picture — портрет
fan — веер
"The Balad of Reading Gaol" [c^eil] — «Баллада Рэдингской тюрьмы»
Trinity [ t r i n s t i ] — Т р о и ц а
to release — освобождать
to be buried — быть похороненым
VOCABULARY
Woolf [wulf] — Вульф
lighthouse — маяк
key [ki:] — ведущий
stream of consciousness f ' k o n j s s n a s ] — поток сознания
to explore — изучать
to fear — бояться
commit suicide [ su:isaidj — совершить самоубийство, наложить на себя
руки
drown [ d r a u n ] — тонуть
VOCABULARY
interminably — безгранично
haughty |'ho:ti] —надменный, высокомерный
smug [sniAg] — самоуверенный
loathsome [ lsuSsam] — неприятный
diverting [dai'v3:tir)] — интересный, развлекательный
decidedly — несомненно
is not always the case — не всегда так
multiplex — мультиплекс (кинотеатр с двумя залами для зрителей)
high street -— главная улица города
heyday ['heider] — зенит, наилучшая пора
convert — превращать, преобразовывать
dilapidated [di'laspideitid] — ветхий, старый
moth-eaten — изъеденный молью
creaky — скрипучий
cramped — продавленный
crinkle — потрескивать
wrapper — обвертка, пакетик
crunch — хрустеть
Little is more frustrating [frAs'treitirj] — т о , что огорчает
s t u f f — набивать
saliva [sa'laivs] — слюна
drool — течь ( о слюне)
derive pleasure — получать удовольствие
spot — замечать
pun — каламбур, игра слов
quip fkwip] — остроумное замечание
ostentatiously [, osten'teijaslr] —демонстративно, нарочито
discreetly — незаметно, осторожно
' Eastenders' — жители Ист-Энда
immaculate — безупречный
utter — абсолютный, полный
cease [si:s] — прекращать, переставать
dreary f d r i e r i ] — т о с к л и в ы й , отчаянно скучный
tedious ['ti:d33s] — скучный, утомительный
pint [paint] — пинта (0,57 л)
QUESTIONS
/. What is Brian s view on entertainment in Britain? Is he contented?
2. What does he think about British television?
3. What is your opinion about entertainment in Russia?
4. Do you like going to the cinema? The theatre? Why? Why not?
5. What kind of entertainment do you prefer?
CINEMA
VOCABULARY
available — доступный
audience — зрители
preference — предпочтение
feature film — художественный фильм
lo rescue — спасать
amusing — забавный, веселый
attendance — посещение
QUESTIONS
1. Who makes up the movie audience?
2. Why has cinema attendance declined sharply?
.1'. Are you fond of going to the cinema?
4. What do you give your preference to?
5. What is an essential feature of American films?
КИНО
Кино играет большую роль в жизни любого общества. Это один из доступ-
ных популярных видов искусства. Зрители — это, главным образом, молодежь.
За последние пять лет посещаемость кинотеатров резко уменьшилась. Тем не
менее, привычка ходить в кино довольно ощутима.
Существуют следующие жанры фильмов: вестерн, триллер, мюзикл, драма
и комедия.
Что касается меня, мне нравится ходить в кино. Жаль, что у меня не всегда
есть время на это. К счастью, у меня есть видеомагнитофон, и, когда мне хо-
чется посмотреть фильм, достаточно просто вставить кассету. Людям нужно
что-то развлекательное, что-то веселое. Поэтому я предпочитаю комедии. Вре-
мя от времени я пересматриваю свою любимую комедию «Крокодил Данди».
Это австралийский фильм о приключениях одной девушки-репортера и смелого
сильного охотника на крокодилов. Сначала она смотрела свысока на него, а он,
и свою очередь, не обращал на нее внимания. Но после того как он спас ее от
разных опасностей, их отношения стали более дружественными. В конце филь-
ма оба г ероя влюбляются друг в друга. Счастливый конец характерная черта
австралийских и американских фильмов.
MY LAST VISIT TO THE MUSEUM
As the old saying goes man cannot live by bread alone. Any human being
needs nourishment for his soul as well. One of the places where one can get spir-
itual food is a museum. Museums are an essential part of any culture and socicty,
Last year I went to see a friend who lives in Moscow. 1 did an awful lot
of sightseeing. 1 enjoyed my stay there immensely. But what 1 found abso-
lutely unforgettable was my visit to the Tretyakov Gallery.
During the conducted tour I learned much about the museum in general,
about the life of Pavel Tretyakov. the founder of the gallery and about the
history of Russian art from the 1 l lh century to the present days. The exposi-
tion of the museum includes a rich collection of Russian icons among which
is the world-famous The Trinity painted by Audrey Rublev in 15th century,
i marvelled at the finest works of such 18"'-ccntury celebreties as Boroviko-
vsky, Levitsky, Rokotov and Shchedrin.
Some of the halls, which deal with brilliant paintings by Brullov, Tro-
pinin, Ivanov, Venetsianov. stand out in my memory very vividly. The gallery
has got the best collection of Peredvizhniki, such as Kramskoy. Pcrov, Ghe
and others. There you can see historical paintings, portraits, landscapes, etc,
But what is more important, I received an emotional experience. Need-
less to say, that like any other museum, it should be taken a little at a time.
The Tretyakov gallery enjoys a truly universal popularity. I wish I could
visit it over and over again.
VOCABULARY
nourishment [ nArifmant] — пища
essential — важный, существенный
to do an awful [ o:ful| lot of sightseeing — осмотреть огромное количес-
тво достопримечательностей
conducted tour — экскурсия с гидом
exposition — экспозиция музея, выставка
to marvel — восхищаться
QUESTIONS
/. Do you like going to the museums?
2. Do YOU often go to the museums?
3. What museums do you prefer to visit?
4. Do you generally go alone or on a conducted tour?
5. What museums arc there in you native city?
6. Where can you get spiritual food?
7. What does the Tretyakov gallery exhibit?
МОЙ ПОСЛЕДНИЙ ПОХОД В МУЗЕЙ
Moscow is replete with art galleries and museums. Yet there is one gal-
lery that remains a symbol of Russian art. It is the world-famous Tretyakov
Gallery.
The founder of the gallery was the entrepreneur Pavel Tretyakov (1832-
1898), who was from the merchant class. Beginning in 1856, Tretyakov had a
hobby of collecting works by the Russian artists of his time. He was a famous
patron of the arts who helped to support the 'peredvizhniki' movement con-
sisting of realistic painters in the second half of the 19th century. Toward this
goal, he intended to purchase a collection from a St. Petersburg collector, Fio-
dor Pryanishnikov, and, having added his own collection, created a museum.
Later the Tretyakov Gallery began to specialise exclusively in Russian art.
Presently, the gallery is being improved by carefully planned purchases.
Already more than 55 thousand works are kept there. There is the rich col-
lection of ancient Russian icon painting of the 12th—17th centuries including
Andrei Rublyov's famous "Trinity", as well as significant works of painting
and sculpture of the 18th—19th centuries — paintings by Dmitriy Levitskiy, Fi-
odor Rokotov, Karl Bryullov, Orest Kiprenskiy, Alexander Ivanov (including
261
his well-known canvas "The Appearance of Christ Before the People"), Ivan
Kramskoy, and sculptures by Fedot Shubin.
The gallery has an excellent selection of the best works by the "pered-
vizhniki": llya Rcpin (including "Ivan the Terrible and Mis Son Ivan"), Vic-
tor Vasnetsov, Ivan Shishkin, Vasyl Surikov ("The Morning of the Strelets
Execution"), Vasyl Vereshchagin and others.
The blossoming of many areas of Russian art at the end of the 19th and
the beginning of the 20ih centuries is also well represented.
Suffice it to name such artists of the period us Mykhail Vrubel, Isaak
Levitan, Nicholas Rerikh, Alexander Benua, Mykhail Nesterov. Konstantin
Korovin, Mstislav Etobiizhinsky, Konstantin Somov, Valentin Serov, Boris
Kustodiev and Kuzma Petrov-Vodkin. Such an artistic movement as socialist
realism is represented by works of Alexander Deineka, Arkadiy Plastov, Yuri
Pimenov, Dmitriy Nalbandyan, and others.
The main building of the gallery includes the renovated Tretyakov home
and several buildings that were attached to it at various times. The main
facade of the building was erected in 1902 according to plans by the artist
Victor Vasnetsov.
In 1994, the Tretyakov Gallery opened after 10 years of restoration. This
was not just a facelift to the building; the interior and technical equipment
were brought up to the highest standards of quality, which is as it should be,
since it contains so many treasures of Russian art.
VOCABULARY
replete [ri'pli:t] — наполненный, насыщенный; переполненный (with)
merchant — купец, торговец
patron — покровитель
to purchase [' p3:tjes] — покупать, закупать
blossoming — расцвет
suffice [sa'fais] it to name — достаточно назвать
facelift — косметический ремонт
treasure [Чгезэ] — сокровище
QUESTIONS
1. What gallery in Moscow is a symbol of Russian art?
2. Who was the founder of the gallery''
3. Whom did he support?
4. What did P. Tretyakov intend to do?
5. Who bought Pryanishnikov's gallery in 1867?
6. What did P. Tretyakov do with his collection in 1892?
7. His brother Serhei Tretyakov was a collector of Western European paint-
ings, wasn't he?
S. The Tretyakov collection grew many times after 1918, didn't it?
9. How is the gallery being improved now?
10. How many works are kept there now?
ТРЕТЬЯКОВСКАЯ ГАЛЕРЕЯ
TOPICAL VOCABULARY
interval — антракт
the curtain [ k3:tn] falls (drops) — занавес опускается
to ring down/up the curtain — опустить/поднять занавес
behind the curtain — за кулисами
footlights — рампа
to smell of the footlights — быть неестественным, театральным
the lights go up/down — свет зажигается/гаснет
dressing-room — актерская гримерка
prompt-box — суфлерская будка
prompter — суфлер
cloak-room — гардероб
check — номерок
opera-glasses — бинокль
gangway seats — места, ближайшие к проходу
the front row [гэи] — первый ряд
the back row — последний ряд
the circle [' ss:kl] of tier — ярус
the stalls — партер
the dress circle — бельэтаж
the upper circle, the balcony — балкон
the gallery — галерка
the box — ложа
to book a seat — купить билет (заранее)
gangway (aisle) — проход
booking-office, box-office — театральная касса
the House is sold out — все билеты проданы
players — актеры
leading performers — актеры, играющие главные роли
minor [ ' ш а т э ] characters f k e e r i k t a z ] — второстепенные действующие
лица
cast — состав исполнителей
to act — играть
to play a role — исполнять роль
curtain ['k3:tn] call — вызов актера аплодисментами на сцену
make-up — грим
to rehearse — репетировать
dress-rehearsal — генеральная репетиция
gala [ да:1э] — торжественный спектакль
first night — премьера
stage version — инсценировка
scenery ['sinarij/settings — декорации
to have a long/short run — идти долго/недолго
to revive — возобновлять
stage-manager (director) — режиссер .
musical director (conductor) — дирижер
the performance is a success (a failure) — спектакль имеет успех (прова-
лился)
the scene is laid — действие происходит
interplay — взаимодействие
to be absolutely thrilled with — прийти в полный восторг
to be at one's best — быть в ударе
MY FAVOURITE BALLET
VOCABULARY
in disguise [dis'gaiz] — переодетый, замаскированный
to be betrothed [ b i ' t r s u d d ] to someone — быть помолвленным,
обрученным
grief [gri:f] — горе
to take revenge [ n ' v e n d j ] on — отомстить
count [kaunt] — граф
to deceive [di'si:v] — обманывать
QUESTIONS
1. Do you often go to the Opera and Ballet House?
2. What performance did you visit last?
3. Which visit to the theatre do you remember best'? Why?
4. What is your favourite play (opera, ballet)?
5. Are you fond of ballet? Why9 Why not'?
« Ж и з е л ь » — м о й л ю б и м ы й балет. Э т о с т а р ы й б а л е т о д е в о ч к е - к р е с т ь я н к е ,
которая в л ю б л е н а в п е р е о д е т о г о д в о р я н и н а . О н а в ы я с н я е т , ч т о о н о б р у ч е н с
кем-то е щ е , с х о д и т с у м а от горя и у м и р а е т . Это — п е р в ы й акт. В о В т о р о м А к т е
ее д у х в о с с т а е т из м о г и л ы , ч т о б ы п р и с о е д и н и т ь с я к т а и н с т в е н н ы м В и л и с а м ,
призракам девушек, которые умерли перед свадьбами. Королева Вилис пытает-
ся о т о м с т и т ь м о л о д о м у д в о р я н и н у и з а с т а в и т его т а н ц е в а т ь с н и м и , п о к а он не
у м р е т ; но Ж и з е л ь у д а е т с я его с п а с т и . Вот такая и с т о р и я . М у з ы к а с т а р о м о д н а ,
но она была написана специально для балета и великолепно подходит ко всем
сценам и танцам. Костюмы и пейзаж довольно традиционны — девушки одеты
в длинные красивые платья, а мужчины, одеты в трико и туники. Это всегда
имеет великолепный эффект — но, когда танцуют два превосходных артиста,
это гораздо больше, чем великолепно. Скромная прекрасная девушка-крестьян-
ка живет в доме со своей матерью и собирает виноград со своими друзьями
и танцует с ними; молодой граф убегает прочь от жестокой жизни двора, одетый
в простые одежды. Он влюбляется в неиспорченную девушку, хотя и обручен
с принцессой — они оба полностью реальны для нас. Когда принцесса и ее
отец приезжают в деревню, они узнают графа и говорят Жизель правду. Жизель
сходит с ума. Зрители не издают ни звука, в то время как она печально танцует
и с ужасом вспоминаег, что Альбрехт обманул ее. Каждое выражение, каждый
момент, каждый жест балерины трогает наши сердца так, как будто мы раздели-
ли с ней ее трагедию. Балерины в балете «Жизель» танцуют великолепно.
MUSIC
TOPICAL VOCABULARY
concert-goer — меломан
symphony ['simfsni] — симфония
promenade concert — концерт
pop-concert — концерт поп музыки
jazz concert — концерт джазовой музыки
recital [ri'saitl] — сольный концерт
CONCERT PROGRAMMES AND REPERTOIRES
work — произведение
item [ ' a i t a m ] — номер
number — номер
piece [ pi:s] — музыкальное произведение
TYPES OF MUSIC
classical music — классическая музыка
modern classical music — современная классическая музыка
light classical music — легкая классическая музыка
serious ['siarias] music — серьезная музыка
light music —- легкая музыка
folk music — народная музыка
jazz (traditional jazz) — джаз (традиционный джаз)
pop-music — поп-музыка
dance music — танцевальная музыка
film music — музыка для кино
background music — музыкальное сопровождение
шшшшя
instrumental music — инструментальная музыка
vocal music — вокальная музыка
orchestral [o:'kestr(3)l] music —оркестровая музыка
chamber music [ ' t j e i m b a ] — камерная музыка
CLASSICAL WORKS
symphony (in 4 movements) — симфония (в четырех частях)
overture [ ' s u v g t j j u a ] — увертюра
suite [ swi:t] — сюита
sonata [s9'na:t3] — соната
VOCAL WORKS
song — песня
madrigal — мадригал
aria — ария
CHORAL WORKS
cantata — кантата
oratorio — оратория
requiem — реквием
PERFORMERS AND INSTRUMENTS
orchestra ['o:kistra] — оркестр
symphony orchestra — симфонический оркестр
chamber orchestra — камерный оркестр
light orchestra — оркестр легкой музыки
jazz orchestra — джаз-оркестр
string orchestra — струнный оркестр
variety [va'raiati] orchestra — эстрадный оркестр
band — оркестр
group (a folk/pop-group) — группа (фольклорная/поп-группа)
A SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA
the strings — струнные
a violin [ / v a i ' l i n ] — скрипка
a viola — альт
a cello [ t j e l a u ] — виолончель
a violinist — скрипач
a viola-player — альтист
a cellist ['tjelist] — виолончелист
a double-bass (player) — контрабас, контрабасист
THE WOODWINDS
a flute [flu:t] — флейта
a clarinet — кларнет
an oboe ['эиЬэи] — гобой
a bassoon [bs'surn] — фагот
a flautist ['floitist] — флейтист
a clarinettist — кларнетист
an oboist — гобоист
a bassoon player — фаготист
THE BRASS
a trumpet — труба
a trombone — тромбон
a French-horn — валторна
a trumpeter — трубач
a trombonist — тромбонист
a French-horn player — валторнист
THE PERCUSSION
percussion [рэ'кл[п] instrument — ударный инструмент
drums — барабаны
cymbals — тарелки
CONDUCTOR
resident conductor — постоянный дирижер
visiting conductor — приглашенный дирижер
leader (first violin) — концертмейстер
SINGERS AND CHOIRS
choir f'kwaia] — хор
chorus [ ko:ras] — хор
sopranos [ s a ' p r a m s u ] — сопрано
contralto — контральто
tenor — тенор
bass — бас
to sing in parts — петь по партиям
to sing out of tune — петь фальшиво
to sing in unison — петь в унисон
COMMON MUSICAL TERMS
note — нота
sheet music — музыкальное произведение, изданное без переплета
to read music — читать музыку
to have an ear for music — иметь музыкальный слух
tune — мелодия, мотив
melody — мелодия
VOICE
voice — голос
chest — грудной
hoarse [ho:s] — хриплый
low — низкий
round — бархатистый
sweet — благозвучный
269
DANCE
polka — полька
tango — танго
twist — твист
waltz f'wods] — вальс
TYPES OF MUSIC
ВИДЫ МУЗЫКИ
I. КЛАССИЧЕСКАЯ МУЗЫКА. Существует тенденция говорить о клас-
сической музыке со специфической ссылкой на музыку прошлого, до и включая
19-ое столетие. Однако к этому термину также относится музыка, написанная
в наши дни, и мы можем говорить о современной классической музыке. Клас-
сическая здесь относится к жанру, а не к периоду.
II. ЛЕГКАЯ КЛАССИЧЕСКАЯ МУЗЫКА. Термин используется для ко-
ротких классических работ, которые легко слушать, потому что цель компози-
тора была просто развлечь.
III. СЕРЬЕЗНАЯ МУЗЫКА. Этот термин иногда используется как сино-
ним классической музыки. Серьезная музыка — более широкое понятие, чем
классическая музыка. Она включает классическую музыку, народную музыку
и джаз.
IV. ЛЕГКАЯ МУЗЫКА. Включает легкую классическую музыку, популяр-
ные мелодии и песни из различных источников, как традиционных, так и новых,
танцевальную музыку, музыку из фильмов и так далее.
V. ДЖАЗ. Популярная музыка, которую первоначально играли негритянские
группы на юге США в начале 20-го столетия. Характеризуется импровизацией
и сильными ритмами, называемыми традиционным джазом; подобную музыку
играли большие оркестры на танцах, а на более позднюю вариацию оказал силь-
ное влияние блюз. В результате появился неторопливый эмоциональный стиль,
называемый современным джазом.
VI. ПОП-МУЗЫКА — современная музыка несложного характера, кото-
рую в основном исполняют на электрогитарах и барабанах и часто сопровож-
дают пением.
VII. ТАНЦЕВАЛЬНАЯ МУЗЫКА — это музыка для танцев, включающая
джаз и поп-музыку.
VIII. ФОНОВАЯ МУЗЫКА — это любая музыка, исполняемая мягко, как
фон для беседы и т. д. Некоторые люди ставят записи в качестве фоновой музы-
ки. когда к ним в гости приходит друзья, такую музыку все чаще и чаще можно
услышать в общественных местах в Британии: в холлах гостиниц, аэропортах,
универсамах, и т. д.
IX. КАМЕРНАЯ МУЗЫКА - это оркестровая музыка, написанная для
камерного оркестра, но эта категория также включает работы для небольших
инструментальных групп, вокалистов или солистов.
MUSIC
VOCABULARY
to reflect — изображать, показывать
weapon f w e p a n ] — оружие
first and foremost — прежде всего; в первую очередь, во-первых
delight — удовлетворение, удовольствие, наслаждение, развлечение
to contain — содержать в себе, включать
hallmark ['h3:lma:k] — признак
to convey — передавать
МУЗЫКА
Вы можете представить себе день без музыки'? Музыка звучит везде: дома,
в концертном зале, в парках, на побережье и даже в лесу. Люди не могут жить
без музыки. Они слушают музыку, они танцуют под музыку, они учатся играть
на музыкальных инструментах. Но что такое музыка? Специалисты объясняют
это очень хорошо. Музыка — это не только комбинация приятных звуков. Это _
искусство, которое отражает жизнь. Музыка отражает идеи и эмоции людей.
Музыка также и оружие. Она борется за свет против тьмы, за свободу против
тирании, за гуманизм против варварства («Седьмая симфония» Шостаковича,
«Шестая симфония» Чайковского и так далее). Говоря о различных формах
музыки, я хотел бы упомянуть, прежде всего, классическую музыку. Я пред-
почитаю различные музыкальные жанры: симфонии, концертную, камерную
музыку, вокальную музыку, оперу и балет. Классическая музыка приносит мне
наслаждение, удовольствие, частично чувственное, частично интеллектуальное.
Классическая музыка — всегда комплекс эмоций, волнение и, в то же самое
время, любовь к окружающим и желание сделать что-нибудь для них. Слушая
классическую музыку, я должен объединить все мои чувства в одно и дать
ему название, — и это будет счастье. Классическая музыка имеет огромную
привлекательность для слушателей. Она обращена как к нашим чувствам, так
н к ин теллекту. Нам п о в е з л о , ч т о у мае с е т ь т а к о й извест н ы й о р к е с т р , к о т о р ы й
и с п о л н я е т м у з ы к у Б е т х о в е н а и М о ц а р т а . Б р и т т е н а и Г е р ш в и н а . О н и з в е с т е н во
всем м и р е с в о и м и о р и г и н а л ь н ы м и и н т е р п р е т а ц и я м и к л а с с и ч е с к о й м у з ы к и . Что
к а с а е т с я м е н я , я п р е д п о ч и т а ю такие м у з ы к а л ь н ы е п р о и з в е д е н и я , ц е н т р а л ь н а я
т е м а в которых т е м а б о р ь б ы д о б р а п р о т и в зла. Т а к ж е я л ю б л ю т и х и е л и р и -
ч е с к и е п р о и з в е д е н и я для ф о р т е п и а н о Ш о п е н а и П р о к о ф ь е в а , к о т о р ы е п о л н ы
очаровывающих мелодий.
М н о г о м о л о д ы х л ю д е й с е г о д н я ст р е м п т е я к н о в ы м рпт м а м . Э т о о б ъ я с н я е т ,
п о ч е м у р а с п р о с т р а н я ю т с я н о в ы е п о п - т р у п п ы . Поп п р о н и к а е т во все с р е д с т в а
м а с с о в о й и н ф о р м а ц и и . С ч и т а е т с я , ч т о п о п в о з н и к в с е р е д и н е 1950-х с п о я в л е -
нием рок-н-ролла. 11риблизптслыю 99 % поп-песен — о любви. В настоящее
время много слушателей отказывается от второсортной продукции, которая
я в л я е т с я в с е г о л и ш ь п е р е д е л а н н ы м и с т а р ы м и н о м е р а м и . Э т о о б ъ я с н я е т ус-
п е х , д о с т и г н у т ы й м н о г и м и г р у п п а м и и н е к о т о р ы м и д р у г и м и а н с а м б л я м и но-
в о ю п о к о л е н и я , к о т о р ы е я в л я ю т с я с в о б о д н ы м и от л о ж н ы х ч у в с т в . О н и п о д -
л и н н ы е . Г о л о с н о в ы х г р у п п чист ый и з в о н к и й , и о н и п о ю т о в а ж н ы х в ж и з н и
вещах. Готовность экспериментировать, одобрение и искренность их к р и -
терии. Простое сообщение, переданное с хорошей мелодией, как я полагаю,
б ы л о н а й д е н о « Б и т т л з » . Н е к о т о р ы е из их с т а р ы х п е с е н все е щ е п о л ь з у ю т с я
п о п у л я р н о е I ы о ест о д н я .
П о п - м у з ы к а всегда н а х о д и л а с ь под в л и я н и е м д р у г и х ф о р м м у з ы к и : д ж а з а ,
б л ю з а , к л а с с и ч е с к о й м у з ы к и , и г. д. Д р у г о е в а ж н о е в л и я н и е на нее о к а з а л а на-
родная м у з ы к а . Н а р о д н ы е п е с н и это песни, п р и д у м а н н ы е н и с п о л н я е м ы е
п а р о д о м . И м м о г у т б ы т ь с о т н и лег. Н и к т о не знает, кто п е р в о н а ч а л ь н о их п р и -
думал. Народная музыка часто т а н ц е в а л ь н а я м у з ы к а . Р у с с к и е и у к р а и н с к и е
народные песни очень мелодичны. Я л ю б л ю слушан, русские народные песни,
которые исполняют выдающиеся певцы.
The British have not been regarded as a particularly musical people and,
from the end of the I 7th century until the 20th century, there were relatively
few British composers of international renown.
Before the 16th century, musical life was centred on the church, espe-
cially the cathedrals and the royal chapels. The choral works of John Tavern-
er, William Byrd and Thomas Tallis are still performed today, most notably
by the choirs of King's College. Cambridge and Christ Church in Oxford.
Secular music in the 16th century included the instrumental work of Wil-
liam Byrd and Orlando Gibbons and the madrigals of Gibbons and Thomas
Morley.
Henry Purccll, famous for his opera Dido and Ieneaf (1689), has been
described as the last great English composer before the 20th century. John
Gay's The Beggars Opera (1728). is still occasionally performed, and the
comic operas of Gilbert and Sullivan are among the few 19th century British
works that are still part of the repertoire.
The 20th century saw a renaissance in British music with the work of
composers such as Delius, Hoist, Elgar, Vaughan Williams, Walton, Tip-
pett, Maxwell Davies and Britten. Britten in particular came to be regarded
as a specially "English" composer, partly through the English themes of
several of his operas but also through the folk songs and church music that
provided the inspiration for many of his other works.
There is now a flourishing musical life in Britain with more people
going to concerts than ever before. The BBC plays an important part in
the development of music both by commissioning new work and by sup-
porting orchestras. The BBC Radio 3 programme, which is broadcast
throughout the day and evening, is devoted mainly to music. Many Brit-
ish orchestras and musical groups have an international reputation. They
include the London Philharmonic Orchestra (LPO), the London Sympho-
ny Orchestra (LSO), the BBC Symphony Orchestra, the Philharinonia,
the Royal Liverpool Philharmonic, and others. Famous choirs include
the Bach Choir and the Royal Choral Society. Music festivals held annu-
ally include those at Bath and Aldeburgh, and the Three Choirs Festival,
held at Gloucester, Hereford and Worcester in turn. The popular series of
Promenade Concerts held every summer in the Royal Albert Hall, Lon-
don, are broadcast by the BBC.
At a more modest level, almost all schools and colleges have an orches-
tra, and many towns have a choral society. Music in the home is more likely
to be listened to than played, but many homes have a piano.
VOCABULARY
secular — мирской, светский
inspiration — вдохновение
flourishing [ ' А л п / щ ] — процветающий
to be devoted — быть посвященным
choir [ ' k w a i a ] — хор
annually — ежегодно
QUESTIONS
1. Were there many British composers of international renown before the
20th century?
2. What was musical life centred on before the 16th century?
3. What happened with British music in 20th century?
4. What is Britten famous for?
5. What role does the BBC play in the development of music?
6. What famous British orchestras and choirs do you know?
275
МУЗЫКА В ВЕЛИКОБРИТАНИИ
Almost all American composers of note belong to the 20th century, and
include such names as Charles Ives, Aaron Copland, Samuel Barber, Roger
Sessions and Virgil Thomson. Edgard Varese and John Cage have gained
fame as experimental composers.
It is through the development of popular music in the 20th century that
the USA has dominated the western world. Jazz, a style of music created at
the end of the 19th century by black Americans out of their gospel and blues
songs, was being played all over the USA by both black and white musi-
cians by the 1920s, and influenced the development of both dance music
and popular songs in the 1930s and 1940s. After the Second World War jazz
and popular music developed in separate directions. Black musicians created
a more sophisticated style called bebop. The rhythm and blues music that
derived from jazz, combined with aspects of country and western music,
developed into rock-n-roll in the 1950s with the music of Bill Haley, Chuck
Berry, Elvis Presley, Buddy Holly and others. In the 1960s some British
groups, especially the Beatles and the Rolling Stones, became internation-
ally famous and for a brief period popular music was dominated by devel-
opments in Britain. Since that time, rock has incorporated folk music, soul
music has developed, and many social phenomena, such as drug culture, the
civil rights movement and the peace movement, have found their expression
in rock music.
The musical has also made an important contribution to popular music.
Developing from the British music hall and American vaudeville early in
the 20th century, composers such as George Gershwin, Cole Porter, Rodgers
and Hammerstein, Stephen Sondheim and Leonard Bernstein on Broadway,
and Ivor Novello, Noel Coward and more recently Andrew Lloyd Webber
in Britain, have made the musical into one of the most important forms of
popular music.
VOCABULARY
to gain fame — добиваться славы
gospel — евангелие, церковная музыка
sophisticated [ss'fistikeitid] — у т о н ч е н н ы й , отвечающий изощренному
вкусу
to derive — происходить, получать, извлекать
contribution — вклад
QUESTIONS
/. What American composers of note of the 20th century do you know?
2. Why has the USA dominated the westernmusical world?
3. What influenced the development of both dance music and popular songs
in the 1930s and 1940s?
4. How can you characterise the American music after the Second World
War?
5. What was the American music dominated by in the 1960s?
6. What social phenomena have found their expression in rock music?
27
МУЗЫКА В США
PAINTING
TOPICAL VOCABULARY
PAINTERS AND THEIR CRAFT
a fashionable artist — модный художник
self-taught artist — художник-самоучка
mature [ m s ' t j u s ] artist — зрелый художник
a portrait/landscape painter — портретист/пейзажист
to paint from nature/memory/imagination — писать с натуры/по памяти
to paint mythological/historical subjects — писать на мифологические, ис-
торические сюжеты
to specialise in portraiture ['portritjs] still life — специализироваться на
портретах/натюрмортах
to portray people/emotions with moving sincerity/restraint — изображать
людей/эмоции с трогательной искренностью/сдержанностью
to depict a person/a scene of common life/the mood of... — изображать
человека/сцену повседневной жизни/настроение
to render/to interpret the personality of... — изображать/толковать инди-
видуальность
to reveal the person's nature — показывать природу человека
to capture the sitter's vitality/transient expression — схватить живость/ми-
молетное выражение модели
to develop one's own style of painting — развить свой собственный стиль
письма
to break with the tradition — порвать с традицией
to be in advance of one's time — опередить время
to expose the dark sides of life — изобличить темные стороны жизни
to become famous overnight — стать известным за одну ночь
to die forgotten and penniless — умереть забытым и без гроша
PAINTINGS. GENRES
an oil painting — живопись маслом
a canvas — полотно
a water-colour — акварель
a pastel picture — пастель
a sketch — эскиз, набросок
a study — этюд, эскиз
a family group — семейная группа
i: lЙ Ш Г
a ceremonial/an intimate portrait — парадный портрет
a self-portrait — автопортрет
a shoulder-length/half-length/knee-length/full-length portrait — портрет no
плечи/поясной/по колено/во весь рост
a landscape [ laenskeip] — пейзаж
a seascape — морской пейзаж
a genre/historical painting — жанровая картина/историческое полотно
a still life — натюрморт
a battle piece — батальная сцена
a flower piece -7- картина с цветами
a masterpiece — шедевр
COMPOSITION AND DRAWING
in the foreground/background — на переднем/на заднем плане
in the top/bottom/left-hand corner — вверху/внизу/в левом углу
to arrange symmetrically/asymmetrically/in a pyramid/in a vertical format —
располагать симметрично/ассиметрично/пирамидой/вертикально
to define the nearer figures more sharply — обозначать ближайшие фигу-
ры более резко
to emphasise contours purposely — преднамеренно акцентировать контуры
to be scarcely discernible [di's3:nsbl] — быть едва различимым
to place the figures against the landscape background — располагать фигу-
ры па фоне пейзажа
to blend with the landscape — сочетаться, гармонировать с пейзажем
to indicate the sitter's profession — показывать профессию модели
to be represented standing/sitting/talking — быть изображенным стоящим/
сидящим/говорящим
to accentuate [aek'sentjueit] something — подчеркивать, выделять что-
либо
COLOURING. LIGHT AND SHADE EFFECTS
subtle ['sAtl]/gaudy ['go:di] colouring — нежные/кричащие, безвкусные
цвета
to combine form and colour into harmonious unity — сочетать форму и цвет
в гармоничном единстве
brilliant/low-keyed colour scheme — блестящая/сдержанная цветовая гамма
the colour scheme where predominates... — цветовая гамма, в которой пре-
валирует. ..
muted in colour — приглушенные цвета
the colours may be cool and restful/hot and agitated/soft and delicate/dull/op-
pressive/harsh—краски могут быть холодными и спокойными/теплыми
и волнующими/неяркими и блеклыми/тусклыми/гнетущими/резкими
the delicacy of tones may be lost in a reproduction — утонченность тонов
может потеряться в репродукции
IMPRESSION. JUDGEMENT
the picture may be moving/lyrical/romantic/original/poetic in tone and atmo-
sphere — картина может быть волнующей/лирической/романтичес-
кой/подлинником/поэтической по тону и атмосфере
an exquisite ['ekskwizit] piece of painting — утонченное произведение
живописи
an unsurpassed masterpiece — непревзойденный шедевр
distinguished by a marvelous sense of colour and composition — отличает-
ся потрясающим чувством цвета и композиции
the picture may be dull/crude/a colourless daub [do:b] of paint — картина
может быть унылая/с кричащими красками/бесцветная мазня
obscure [ab'skjua] — мрачный, тусклый
unintelligible — неразборчивый
gaudy — яркий, кричащий, безвкусный
depressing — унылый, тягостный
disappointing — печальный
cheap — дешевый
DESCRIBING PICTURES
air — воздух
appeal — привлекательность
arrangement — расположение, композиция
brilliance — яркость
light and shade — свет и тень
primary colours — основные цвета
riot ['rai9t] of colours — богатство красок
to convey — передавать
craftsmanship — мастерство
delineation [di,lini'eij"(a)n] —изображение
effect (atmosphere effects, colour effects) — впечатление от сочетания
красок
to execute — выполнять
exquisite — изысканный
to produce impression — производить впечатление
intensity — глубина (красок)
highlights — самая светлая часть картины
complete command of colours — великолепное владение цветом
diffused light — рассеяный свет
to render, to represent — воспроизводить, изображать, передавать
subject — сюжет в живописи
subject matter — тема, содержание
semi-tones — полутона
to treat — трактовать
9
out of value — слишком темное или светлое
to fade — блекнуть
design - - композиция
abundance — обилие, изобилие
accuracy — точность
to acquire — овладевать
to affect — волновать
affirmation — утверждение
animation — живость
apotheosis [ a ^ o G i ' a u s i s ] — прославление, обожествление
life-asserting art — жизнеутверждающее искусство
to attain — достигать
austere [ns'trs] —суровый, строгий
combination of colours — сочетание красок
facial expression — выражение лица
to glorify — прославлять, восхвалять
infinite — безграничный
personification — олицетворение
pure/vivid/brilliant/intense/soft/delicate colours — чистые/живые/блестя-
щие/интенсивные/мягкие/нежные краски
to evoke — вызывать чувства
conception — замысел
to radiate a spirituality — излучать одухотворенность
range of colours — гамма цветов
to command attention — завладевать вниманием
to penetrate — пронизывать
finished technique — отточенное мастерство
expressiveness — выразительность
harmony of colours - - г армония цветов
individual traits — индивидуальные черты
skill — искусство, умение
message — идейное содержание
to radiate — излучать свет, тепло
immediacy — непосредственность
luminous — прозрачный, светлый
secondary colour — сложный цвет
at one stroke — мгновенно
subdued colours — мягкие, приглушенные краски
to be silhouetted against вырисовываться на фоне
to catch/to capture/to seize — схватить, передавать
splashes of colour — яркие пятна
fluid/fluent — плавный
to anticipate — предвосхищать
crystal-clear— чистый, прозрачный, ясный
LEARN THE FOLLOWING
What can we find in the painter's studio? Easel, crayon, brush, paint-
box, palette, charcoal, water-colour, oil, stretcher, canvas, nude model, drapery.
Exhibitions can be art exhibitions, special exhibitions, permanent exhi-
bitions, one-man exhibitions, travelling exhibitions.
Works of art are painting, graphic art, sculpture, applied art.
Colours can be light, dark, vivid, brilliant, intense, warm, cool, strong,
harsh, soft, subdued, delicate.
Remember the primary colours: red, blue, yellow.
VOCABULARY
painting — живопись, картина
canvas — холст
to depict — изображать на картине, рисовать
to portray — рисовать портрет; изображать (кого-л.)
to render — представлять, выражать, выводить
283
to catch — схватывать
to capture — завладеть, захватить, увлечь; завоевать
artist ['ci:tist] — художник
landscape — ландшафт, пейзаж
view [vju: ] — вид; пейзаж (картина)
scenery ['sinari] — пейзаж; ландшафт
to draw from life — написанное с натуры
sitter — модель; натурщик, натурщица
scene [si:n] — место действия; пейзаж, картина
piece of art — художественное произведение
ПОГОВОРИМ о живописи
Живопись: живопись, картина, полотно.
Изобразить, нарисовать портрет, уловить.
Имя художника можно использовать как обычное существительное, чтобы
обозначить его работы. A Picasso — картина Пикассо.
Жанры живописи. Пейзаж — это картина, на которой изображена часть
местности с различными элементами. В контексте искусства пейзаж обычно
означает саму картину, а не вид, изображенный на нем. Когда речь идет о виде,
говорят scenery, countryside.
Морской пейзаж - - карт ина, на которой изображается море. Портрет — карти-
на, с изображением человека, в частности его лица, обычно написанная с натуры.
Натурщик, модель — человек, с которого пишут портрет.
Натюрморт изображение неодушевленных вещей, таких как фрукты, цве-
ты или даже декоративные вещи.
Фреска — картина на стене или потолке по еще мокрой или влажной шту-
катурке.
Жанровая живопись - картина с изображением сцен из повседневной жиз-
ни в более или менее реалистичном виде.
Выражение «место действия» или сцена, употребляется в разных случаях,
определяющих тематику картины: уличная сцена, городской пейзаж, сельский
пейзаж, сцены охоты, исторический эпизод, сцена сражения.
О карт ине, произведении очень часто говорят «работа».
285
SEASONS AND WEATHER
SEASONS
There are four seasons in a year: spring, summer, autumn, and winter,
Every season is beautiful in its own way.
When spring comes nature awakens from its long winter sleep. The day»
become longer and the nights become shorter. The ground is covered with
emerald-green grass and the first flowers. The air is fresh, the sky is blue
and cloudless, and the sun shines brightly. The trees are in full blossom.
The nightingale begins to sing its lovely songs, and sweet melodies may be
heard from every wood and park. The days are warm and everything is full
of life and joy.
Spring is followed by summer. The weather is usually fine in summer,
but it can be very hot, especially in July. Sometimes there are storms with
thunder and lightning. In summer people try to get away from the city noise
and spend more time in the open air. They pick mushrooms and berries in
the forest, swim in the rivers and lakes, go fishing and boating. Most people
prefer to have their holidays in summer.
Autumn begins in September. The days become shorter and the nights
become longer. The leaves turn yellow, red and brown and fall to the ground.
Most birds fly away to warm countries. There is a short spell of dry sunny
weather in September, which is called 'Indian Summer'. It is a beautiful time
when the sky is cloudless, the trees around are golden, the air is transparent
and it is still warm. But gradually it gets colder and colder. It often rains in
October and November which makes autumn an unpleasant season.
In winter the sun sets early and rises late. The rivers and lakes are frozen
over. Everything is covered with snow. Sometimes it is very cold, about
25-30 °C below zero. Going out in such weather isn't very pleasant. Winter
is a good time for sports. People go in for skating and skiing. Tobogganing
is also popular, not as a kind of sports, but rather as a fun.
As for me, I like all the seasons, but I think there is nothing like late
spring.
VOCABULARY
to awaken [s'weikan] — пробуждаться
to cover — покрывать
emerald-green — изумрудно-зеленый
to be in blossom — быть в цвету
nightingale ['naitiqgeil] — соловей
— м
sweet — зд. приятный
thunder — гром
lightning — молния
to pick mushrooms and berries — собирать грибы и ягоды
to go boating — кататься на лодке
to prefer [pri'fa:] — предпочитать
transparent [trasns'pasrant] — прозрачный
to freeze (froze, frozen) over — замерзать, покрываться льдом
tobogganing -— катание на санках
there is nothing like — нет ничего лучше
. • i
QUESTIONS
/. How many seasons are there in a year?
2. When does nature awaken from her long winter sleep?
3. Why do we like spring so much?
4. Why do people try to spend more time in the open air in summer?
5. Is summer the best season for tourism?
6. Where did you go last summer?
7. Do you like 'Indian Summer'? Why?
8. Do you like late autumn?
9. What do you usually do on a nasty rainy day?
10. What is the weather like in winter?
11. Do you go in for skating or skiing?
12. Were you fond ofplaying snowballs and making snowmen when you were
a child?
13. Most people prefer summer to any other season of the year. What about you?
14. What are the advantages and disadvantages of each season?
ВРЕМЕНА ГОДА
Есть четыре времени года: весна, лето, осень и зима. Каждое время года
прекрасно по-своему.
Когда приходит весна, природа пробуждается от долгого сна. Дни стано-
вятся длиннее, а ночи — короче. Земля покрыта изумрудно-зеленой травой
и первыми цветами. Воздух свеж, небо голубое и безоблачное, и солнце ярко
светит. Деревья в самом цвету. Соловей начинает петь Свои прекрасные пес-
ни, и приятные мелодии можно услышать в каждом лесу и парке. Дни теплые,
и все полно жизни и веселья.
За весной идет лето. Погода летом обычно хорошая, но может быть очень
жарко, особенно, в июле. Иногда бывают грозы с громом и молнией. Летом
люди стараются скрыться от городского шума и проводить больше времени
на открытом воздухе. Они собирают грибы и ягоды в лесу, купаются в реках
287
и озерах, ходят на рыбалку и катаются на лодке. Большинство людей предпо-
читает брать отпуск летом.
Осень начинается в сентябре. Дни становятся короче, а ночи длиннее
Листья желтеют, потом становятся красными, коричневыми и падают на землю,
Большинство птиц улетают в теплые страны. В сентябре бывает короткий пе-
риод сухой солнечной погоды, который называется «бабье лето». Это прекрас-
ное время, когда небо безоблачно, деревья вокруг золотые, воздух прозрачный
и всс еще тепло. Но постепенно становится холоднее и холоднее. В октябре
и ноябре часто идут дожди, что делает осень неприятной порой года.
Зимой солнце рано заходит и поздно восходит'. Реки и озера замерзают. Все
покрыто снегом. Иногда бывает очень холодно, около 25-30 градусов ниже нуля.
Выходить на улицу в такую погоду не очень приятно. Зима — хорошее время
для занятий спортом. Люди катаются на коньках и на лыжах. Катание на сан-
ках также очень популярно, но не как вид спорта, а скорее как развлечение.
Что касается меня, то мне нравятся всс времена года, но я думаю, что нет
ничего лучше поздней весны.
WEATHER
Weather conditions
Look at this list of common weather words. Notice that it is very com-
mon to form adjectives by adding '-y'.
Note: When it rains for a short period of time, we call it a shower, e.g.
We had several showers yesterday afternoon.
When it is raining a lot we often say it's pouring or it's pouring with
rain. This phrase is much more common than "it's raining cats and dogs",
which many students seem to learn.
Temperature
•
- 1 0 °C (minus ten degrees or ten degrees below zero) is very cold but
quite normal in the mountains in Switzerland during the winter when it
usually snows a lot.
30-35 °C is boiling for England and very unusual, but it is very common
in parts of Spain during the summer.
Wind
The first word here is very gentle; the last is more than 100 km per hour
and can be very dangerous.
a breeze a wind a strong wind a gale a hurricane
It was a hot day but there was a lovely breeze.
The wind blew my hat off.
The hurricane in Florida destroyed trees and buildings.
Thunderstorms
A spell (= period) of very hot weather often ends with a thunderstorm.
First it becomes very humid (= hot and wet), then you get thunder and
lightning, and finally, very heavy rain (= it pours with rain). Afterwards, it
is usually cooler and it feels fresher.
VOCABULARY
conditions — условия
sunny — солнечный
windy — ветренный
cloudy ['klaudi] — облачный
foggy — туманный
ic(e)y — ледяной, холодный
showery ['Jauari] —ДОЖДЛИВЫЙ; дождевой; проливной
humid — влажный, мокрый, сырой
it's pouring ['рэ:щ)] with rain/'it's raining cats and dogs' — идет пролив-
ной дождь
boiling — жаркий, знойный
chilly — холодный; прохладный
freezing — леденящий; ледяной, холодный
breeze — легкий ветерок
gale [geil] — шторм; буря; ветер от 7 до 10 баллов
hurricane [ ' Ь л п к э п ] —ураган; тропический циклон
spell — промежуток времени, срок, период ( o f — чего-л.)
thunderstorm ['0And3Sto:m] — гроза
thunder — гром
lightning ['laitniij] — молния
heavy ['hevi] rain — сильный дождь
ПОГОДА
Температура
Ветер
Первыми словами здесь будет легкий ветер, последними — более 100 км/с,
что можег быт ь очень опасно.
легкий ветерок, бриз ветер сильный ветер
штормовой ветер, буря ураган
Это был жаркий день, к счастью, дул легкий ветерок.
Ветер сорвал с меня шляпу.
Гроза
A spell — период жаркой погоды, часто сопровождается грозой. Сначала
становится очень влажно, затем появляются гром и молния и, наконец, очень
сильный дождь. Потом обычно становится прохладнее и свежее.
The weather forecast for today was rather good. But during the last
week the weather has changed several times. I think it's unsettled yet. That's
why I am not sure that the weather today will be as fine as the weather report
has said.
In the morning when I woke up the sky was all covered with clouds. It
had been raining hard at night. There were puddles everywhere. And the
mist was clearing up.
Then at about ten o'clock it cleared up. The sun began shining brightly.
But the east wind began to blow. There was quite a chill in the air this morn-
ing. Later the temperature began to go up. Now it's getting warmer. But all
the same I don't think that the heat will kill us today.
By the way, according to the weather forecast it will be cloudy today
with rain in places. I ' m almost sure that in an hour or so it'll start drizzling
and it will go on till night.
1 don't like such weather. If it's summer the weather must be warm and
even hot. In summer I like to see the blue sky without any clouds. And if
it rains let it be a thunderstorm with lightning and thunder. But in half
an hour the puddles must dry up. It's awfully dull when it's drizzling from
early morning till late at night.
I like a light breeze but not a hard wind, which blows off the hats of the
passers-by and brings cold air.
And the main thing I don't like about the weather is its ability to change
quite suddenly and certainly at the wrong moment, for example, when we
are going to the country.
VOCABULARY
weather forecast — прогноз погоды
to change — меняться
a puddle — лужа
to clear up — рассеиваться, распогодиться
to go up — подниматься
by the way — между прочим
according to — согласно чему-л.
to drizzle — моросить
thunderstorm — гроза
lightning ['laitnrq] — молния
thunder — гром
to dry up — высыхать
breeze — легкий ветерок
QUESTIONS
/. What is the weather forecast for today, for tomorrow?
2. What weather do you like best of all?
3. Describe today's weather, yesterday's weather.
4. Do you like sunny or rainy weather? Why?
5. What season do you like best of all? Why?
EXERCISES
1. Match each word on the left with a word on the right.
For example: thunderstorm
thunder; torrential; down; heat; hail; stones; drift; storm; warning; rain;
snow; gale wave; pour
1. We had to sit in the shade every 1. It was terribly muggy and humid as
afternoon. we worked.
2. The sweat was pouring out of us. 2. There was a heat wave in July, or
It was scorching/boiling (hot) last
month.
3. I can hardly breathe; I wish it would 3. There was a very dense fog that
rain to cool us down. morning.
4. Cars were skidding out of control. 4. We had terrible floods that winter.
5. Even the postman had to use a boat 5. There was ice/snow/slush on the
to get around. roads this morning.
6. They had to close the airport; the 6. There was a heavy blizzard that
snow was a metre deep. night.
7. We were able to sit in the garden in 7. After the hurricane/gale, the damage
the middle of winter. was unbelievable.
8. The earth became rock-hard and a 8. Suddenly there was a very strong
lot of plants died. gust of wind.
9. It blew the newspaper clean out of 9. There was a very bad drought that
my hands. summer.
10. A row of big trees had been up- 10. Do you remember how mild it was
rooted like matchsticks. that year?
11.1 could hardly see my hand in front 11. It's absolutely stifling today.
of my face.
VOCABULARY
environmental [in'vaiarsmentl] protection — охрана (зашита) окружаю-
щей среды
humanity — человечество
firmly established [is'tasblijt] — укорениться
hardly — вряд ли, едва ли
majority [ m a ' d p r i t i ] — большинство
soil — почва
toxic wastes — токсичные отходы
drought [draut] — засуха
to contaminate [ksn'taemineit] — заражать, инфицировать (в том числе
отравляющими и радиоактивными веществами)
chemicals ['kemik(9)lz] — химические вещества
to be concerned about — беспокоиться
drastic ['drasstik] — радикальный, глубокий; резкий
devastating — опустошительный, разрушительный
to be rare [геэ] occurrence [a'kAr(a)ns] — происходить редко
the greenhouse effect — парниковый эффект
to create — создавать
carbon dioxide [dai'oksaid] — двуокись углерода
industrial facilities — промышленные предприятия
to be of vital ['vaitl] importance — быть необычайно важным
to cut down — сокращать
the release of gases — выброс газов
to contribute to — содействовать, способствовать
fairly ['feali] —довольно
deterioration [di,ti9ri3'reijn] —ухудшение
to tell on — сказываться на
to solve — решать
to raise safety standards — поднимать требования к технике безопасности
to adequately process by-products of industry — хорошо перерабатывать
промышленные отходы
to monitor — контролировать
an international centre for emergency environment assistance — междуна-
родный центр по оказанию срочной экологической помощи
to prevent — защищать, предохранять
What is an animal? For many people, an animal has four legs, a head at
the front and a tail at the back. There are, in fact, many different kinds of
animals. Some are so small that you cannot see them with the human eye.
Some have no head, no mouth, no legs. Some live in the sea. Some can fly.
They come in thousands of different shapes, sizes, and colours.
Here is a page from a biology textbook, which shows how different ani-
mals can be.
Insects. One of the largest groups of animals is the insect group. These
animals have six legs and three parts to their bodies. Many insects cause hu-
mans problems. Some carry diseases. Others are a problem because they eat
the food that farmers grow. But there are insects, like bees and butterflies
that we need because they help flowers and fruit to grow.
Birds. Like many of the insects, birds have wings and can fly. There are
many different types of birds. Some eat fish and are happy living near rivers
or the sea. Others like to live in the town and countryside in flocks of many
hundreds and eat mostly insects, and there are birds, which like to live alone
high in the mountains. These birds, like the mountain eagle, eat meat with
their strong sharp beaks. They also have sharp claws on their feet, which are
perfect for hunting and killing.
Fish and reptiles. Fish and reptiles are cold-blooded animals. Fish live in
the sea, but reptiles usually live on the land. Reptiles are probably the least
111
popular animals. They include the long thin snakes that many people are
afraid of. However, some people keep snakes in their homes as pets!
Mammals. Like birds, mammals are wann-blooded, and just as all birds
have feathers, all mammals have hair on their bodies. Sometimes you can
hardly see the hair. Sometimes the hair is very thick, and then it is called fur.
There are several different groups of mammals. There are the cats, which
include lions and tigers; there are animals with large front teeth, which in-
clude mice and rats; there are the sea mammals, which include the whale,
the largest animal in the world. Then there are animals which have two arms
and can walk on two legs like monkeys and, of course, humans.
VOCABULARY
tail — хвост
insect — насекомое
bee — пчела
butterfly — бабочка
bird — птица
wing — крыло
flock — стая (птиц)
eagle — орел
beak — клюв
claw — коготь
fish — рыба
reptile — рептилия
snake — змея
mammal — млекопитающее
feather — перо
fur — мех
lion — лев
tiger — тигр
mice — мышь
rat — крыса
whale — кит
monkey — обезьяна
QUESTIONS
1. How would you answer the question: what is an animal?
2. Do people in your country keep pets?
3. What are the most common?
4. What unusual pets do some people keep?
5. What dangerous animals do you have in your country?
6. Some people think it is wrong to keep animals in zoos. Do you agree?
МИР животных
Что такое животное? Для многих людей животное — это то, у чего есть
четыре ноги, голова впереди и хвост сзади. В действительности есть много раз-
личных видов животных. Некоторые настолько малы, что их нельзя разглядеть,
У некоторых нет ни головы, ни рта, ни йог. Некоторые живут в море. 11скоторыо
могут летать. Они могут быть тысячи различных форм, размеров и цветов.
Вот страница из учебника биологии, где показано, какими разными могут
быть животные.
Насекомые. Одна из самых больших групп животных - это группа насе-
комых. Эти животные имеют шесть ног, а их тела состоят из трех частей. Мно-
гие насекомые доставляют людям проблемы. Некоторые приносят болезни.
Другие --- являются проблемой, потому что они поедают то, что выращивают
фермеры. Но есть насекомые, такие как пчелы и бабочки, в которых мы нуж-
даемся, потому что они помогают цвет ам и плодам расти.
Птицы. 11одобно многим насекомым, птицы имеют крылья и могут летать.
Нетъ много различных видов птиц. Некоторые едят рыбу и счаст ливы, что живут
около рек или моря. Другие любят жить в городе и сельской местности в стаях,
состоящих из многих сотен особей, и питаться, главным образом, насекомыми;
а есть птицы, которые любят жить в одиночестве высоко в горах. Эти птицы,
такие как горный орел, едят мясо сильными острыми клювами. У них также
есть ост рые когти на лапах, которые являются совершенным инструмен том для
охоты и убийства.
Рыбы и рептилии. Рыбы и рептилии — холоднокровные животные. Рыбы
живут в море, а рептилии обычно живут на земле. Рептилии, вероятно, — на-
именее популярные животные. В эту группу входят длинные тонкие змеи, ко-
торых боятся многие люди. Однако некоторые люди держат змей в своих домах
как домашних животных!
Млекопитающие. Подобно птицам, млекопитающие теплокровные жи-
вотные и так же. как и все пт ицы имеют перья, всс млекопитающие имеют во-
лосы на теле. Иногда волосы едва заметны. Иногда волосы очень густые, и тог-
да это называется мехом. Есть несколько различных групп млекопитающих.
Есть группа кошачьих, в которую входят львы и т игры; ест ь группа животных
с большими передними зубами, в которую входят мыши и крысы; есть морс-
кис млекопитающие, в группу которых входят киты, самые большие животные
в мире. Затем есть животные, у которых две руки и которые могут ходить на
двух ногах, такие как обезьяны и, конечно, люди.
Without plants, people could not live. We eat plants. We breathe the
oxygen that plants produce. And we need plants for another, very different
reason: we need them for their beauty.
Imagine a world with no plants. Imagine no flowers with their sweet
smells, their beautiful colours and their lovely shapes. Imagine, when the
wind blows, not being able to hear the leaves in the trees or watch the
branches swing from side to side. Imagine not being able to see the buds
on the trees open and turn to colourful blossom.
Everywhere people need the beauty of plants. That is why even in big
modern cities, we have parks full of trees, bushes, and flowers. That is why
architects always try to design houses with room for some grass and a gar-
den. That is why in every city apartment you are sure to find some green
houseplants growing in pots, or freshly cut flowers in a vase of water.
Do you talk to your plants? Do you give them love and attention? Ac-
cording to Peter Tompkins and Christopher Bird, authors of a book called
"The Secret Life of Plants", you should talk to them and give them love.
Tompkins and Bird describe an experiment in which two seeds were
planted in different places. While the plants were growing, one plant was
given love and positive ideas. The other plant was given only negative ideas.
After six months, the loved plant was bigger. Under the earth, it had more
and longer roots; above the earth, it had a thicker stem and more leaves.
So be careful when you are talking in front of your plants. They may be
listening to you!
VOCABULARY
plant — растение
flower — цветок
leaf (mh. leaves) — лист, листва
tree — дерево
branch — ветвь, ветка
bud — почка
blossom — цветение
bush — кустарник
grass — трава
seed — семя
root — корень
stem — стебель
QUESTIONS
1. What are plants?
2. Why do we need plants?
3. Can you imagine a world with no plants?
4. Do you talk to your plants? What do you think of this idea?
5. When do people give each other flowers?
МИР РАСТЕНИЙ
ENERGY SOURCES
Coal. It was coal that produced the energy to run the factories of the first'
big industrial countries, such as Britain and Germany. Coalminers worked
long hard hours in cold dark coalmines to bring this black rock above
ground. They called it black gold.
Oil and gas. Texas, Saudia Arabia, Kuwait, and Venezuela: these are only
a few of the places where oil has been found. Today, big oil companies still
spend millions of dollars looking for oil, and when they find it, a new oil
well is started and the company makes even more millions. Sometimes they
don't find oil underneath the earth. They find gas. But gas, too, can be used
for energy. It is a good energy source for heating and cooking.
Nuclear or atomic energy. It is incredible to think that from the nucleus
of the atom — one of the smallest things in the world — can come enormous
amounts of energy. This energy, which is called nuclear or atomic energy,
can either be controlled in nuclear power stations to create electricity for
millions of homes, or it can be used in war to destroy millions of homes.
Hydroelectric power. Water from fast-running rivers is another source
of energy. By building large dams to control the water, millions of kilowatts
of power can be produced. Countries like Sweden and Norway get most of
their electricity from hydroelectric power.
Solar and wind energy. In the future much of our energy may come from
the sun. In some countries, solar collectors on the roof can already create
enough solar power to heat and provide electricity for a house in both winter
and summer. One day we may also see small windmills on every roof. Even
a small wind can provide enough power to run lights and most electrical
machines in the home.
VOCABULARY
coal — уголь
energy — энергия
coalmines — шахты
oil — нефть
gas — газ
oil well — нефтяная скважина
nuclear — ядерный
atomic — атомный
nuclear power stations — атомные электростанции
hydroelectric power — гидроэлектроэнергия
dam — плотина
solar — солнечный
wind — ветер
collector — коллектор
power — энергия
windmill — ветроэнергетическая установка
QUESTIONS
1. What energy sources do you know?
2. What sources of energy are used in your country?
3. Are you against nuclear power? Why?
4. Can you think of some ways of saving energy?
5. What are the advantages and disadvantages of using of each source of
energy?
• H
ИСТОЧНИКИ ЭНЕРГИИ
Уголь. Именно уголь давал энергию для работы фабрик первых больших
индустриальных стран, таких, как Британия и Германия. Шахтеры работали на
протяжении долгих тяжелых часов в холодных темных шахтах, чтобы добыть
этот черный камень. Они называли его черным золотом.
Нефть и газ. Штат Техас, Саудовская Аравия, Кувейт и Венесуэла — это
только несколько мест, где была найдена нефть. Сегодня, большие нефтяные
компании продолжают тратить миллионы долларов на поиски нефти, и когда
они находят ее. бурят новую нефтяную скважину, и компания зарабатывает
еще большее количество миллионов. Иногда они не находят нефть под землей.
Они находят газ. Но газ также может использоваться для получения шергии.
Это хороший источник энергии для обогрева и приготовления пищи.
Ядерная или атомная энергия. Невероятно, что из ядра атома — одной из
мельчайших частиц в мире — может выходить огромное количество энергии.
Этой энергией, которая называется ядерной или атомной, можно управлять на
атомных электростанциях, чтобы выработать электричество для миллионов
домов, но она может быть также использована и в войне для уничтожения мил-
лионов домов.
Гидроэлектроэнергия. Вода быстротекущих рек еще один источник
энергии. Путем строительства крупных плотин для управления водой можно
выработат ь миллионы киловатт энергии. Такие страны, как Швеция и Норвегия,
получают большую часть электричества от гидроэлектростанций.
Солнечная энергия и энергия ветра. В будущем большая часть нашей энер-
гии может быть получена от солнца. В некоторых странах солнечные коллекто-
ры на крыше дома могут уже сейчас полностью обеспечит ь этот дом солнечной
энергией для обогрева и получения электричества как зимой, так и летом. Од-
нажды мы сможем увидеть также маленькие ветроэнергетические установ-
ки на каждой крыше. Даже небольшой ветер сможет обеспечить достаточно
энергии для освещения и работы большинства электрических приборов в доме.
TRAVELLING AND HOTELS
TRAVELLING
WORDS AT SEA
303
Some words connected with travel
Last week he flew to New York. It was an early-morning flight. The plane
was to take off at 6 a.m. and land at 7 a.m. local time. He was stranded at
the airport overnight. The plane was delayed by fog. Air passengers often
suffer such delays.
Trains always run on time here. You have to change trains at Crewe.
We are sailing on the QE2. It sets sail at noon. It will dock in New York
at 6 p.m. and we shall disembark as soon as we can.
The ship was wrecked. The passengers were marooned on a desert is-
land.
Our car does 10 km to the litre. It goes quite fast. We can usually over-
take other cars.
The car swerved into the middle of the road to avoid the cyclist.
He backed the car into the drive and parked in front of the house.
Vehicles
Vehicle is the general word for all types of road transport.
A: How did you get here?
В: I came by bus.
A: And the others?
B: Sue and John came by car.
A: And Paul?
B: He missed the bus, so he had to take a taxi.
get on/off get on/off get on'oiY get in/out get on off get in/out
Railway stations
You may hear these announcements.
The train now arriving at platform is the 8.48 to London Paddington,
calling at Swindon and Reading. Passengers for Didcot change (= change
trains) at Swindon. We apologise to passengers for the late arrival of the
8.52 to Oxford. This train will now arrive at platform 6 in approximately
20 minutes. The next train due to (= timetabled to) arrive at platform 4 is the
9.06 to Birmingham.
Buses
Sometimes buses are not very punctual (= they don't arrive at the cor-
rect time). Where 1 live buses should run (= come) every ten minutes, but
sometimes I wait at the bus stop for half an hour with a long queue (Am.
Eng. = line) of people, and then three buses come together, and they're all
full up (= full of people, and no more people can get on). On other occasions
the bus is early and I miss it (= I don't catch it. NOT I lost the bus.).
VOCABULARY
vehicle ['vi:kl] — транспортное средство
estate car — (легковой) автомобиль с кузовом «универсал»
coach — одноэтажный автобус (часто междугородного сообщения)
van — фургон
boot — багажник; багажное отделение
gear [gia] — передача
steering-wheel — руль
brake — тормоз
tyre — шина; покрышка
freight train [freit] — товарный поезд
sleeping-car — спальный вагон
compartment — купе
porter — носильщик; грузчик
signal-box — сигнальная будка
yacht [jot] — яхта
rowing-boat — гребная шлюпка
gangplank — сходня, трап
companionway — лестница, соединяющая палубы
purser — казначей, эконом ( на корабле )
docker — докер, портовый рабочий
buoy |boi] — буй, бакен, буек
quay [ki:j — причал, набережная
light-house — маяк
jet — реактивный самолет
supersonic — сверхзвуковой, ультразвуковой
cockpit — кабина (в самолете)
joystick — рычаг управления
departure [di'pcuja] lounge [launcft] — зал ожидания (в аэропорту) для
отъезжающих
305
bunk — койка
galley — камбуз
starboard — правый борт (корабля)
port — левый борт (корабля или самолета)
to strand — высадить
fare [fes] — стоимость проезда, тариф, плата за проезд
announcement [ s ' n a u n s m s n t ] — объявление, сообщение
EXERCISES
1. Cross out the incorrect word iii these sentences.
1. You mustn't ride/drive a motorbike without a crash helmet.
2. She told him to get in/get on the car and fasten his seat belt.
3. Bus fares/tickets are getting more expensive.
4. Trains to the airport travel/run every half hour.
5. The pilot couldn't drive/fly the plane in such bad weather.
6. Have a look at the train schedule/timetable to find out when the next one
arrives.
7. We were late, so we had to take/catch a taxi.
8. 1 left my house a bit late and I lost/missed the bus.
2. Write down two different words that can combine with each of the
words below.
Example: miss the bus
the train
1. 4.
fare driver
2. 5.
get on get in
3. 6.
station journey
TRAVELLING
Millions of people all over the world spend their holidays travelling.
They travel to see other countries and continents, modern cities and the ru-
ins of ancient towns, they travel to enjoy picturesque places, or just for a
change of scene. It is always interesting to discover new things, different
ways of life, to meet different people, to try different food, to listen to dif-
ferent musical rhythms.
Those who live in the country like to go to a big city and spend their
time visiting museums and art galleries, looking at shop windows and din-
ing at exotic restaurants. City-dwellers usually like a quiet holiday by the
sea or in the mountains, with nothing to do but walk and bathe and laze in
the sun.
Most travellers and holiday-makers take a camera with them and take
pictures of everything that interests them — the sights of a city, old church-
es and castles, views of mountains, lakes, valleys, plains, waterfalls, for-
ests, different kinds of trees, flowers and plants, animals and birds.
Later, perhaps years later, the photos will remind them of the happy time
they once had.
People travel by train, by plane, by boat, and by car. All ways of travel-
ling have their advantages and disadvantages. And people choose one ac-
cording to their plans and destinations.
If we are fond of travelling, we see and learn a lot of things that we can
never see or learn at home, though we may read about them in books and
newspapers and see pictures of them on TV. The best way to study geogra-
phy is to travel, and the best way to get to know and understand people is to
meet them in their own homes.
VOCABULARY
ruins — руины, развалины
ancient [ ' e m j b n t ] —древний
picturesque [,piktJVresk] —живописный
change of scene — перемена обстановки
to discover [dis'kAva] — открывать, обнаруживать
art gallery — художественная галерея
exotic — экзотический
city-dweller — горожанин
holiday-maker — отдыхающий, отпускник
to take pictures o f — фотографировать
sight — вид
church — церковь
castle ['ka:sl] — замок
view [vju:] — вид
valley — долина
plain — равнина
waterfall — водопад
to remind — напоминать
advantage [ad'vamticfe] — преимущество
disadvantage [,disad'va:ntid5j — недостаток
destination — место назначения, цель путешествия
QUESTIONS
/. Are you fond of travelling?
2. Men have travelled ever since they first appeared on earth. Why do peo-
ple travel?
3. Why do people lake a camera with them? What do they usually photo-
graph?
4. What do ire see and learn while travelling?
5. How do different people spend their holidays?
6. What ways of travelling do you know? What are their advantages and
disadvantages'?
7. What places have you visited?
H. Have you ever taken a holiday cruise along the Black Sea coast or down
the Volga?
9. Some people prefer to travel on their own and hate travelling in a group.
What about you'?
10. What countries would you like to visit ?
ПУТЕШЕСТВИЯ
М и л л и о н ы л ю д е й во всем м и р е п р о в о д я т свой о т п у с к в п у т е ш е с т в и я х . О н и
п у т е ш е с т в у ю т , ч т о б ы увидет ь д р у г и е с т р а н ы и к о н т и н е н т ы , с о в р е м е н н ы е горо-
да и руины древних i ородов; они путешествуют, чтобы насладиться живопис-
н ы м и местами или просто, чтобы переменить обстановку. Всегда интересно
открыват ь новое, знакомиться с разным образом жизни, встречаться с разными
л ю д ь м и , п р о б о в а т ь р а з н у ю пищу, с л у ш а т ь р а з л и ч н ы е м у з ы к а л ь н ы е р и т м ы .
Тс, кто ж и в е т в с е л ь с к о й м е с т н о с т и , л ю б я т е з д и т ь в б о л ь ш о й г о р о д и п р о -
водить время, посещая музеи и художественные галереи, разглядывая витри-
ны м а г а з и н о в и о б е д а я в э к з о т и ч е с к и х р е с т о р а н а х . Г о р о д с к и е ж и т е л и о б ы ч н о
л ю б я т с п о к о й н ы й о т п у с к у м о р я или в г о р а х , где н и ч е г о не н у ж н о д е л а т ь , к р о м е
как гулять, к у п а т ь с я и л и л е н и в о л е ж а т ь п о д с о л н ц е м .
Большинство путешественников и отдыхающих берут с собой фотоаппа-
рат и снимают все, что их интересует, — достопримечательности города, ста-
рые церкви и замки, горы, озера, долины, равнины, водопады, леса, разные
деревья, цветы и растения, животных и птиц.
П о з ж е , в о з м о ж н о , с п у с т я годы, эти ф о т о г р а ф и и н а п о м н я т им о п р о в е д е н -
ном счастливом времени.
Л ю д и п у т е ш е с т в у ю т п о е з д о м , с а м о л е т о м , на корабле и на м а ш и н е . В с е видь,
путешествий имеют свои преимущества и недостатки. И люди выбирают один
из них в с о о т в е т с т в и и со с в о и м и п л а н а м и и м е с т о м н а з н а ч е н и я .
Если м ы л ю б и м п у т е ш е с т в о в а т ь , м ы в и д и м и узнаем о м н о г и х в е щ а х , о кото-
рых никогда не у з н а е м дома, хотя м ы м о ж е м прочи тать о них в к н и г а х и г а з е т а х
и у в и д е т ь по т е л е в и д е н и ю . Л у ч ш и й с п о с о б изучить г е о г р а ф и ю — это п у т е ш е с т в о -
вать, а л у ч ш и й с п о с о б узнать и п о н я т ь л ю д е й — познакомиться с н и м и у них д о м а .
A GUIDE ТО GOOD MANNERS,
OR HOW NOT TO BEHAVE BADLY ABROAD
Travelling to all corners of the world gets easier and easier. We live
in a global village, but how well do we know and understand each other?
Here is a simple test. Imagine you have arranged a meeting at four o'clock.
What time should you expect your foreign business colleagues to arrive? If
they're German, they'll be bang on time. If they're American, they'll prob-
ably be 15 minutes early. If they're British, they'll be 15 minutes late, and
you should allow up to an hour for the Italians.
When the European Economic Community began to increase, several
guidebooks appeared giving advice on international etiquette. At first many
people thought this was a joke, especially the British, who seemed to as-
sume that the widespread understanding of their language meant a corre-
sponding understanding of English customs. Very soon they had to change
their ideas, as they realized that they had a lot to learn about how to behave
with their foreign business partners.
For example:
The British are happy to discuss business matters with a drink during
the meal; the Japanese prefer not to work while eating. Lunch is a time to
relax and get to know one another, and they rarely drink at lunchtime.
The Germans like to talk business before dinner; the French like to eat
first and talk afterwards. They have to be well fed and watered before they
discuss anything.
Taking off your jacket and rolling up your sleeves is a sign of getting
down to work in Britain and Holland, but in Germany people regard it as
taking it easy.
American executives sometimes signal their feelings of ease and im-
portance in their offices by putting their feet on the desk whilst on the tel-
ephone. In Japan people would be shocked. Showing the soles of your feet
is the height of bad manners. It is a social insult only exceeded by blowing
your nose in public.
The Japanese have perhaps the strictest rules of social and business be-
haviour. Seniority is very important, and a younger man should never be
sent to complete a business deal with an older Japanese man. The Japanese
business card almost needs a rulebook of its own. You must exchange busi-
ness cards immediately on meeting because it is essential to establish eve-
ryone's status and position. When the business card is handed to a person
in a superior position, it must be given and received with both hands, and
you must take time to read it carefully and not just put it in your pocket!
Also the bow is a very important part of greeting someone. You should not
expect the Japanese to shake hands with you. Bowing the head is a mark of
309
respect, and the first bow of the day should be lower than when you meet
thereafter.
The Americans sometimes find it difficult to accept the more formal
Japanese manners. They prefer to be casual and more informal, as illus-
trated by the universal "Have a nice day!"
The British, of course, are cool and reserved. The great topic of con-
versation between strangers in Britain is the weather — unemotional and
impersonal. In America the main topic between strangers is the search to
find a geographical link. "Oh, really? You live in Ohio? I had an uncle who
once worked there."
"When in Rome, do as the Romans do." Here are some final tips for
travellers.
• In France you shouldn't sit down in a cafe until you've shaken hands
with everyone you know.
• In Afghanistan you should spend at least five minutes saying hello.
• In Pakistan you mustn't wink. It is offensive.
• In the Middle East you must never use the left hand for greeting, eat-
ing, drinking, or smoking. Also, you should take care not to admire any-
thing in your hosts' home. They will feel that they have to give it to you.
• In Russia you must match your hosts drink for drink or they will think
you are unfriendly.
• In Thailand you should clasp your hands together and lower your head
when you greet someone.
• In America you should eat your hamburger with both hands and as
quickly as possible. You shouldn't try to have a conversation until it is
eaten.
VOCABULARY
to be bang on time — прибыть как раз вовремя
widespread — широко распространненый
custom — обычай
take it easy — не торопитесь, не спешите, относитесь спокойно, не
принимайте близко к сердцу
executive — руководитель, администратор фирмы
feeling of ease — чувство непринужденности
to exceed — превышать, выходить за пределы
casual — небрежный
cool — хладнокровный, невозмутимый
tip — совет
to clasp — сложить
РУКОВОДСТВО ПО ХОРОШИМ МАНЕРАМ,
ИЛИ КАК НЕ ВЕСТИ С Е Б Я ПЛОХО З А ГРАНИЦЕЙ
TRAVELLING BY AIR
I knew it was going to be a bad day when, on the way to the airport, the
taxi driver told me he was lost.
I had booked my flight over the telephone, so when we finally arrived,
1 had to rush to the reservations desk to pay for my ticket. The woman at
the desk told me that my name was not on the passenger list. It took fifteen
minutes for her to realise that she had spelled my name incorrectly. She gave
me my ticket and told me I ' d better check in my luggage quickly or I ' d miss
my flight.
I was the last person to get on the plane.
I found my seat and discovered that I was sitting next to a four-year-old
boy who had a cold. I sat down and wondered i f anything else could go
wrong.
I hate flying, especially take-off, but the plane took off and everything
seemed to be all right. Then, a few minutes later, there was a funny noise
and everything started to shake. I looked out of the window and-oh my God-
there was smoke coming out o f the wing. A l l I could think was, "The engine
is on fire. We're going to crash. I ' m too young to die".
Almost immediately, the captain spoke to us in a very calm voice, " L a -
dies and gentlemen. This is your captain speaking. We are having a slight
technical problem w i t h one o f our engines. There is absolutely no need to
panic. We w i l l have to return to the airport. Please remain seated and keep
your seat belts fastened."
Well you can imagine how frightened I was, but the c r e w was fantastic.
The flight a t t e n d a n t s were really calm and told us not to worry. One o f them
told me to relax and said that everything w o u l d be all right.
A few minutes later, we were coming in to land. The pilot made a per-
fect landing on the r u n w a y . It was over. We were safe.
That day, I decided not to fly again. I caught another taxi and went home.
But as I closed the front door, I looked down at m y case. Somehow I had
picked up the wrong suitcase.
VOCABULARY
to book the flight — заказывать билеты на рейс
reservations desk — стол резервирования
ticket — билет
passenger list — список пассажиров
to check i n — регистрироваться
luggage — багаж
miss the flight — опаздать на рейс
to get on the p l a n e — входить в самолет
take-off — взлет
to fasten seat belts — пристегивать привязные ремни
crew [ k r u : ] — экипаж
to land — приземляться
pilot — летчик, пилот
runway — взлетно-посадочная полоса
suitcase — чемодан
EXERCISES
1. Complete the words or phrases below using the words from the box.
Ёшшаий
2. What do you call:
1. The place where you go when you arrive at the airport w i t h your lug-
gage?
2. The card they give you w i t h the seat number on it?
3. The money you have to pay i f you luggage is very heavy?
4. The place where you sit and have a drink when you are waiting for you
flight to be called?
5. The bags you carry onto the plane w i t h you?
6. The place above your head where you can put your hand luggage?
7. The part o f the aiiport where the plane accelerates and takes off?
8. The people who look after you on the plane?
9. The part o f the airport you walk through when you arrive or depart?
10. The place you collect your luggage after you land?
ПУТЕШЕСТВИЕ САМОЛЕТОМ
Я чувствовал, что это будет плохой день. По дороге в аэропорт таксист ска-
зал мне, что он заблудился. Я заказал билет заранее по телефону, и, когда мы
приехали, мне нужно было быстро оплатить его в предварительной кассе. Жен-
щина за стойкой сказала, что моего имени нет в списке пассажиров. Мне по-
надобилось пятнадцать минут, чтобы выяснить, что она неправильно написала
мое имя. Она дала мне билет и сказала, что мне лучше поторопиться с провер-
кой баг ажа, иначе я рискую опоздать на самолет.
Я зашел в самолет последним.
Я нашел свое место и обнаружил, что буду сидеть напротив четырехлетнего
ребенка, который был болен. Я сел размышляя о том, что еще могло пойти не так.
Я не люблю летать, особенно не выношу взлет, однако самолет оторвался от
земли, и, казалось, все шло нормально. Затем, через несколько минут, раздался
забавный звук, и все стало трястись. Я посмотрел в иллюминатор, и, о ужас,
от крыла шел дым. Все, о чем я мог тогда думать: «Двигатель горит. Мы разо-
бьемся. Я умру».
Почти сразу же капитан спокойным голосом сказал: «Леди и джентльмены!
Говорит капитан. У нас возникли небольшие технические неполадки с одним
из двигателей. Сохраняйте спокойствие. Нам придется вернуться в аэропорт.
Пристегните ремни безопасности и оставайтесь на местах».
Можете представить себе, как я был напуган, однако команда оказалась
просто отличной. Стюардессы были действительно спокойны и попросили нас
не беспокоиться.
Через несколько минут самолет уже шел на посадку. Пилот отлично посадил
самолет, все было уже позади. Мы были в безопасности.
В тот день я решил, что больше никогда не буду летать. Я поймал такси
и приехал домой. Но когда я закрыл дверь и посмотрел на свой чемодан, я уви-
дел, что взял чужой чемодан.
PUBLIC TRANSPORT
VOCABULARY
to depend on — зависеть от
landscape — ландшафт, пейзаж, панорама, вид
to wander [ ' w o n d a ] — бродить, прохаживаться, прогуливаться
advantage [ a d ' v a m t i d j ] — преимущество
disadvantage ^ d i s a d ' v c K n t i d g ] — препятствие, затруднение, неблаго-
приятное условие, помеха
to be in a hurry — торопиться
to take advantage — воспользоваться преимуществом
reliable [ r i ' l a i s b l ] — надежный; верный, испытанный
to interfere — служить препятствием, мешать, быть помехой, повлиять
(на исход чего-л.)
fare [fea] — стоимость проезда, тариф, плата за проезд
traffic j a m — «пробка», затор (в уличном движении)
bear in m i n d — помнить, принимать во внимание
QUESTIONS
1. What is the best way to travel along the city? Why?
2. What arc the disadvantages of foot walks'?
3. How should yon travel if you are short of time and you are in a hurry?
4. What means of transport do you like best of all'? Why'?
5. What are the advantages of travelling by underground?
6. How should you go if you want to reach the place of destination in a
short period of time?
ОБЩЕСТВЕННЫЙ ТРАНСПОРТ
HOTELS
Types of hotel
Hotels in Britain are graded with stars from one-star to five-star (five-
star hotels are the best and most expensive). You can also stay in a Bed &
B r e a k f a s t ( B & B ) (also called G u e s t H o u s e s ) where you pay for a bedroom,
possibly an ensuite (= room w i t h private bathroom) and breakfast.
Types of hotel accommodation
a single room: for one person w i t h a single bed
a d o u b l e room: for two people w i t h one large double bed
a twin room: for two people w i t h two single beds
full board: includes breakfast, lunch and dinner
half board: includes breakfast and dinner
B & B : just the room and breakfast
A visit to a hotel
We stayed in the Carlton Hotel for three nights in July, but 1 b o o k e d
(= reserved) our room three months in a d v a n c e (= before; in other words,
in A p r i l because it was the middle o f the tourist season). When we arrived
we c h e c k e d in at reception, then the porter carried our suitcases up to our
room. I gave h i m a small tip (n, v) — about 50p, I think. The staff were very
friendly — we had a very nice c h a m b e r m a i d (= the woman who cleans the
room) — and the room was very comfortable. The only problem we had, in
fact, was w i t h the shower which didn't w o r k (= function) very well. (You
could also say "There was s o m e t h i n g w r o n g w i t h the shower".)
USEFUL W O R D S AND E X P R E S S I O N S
VOCABULARY
t w i n — двойной; сдвоенный, спаренный; состоящий из двух однород-
ных частей
f u l l board — полный пансион
half board [ ' h a : f b o : d ] — полупансион
to book = to reserve — бронировать места
to check in — р е г и с т р и р о в а т ь с я ) , записывать(ся)
tip (n, v) — чаевые, деньги «на чай»; давать «на чай» '
chambermaid [ ' t J e i m b a m e i d ] — горничная в гостинице
EXERCISES
1. Put these sentences in a logical order. Then retell the text.
1. 1 paid my bill.
2. I checked in at reception.
3. I left the hotel.
4. I went up to my room.
5. I spent the night in the hotel.
6. I had an early morning call at seven o'clock.
7. I booked a room at the hotel.
8. I went out for dinner in a local restaurant.
9. I arrived at the hotel.
10.1 got up and had a shower.
11.1 had breakfast.
12.1 tipped the porter who carried my luggage upstairs.
2. You are staying in quite a good hotel (e.g. two-star or three-star) in
your country. Would you expect to have the following?
1. a room without a private bathroom
2. a hairdryer in the bathroom
3. a colour television in the room
4. a telephone in the room
5. writing paper in the room
6. a machine for making tea and coffee in the room
7. an electric trouser press (= a machine which presses/irons your trousers
for you) in the room
8. air conditioning in the room
ГОСТИНИЦЫ
Типы гостиниц
Гостиницы в Британии классифицируются по звездам: от гостиниц с одной
звездой до гостиниц с пятью звездами (гостиницы с пятью звездами — луч-
шие и самые дорогие). Вы можете также остановится в гостинице, в которой
проживающий платит за номер на ночь и за завтрак на следующее утро (В&В)
(также называется Gnest Houses), где Вы оплачиваете номер, возможно, ensuite
(= комнату с ванной) и завтрак.
Виды условий проживания в гостинице
Одноместный номер: для одного человека с отдельной кроватью
Номер на двоих: для двух людей с одной большой двойной кроватью
Спаренный номер: для двух людей с двумя отдельными кроватями
Полное питание: включает завтрак, обед и ужин
Частичное питание: включает завтрак и ужин
В&В: только номер и завтрак
Посещение гостиницы
Мы остановились в гостинице Карлтон на три ночи в июле, но я заказывал
(бронировал) наш номер за три месяца (= заранее; другими словами, в апре-
ле, потому что это была середина туристского сезона). Когда мы приехали, мы
зарегистрировались у администратора, затем швейцар отнес наши чемоданы
в наш номер. Я дал ему небольшие чаевые — думаю, приблизительно 50 пен-
сов. Служебный персонал был очень дружелюбный, у нас была очень хорошая
горничная (= женщина, которая убирает номер) — и номер был очень удобный.
Единственная проблема, которая у нас была на самом деле, — это то, что душ
работал плохо.
FEELINGS AND EMOTIONS
TOPICAL VOCABULARY
POSITIVE FEELINGS
admiration — восхищение, восторг
enthusiasm — восторг, энтузиазм
excitement — возбуждение, волнение
elation — восторг, энтузиазм
j o y — радость
love — любовь
pride — гордость
zest — энергия, живость
NEGATIVE FEELINGS
anger — гнев, раздражение
annoyance — раздражение
irritation — раздражение, гнев
anxiety [ s i j ' z a i a t i ] — тревога
despair — отчаяние, безисходность
humiliation — унижение
embarrassment — смущение
tension — напряжение
envy [ ' e n v i ] — зависть
hate — ненависть
jealousy [ ' d 3 e b s i ] — р е в н о с т ь
fear — страх
shame — стыд . ,•
guilt [gilt] — с вина
rage — ярость, гнев
terror — страх, ужас
EMOTIONAL CONDITCIONS
to feel good — чувствовать хорошо
to feel fine — чувствовать прекрасно
to feel great — чувствовать великолепно
to feel pride and j o y — чувствовать гордость и радость
to be bright and happy — быть веселым
to be in a good mood — быть в хорошем настроении
to feel bad — чувствовать плохо
to feel uneasy/anxious ['asqkjssj/lonely/scared/miserable — чувствовать
беспокойство/одиночество/страх/себя несчастным
to feel guilty — чувствовать вину
to feel put upon — чувствовать себя обманутым
to be upset — огорчаться
to be tense and j u m p y — быть нервным, раздражительным
to be furious [ f j u a r i a s ] — быть в ярости
to be in a bad temper — быть в плохом настроении
DISPLAY OF EMOTIONS
to express/to hide/to disguise [ d i s ' g a i z ] to control/to reveal [ r i ' v i : l ] to re-
lieve one's feelings — выражать/прятать/скрывать/контролировать,
проявлять чувства
to get angry at — сердиться на
to cope w i t h one's feelings — справиться, совладать с чувствами
an outlet for one's emotions — выпускать чувства
to let o f f steam — - давать выход чувствам
to burst out laughing/crying — рассмеяться/расплакаться
to behave calmly and coolly — вести себя спокойно и невозмутимо
to take one's irritation out on somebody — вылить раздражение на кого-то
to scream and yell [jel] at somebody — кричать и вопить на кого-то
to lose one's temper — выйти из себя
to fly into a rage — впадать в гнев
Sally Jones is fifteen years old and she has never been in love. She likes
boys. She goes out w i t h them and sometimes she even kisses them. There
are several boys she is f o n d of, and there are several boys who care a b o u t
her. But she has never felt true love for anyone. And, oh, how she wants to
adore someone and be adored, the way it is in the movies. She is very wor-
ried. Maybe, she thinks, there is something wrong w i t h her. Maybe she w i l l
never fall in love. Maybe, and this is the worst possibility o f all, there is no
such thing as true love.
Her friend, Darsy, is very different. She is always falling in and out o f
love and goes out w i t h a different boy each week. Last week she was m a d l y ,
p a s s i o n a t e l y in love with M i c k y . This week she has decided to stop seeing
M i c k y and is d a t i n g Jim, who she is crazy about.
Next week she probably w o n ' t be interested in Jim any more, but w i l l be
going out w i t h Dave. She fancies Dave and is attracted by h i m very much.
VOCABULARY
to be in love (with) — быть влюбленным (в)
to go out (with) — выходить в свет, встречаться (с)
to kiss — целовать(ся)
to be fond o f smb. — любить, увлекаться, интересоваться кем-л.
321
to care about smb. — ухаживать за кем-л.
to adore [a'do:] — обожать
to fall in love — влюбиться
to fall out of love — разлюбить
passionately paejsnitli] — с т р а с т н о , безумно
to be madly in love with smb. — страстно влюбиться
to date smb. — назначать свидания
to be crazy about smb. — сходить с ума по к.-л.
to fancy — нравиться, любить
to attract — привлекать
Dolores Valentine knows all about love. She is sixty-five years old and
has been married six times. The first time she was a bride, her wedding
day was on her seventeenth birthday. The last time she got married, she was
sixty-two. Her bridegroom that day was seventy-five and he died two weeks
later.
Dolores Valentine has been married six times, but the remarkable thing is
that she has never been divorced. All six of her husbands died while they
were married to her. Six times she has been a loving wife and six times she
has been left a widow.
Now she is engaged again and is going to be married in six weeks' time.
But this time she is going to marry a man much younger than herself. Her
fiance is a thirty- nine-year-old farmer — strong and healthy. This time D o -
lores feels pretty sure that she is going to be the one to die first and leave her
husband a w i d o w e r . But Dolores isn't worried. U n t i l then, she is going to
have a good time and enjoy life, because Dolores knows that you are only
as old as y o u feel.
VOCABULARY
to be married — состоять в браке
bride — невеста
wedding — свадьба
bridegroom — жених
to be divorced — быть в разводе
husband — муж
w i f e — жена
w i d o w — вдова
to be engaged — быть обрученным
fiance — жених
widower — вдовец
QUESTIONS
1. What do you think is the best age to get married?
2. At what age do people usually get married in your country?
3. Do you think it is better to marry someone older or younger than your-
self? Why?
divorced?
4. In your country, who usually keeps the children if parents get
TASKS
R e a d these q u o t a t i o n s a n d e x p r e s s y o u r opinion.
• " W h a t greater thing is there for t w o human souls that to feel than they are
joined... to strengthen each other... to be at one w i t h each other in silent
unspeakable memories." George Eliot
• " I n the arithmetic o f love, one plus one equals everything, and two minus
one equals nothing." Mignon McLaughlin
• "For one human being to love another that is perhaps the most difficult
o f our tasks; the ultimate, the last test and proof; the w o r k for w h i c h all
other w o r k is but preparation." Rainer Maria Rilke
• "There is more hunger for love and appreciation in this world than for
bread." Mother Teresa
• " L o v e does not consist in gazing at each other but in looking together i n
the same direction." Antoine de Saint-Exupery
• " W e are all born for love... it is the principle existence and it's only end."
Disraeli
• "To fear love is to fear life, and those who fear life are already three parts
dead." Bertrand Russell, Earl Russell
• "Love is the irresistible desire to be irresistibly desired." Mark Twain
• "Love is a canvas furnished by nature and embroidered by imagination."
Voltaire
• "Love is composed of a single soul inhabiting two bodies." Aristotle
В Н У Т Р Е Н Н И Й МИР: Б Р А К
Долорес Валентайн знает о любви всс. Ей шестьдесят пять лет, и она была
замужем шесть раз. Впервые, когда она была невестой, сс свадьба состоялась
на сс семнадцатый день рождения. Последний раз, когда она выходила замуж,
ей было шестьдесят два года. Ее жениху в этот день было семьдесят пять лет,
и он умер двумя неделями позже.
Долорес Валентайн была замужем шесть раз. но примечательно то, что она
никогда не разводилась. Всс сс шесть мужей умерли, будучи женатыми на ней.
Шесть раз она была любящей женой, и шесть раз ее оставляли вдовой.
Теперь она обручена снова и собирается выйти замуж через шесть недель.
Но на этот раз она собирается выйти замуж за человека намного моложе ее. Ее
жених — гридцатидевятилетний фермер сильный и здоровый. На этот раз
Долорес совершенно уверена, что ггменно она умрет первой и оставит своего
мужа вдовцом. Но Долорес не беспокоится. До того как это случится, она со-
бирается хорошо проводить время и наслаждаться жизнью, потому что Долорес
знает, что вам столько лет, на сколько вы себя чувствуете.
VOCABULARY
to be in a good mood — быть в хорошем настроении
to be miserable — быть несчастным
to look depressed — выглядеть угнетенным
to feel sad — грустить
to look unhappy — выглядеть несчастным
to look so upset — выглядеть таким расстроенным
cheerful — веселый
to look pleased w i t h life — выглядеть довольным жизнью
to look happy — выглядеть счастливым
to be delighted — радоваться, восхищаться
QUESTIONS
1. Why was Mrs Toogood in such a good mood?
2. Why did Mr Simms finally smile?
3. What puts you in good mood?
4. What makes you cry?
5. What makes people laugh? Can you tell a joke in English?
6. Do you feel sometimes depressed?
7. What do you do to make yourself feel better?
ВНУТРЕННИЙ МИР: СЧАСТЬЕ И ПЕЧАЛЬ
" A r e you a man or a mouse?" When people ask this question they want
to know i f you think you are a b r a v e person or a c o w a r d . But y o u w i l l never
really k n o w the answer to that question until y o u are tested in real life. Some
people think they are brave, but when they come face to face w i t h real dan-
ger, they act like cowards. Other people think o f themselves as c o w a r d l y ,
but when they meet danger, act like heroes.
Lenny Skutnik had always thought o f himself as a n e r v o u s person. He
got w o r r i e d before examinations. He worried about his j o b and his health.
A l l he wanted in life was to be safe and healthy. Then, on 5th January, 1982,
a plane crashed into the Potomac River in Washington. Lenny went to the
river to see what was happening. Then he saw a woman i n the ice-cold water.
Suddenly Lenny did not feel afraid. He kept very c a l m and did a very c o u -
r a g e o u s thing. He jumped into the river, swam to the woman and kept her
head above the water. Seventy-eight people died that day. Thanks to Lenny
Skutnik, it was not seventy-nine.
When you are in a very d a n g e r o u s situation and feel afraid, the body au-
tomatically produces a chemical i n the blood. This chemical is called adrena-
lin. W i t h adrenalin in the blood system, you actually feel stronger and are
ready to fight or run away. However, when you are absolutely terrified, the
body can produce too much adrenalin. When this happens, the muscles be-
come very hard and you find that you cannot move at all. You are then para-
lysed w i t h fear. That is why, when we are very frightened, we sometimes
say that we are 'petrified'. This w o r d comes f r o m the Greek w o r d 'pet-
ros' which means 'stone'. We are so frightened we have become like stone.
VOCABULARY
brave — храбрый
coward — трус
cowardly — трусливо
nervous — возбужденный, нервный
to get worried — волноваться
safe — безопасный
to feel afraid — бояться
calm — спокойный
courageous — храбрый
dangerous — опасный
to be terrified — быть испуганным
fear — страх
to be frightened — испугаться
to be petrified — оцепенеть
QUESTIONS
1. What frightens you most?
2. What are the differences between adult fears and children s fears'.'
3. Can fear be enjoyable?
4. What do people do to make themselves afraid? What methods are there
to help people who have strong fears?
Вы человек или мышь? Когда задают этот вопрос, то хотят знать, вы храб-
рый человек или трус. Но вы никогда не узнаете это, пока реальная жизнь не
проверит вас. Некоторые люди думают, что они храбры, но когда сталкиваются
лицом к лицу с реальной опасностью, то действуют, как трусы. Другие счита-
ют себя трусливыми, но, когда вст речаются с опасностью, они действуют, как
герои.
Ленин Скутник всегда считал себя нервным человеком. Он волновался пе-
ред экзаменами, волновался относительно своей работы и здоровья. Все. чего он
хотел от жизни, - это быть в безопасности и быть здоровым. 5-го января 1982
года самолет упал в реку Потомак в Вашингтоне. Ленни пошел к реке, чтобы
посмотреть, что случилось. Он увидел женщину в ледяной воде. Вдруг у Ленни
исчезло чувство страха. Он держался очень спокойно и совершил очень храб-
рый поступок. Он прыгнул в реку, подплыл женщине и приподнял ее голову над
водой. Семьдесят восемь человек умерли в тот день. Благодаря Ленни Скутник
семьдесят девятого не было.
Когда вы находитесь в очень опасной ситуации и чувствуете страх, то
в крови автоматически вырабатывается химическое вещество. Это химичес-
кое вещество называется адреналином. С адреналином в крови вы фактически
чувствуете себя более сильным и готовы бороться или убежать. Однако, если
вы очень испуганы, то адреналина может оказаться слишком много. Когда это
случается, мускулы становятся очень твердыми, и вы чувствуете, что не можете
двигаться вообще. В этом случае вы парализованы от страха. Именно поэтому,
когда мы очень испуганы, то иногда говорим, что «оцепенели». Это слово про-
исходит от греческого слова «petros», что означает «камень». Мы так испуганы,
что становимся как камень.
HOLIDAYS AND TRADITIONS OF CELEBRATING
VOCABULARY
age-old [ ' e i d 3 ' 3 u l d ] — старый, вековой
custom [ ' k A S t 9 m ] — обычай
eve [i: v] — канун
to look forward to — ждать с нетерпением
to expect [ i k s ' p e k t ] — ожидать
resolutions — обещания
to break bad habits — покончить с вредными привычками
to mark — отмечать
pile — куча, груда
to invite...for refreshments — пригласить выпить и закусить
gift — подарок
wheel [wi:l] — колесо
to surround [sa'raund] — окружать
spike [spaik] — спица (на колесе)
sweetheart ['swi:tha:t] — возлюбленная
to fire a gun — выстрелить из ружья
I f the girl caught [ko:t] up with the man... — Если девушка успевала уви-
деть молодого человека
to tie [tai] — связывать
to make sure [Jua] — быть уверенным
New England — Новая Англия (штаты Мэн, Ныо-Гемпшир, Вермонт,
Массачусетс, Род-Айленд, Коннектикут)
cannon shot — пушечный выстрел
QUESTIONS
1. The family in what country had to invite everyone for refreshments?
2. In what country did young men prepare a gift of a wheel?
3. What custom was there once in Russia?
4. How did American colonists celebrate the coming of the New Year?
5. What were the traditions of the New Year s celebration in Russia?
CHRISTMAS DAY
331
a carrot or two by the fireplace as youngsters are packed o f f to bed for the
night, where they dream of what they w i l l find under the tree when they
wake up. You see most children under 10 years of age believe wholeheart-
edly that a magical person named Santa Claus w i l l visit them in much the
same way as Clement C. Moore described in his classic "The Night Be-
fore Christinas," written in 1823. Moore's image of Santa Claus, derived
from the Dutch St. Nicholas, has changed very little over the years. New
generations of t o d d l e r s acquainted with Raffi's lovely recordings, still
recognise Santa as that cheerful old man with "a beard that's long and
white," "a cherry nose," "cap on head, a suit that's red," who comes down
the c h i m n e y and leaves presents for the family.
In 1939 another Christmas hero appeared in the united States along-
side Santa, when Robert L. May published his touching and humorous
story about "Rudolph the Red-Nosed Reindeer. M i e n Johnny Marks
wrote the words and music to the song o f the same name. well. Rudolph
did indeed "go down in history." becoming a Christmas symbol as fa-
miliar as any other.
Perhaps no other holiday has developed a set of customs and symbols
as rich and varied as that of Christmas. The custom o f hanging stockings
on the mantel to be filled with treats and presents is said to have origi-
nated in Norway. Pagan tribes from Northern Europe contributed their
sacred evergreens and the custom of decorating them w i t h toys, nuts,
and candles. Because of strict fire safety laws in the United States the
candles have almost universally been replaced with coloured lights, very
often designed to flash on and o f f in intervals, which tends to e n t r a n c e
some and annoy others. Other ornaments and symbols found decorating
the Christmas tree are glass bulbs in numerous colours and shapes, pep-
permint candy canes, w r e a t h s , bells, fluffy white "angel's hair", or shiny
tinsel (thin strips o f metal foil) are often strewn over the b o u g h s as finish-
ing touches. The tree is usually crowned w i t h a bright star or the graceful
figure of the Christmas angel.
Decorating the house w i t h "boughs of holly" is a custom, which comes
from England. Holly is a bush w i t h shiny red berries and glossy leaves
with a characteristic shape and sharp pointy edges. Because it remains
green throughout the year it was believed to hold a promise that the sun
would return.
Mistletoe is another Christmas symbol. It is an interesting green para-
sitic plant, which grows in globe-like formations high up in the branch-
es of oak trees. Sprigs of it are tied together w i t h ribbons and hung up
in doorways. By custom anyone standing under the mistletoe gets to be
kissed. This certainly adds to the warmth of the season!
VOCABULARY
to commemorate — праздновать, отмечать, чтить память
N e w Testament — Новый завет
Saviour [ ' s e i v j a ] — Спаситель, Иисус Христос
stable — хлев, конюшня
frankincense [ , f r £ e n k i n ' s e n s ] — л а д а н
nativity — рождество, рождение
pagan — языческий
Mass [mass] — месса, литургия (у католиков), обедня (у православных)
Inspiration — вдохновение, влияние
Epiphany — Богоявление (одно из названий христианского праздника
Крещения Господня)
glow — сильный жар, свечение
wassail [ ' w o s e i l ] — пиво или вино с пряностями
egg-nog [ ' е д п з д ] — я и ч н ы й желток, растертый с сахаром, с добавлением
сливок, молока или спиртного напитка
toddler — ребенок, начинающий ходить
chimney — труба
reindeer — северный олень
mantel — каминная доска
to entrance [ ' e n t r ( s ) n s ] — приводить в состояние восторга
wreath [ r i : 9 ] — венок, гирлянда
fluffy — пушистый
tinsel — блестки, мишура
bough f b a u ] — сук
holly [ ' h o l i ] — падуб
mistletoe f m i s l t a u ] — омела
TASKS
1. Can you make some Christmas anagrams? Use these as the exam-
ple and try your own.
Christmas anagrams
Christmas time = It emits charms
Father Christmas = This charmer's fat and He's fat, smart, rich
Christmas = Trims cash
2. Read these proverbs and quotes and discuss them.
Proverbs and Quotes
A turkey never voted for an early Christmas. (Irish)
A good conscience is a continual Christmas. (Benjamin Franklin)
РОЖДЕСТВО
BIRTHDAY
ш ш и ш н н
Штттж
The custom o f putting candles on a birthday cake is said to have started
about 200 years ago in Germany, renowned for its high-quality candles. It
was considered good luck to blow out all of the candles in one blow. Now
it is considered as assurance that the birthday wish w i l l come true. The
custom o f singing "Happy Birthday to You" began about 100 years ago in
America when Mildred and Patty Hill made up the song which has since
become a big hit and attracted lots o f humorous variations.
For the birthday person the highlight of the celebration is often quite
conspicuously the opening o f the birthday presents. Now, more and more,
this custom is reserved for the very formal gift-giving occasion of the
wedding.
The most common way to wish someone a happy birthday, however, is
with a simple birthday card, a custom that began in England about 100 years
ago. Some typical examples o f simple birthday greetings are:
" O n your mark, get ready, go! It's time for you to steal the show! —
Happy Birthday!"
"Today's your day, so stay tuned in for birthday fun that makes you
grin!"
"You're № 1, so have fun on your special day! — Happy Birthday!"
They serve as testimony to the fact that in the United States the focus is
definitely on the individual, at least on that one very special birthday each
year.
VOCABULARY
to venerate [ v e n a r e i t j — благоговеть, чтить
to suffice [ss'fais] — быть достаточным, хватать
impromptu [ i m ' p r o m p t j u : ] — импрорвизированный
highlight — основной момент
assurance [ 3 ' J u e r ( 3 ) n s ] — гарантия, уверенность
conspicuous [ k a n ' s p i k j u s s ] — видный, заметный
steal the show — затмить всех
to grin — улыбаться
testimony — свидетельство
QUESTIONS
1. What will you do on your birthday?
2. How do most Americans celebrate their birthdays?
3. What is the difference in birthday parties in America and in your
country?
4. When did the custom of putting candles on a birthday cake start?
5. When did the custom of singing "Happy Birthday to You " begin?
6. What is the most common way to wish someone a happy birthday?
ДЕНЬ РОЖДЕНИЯ
337
HALLOWEEN (OCTOBER 31s1)
VOCABULARY
Halloween — канун Дня Всех святых
at dusk [dAsk] — в сумерках
"Trick or Treat!" — " Ш у т к а или угощение!"
gleefully — весело, радостно
prevalent — широко распространенный
ghost [gaust] — привидение
evil [i:vl]spirit — злой дух
to mingle [ ' m i i j g l ] with — смешиваться с
mischievously [ ' m i s t f i v s s l i ] — с озорством
jack-o-lantern — фонарь из тыквы с прорезанными отверстиями в виде
глаз, носа и рта
to protect — защищать
to cause [ko:z] — причинять
to hollow ['haslau] — выдалбливать (часто hollow out of)
pumpkin [ ' р л т р к т ] — т ы к в а
glow — свечение
to beg for — просить, просить подаяние
plain — простой
scary [ ' s k e s r i j — жуткий
haunted [ ' h o : n t i d ] house — дом, часто посещаемый привидениями
to bob — подпрыгивать
to sink — погружать
to bite — кусать
to huddle — прижиматься
highlight — 1 основной момент
tense — напряженный
startling — ошеломляющий
TASK
Read the quotes and express your opinion on their meaning.
Quotes
• I ' l l bet living in a nudist colony takes all the fun out of Halloween. (Au-
thor Unknown)
• Bring forth the raisins and the nuts-
Tonight All-Hallows' Spectre struts
Along the moonlit way. (John Kendrick Bangs)
• Those seemingly interminable dark walks between houses, long before
street-lit safety became an issue, were more adrenalizing than the moun-
tains o f candy filling the sack. Sadly Halloween, with our good-natured
attempts to protect the little ones, from the increasingly dangerous traffic
and increasingly sick adults, has become an utter bore. (Lauren Springer)
• A grandmother pretends she doesn't know who you are on Halloween.
(Erina Bombeck)
FIND OUT
Do you know:
1. W h o is the fastest Pumpkin Carver?
2. W h e r e was the largest Jack O ' L a n t e r n grown?
ишюйМИЮ
The Fastest Pumpkin Carver: The world's fastest time to carve a face
into a pumpkin is 54.72 seconds, by Stephen Clarke (USA), who broke his
previous record o f 1 minute. 14.8 seconds on October 23, 2001 at the Cam-
den City Children's Garden, New Jersey, USA.
T h e Largest J a c k O ' L a n t e r n : The world's largest Jack O'Lantern was
carved by Scott Cully ( U S A ) from the world's largest pumpkin on Octo-
ber 23. 2002. at the Topsfield Fair. Massachusetts, USA. The pumpkin was
grown by Charles Houghton ( U S A ) and weighed 606.72 kg (1,337 lb 9.5 oz)
on October 5, 2002, during the fair's pumpkin weigh-off.
Imagine a day set aside for families to come together from near and far to
feast and feel thankful for all that they have and you've got Thanksgiving Day.
Some families take part in religious ceremonies in the morning, but for most
families the highlight of the day is Thanksgiving dinner. Traditionally this
feast features roast turkey with stuffing, mashed potatoes and gravy, sweet
potatoes, squash, cranberry sauce and pumpkin pie with whipped cream.
Major college and professional football games are televised that day, and this
unites many men around the television while women are busy in the kitchen.
This custom began with the Pilgrims in 1621. The Pilgrims were an English
religious minority, which did not worship the Church o f England and therefore
suffered persecution. They decided to leave the country in search of religious
freedom. King James I gave them a charter to settle in Virginia, where a British
colony had been founded in 1607. On September 16, 1620, a small ship called
the Mayflower, carrying 102 passengers, left Plymouth harbour in England and
sailed west. On November 11, 1620, the Mayflower reached North America.
But storms had blown the ship off course and the Pilgrims were far north of
Virginia. It took them another month to find a suitable place to settle and, finally,
on December 26, 1620, the Pilgrims found a harbour which became the site
of the town they named Plymouth, in the present State of Massachusetts. The
colonists endured a very hard winter of sickness and starvation by the end of
which half were dead. But with the help of the native Indians, who taught them
how to fish, hunt, and plant com, their chances for surviving the winter of 1621
looked much brighter. After a successful harvest, Governor William Bradley
decided to hold a special Thanksgiving feast, and invited the Indian chief Mas-
sosoit and ninety Indian braves to attend. The Indians brought deer meat or veni-
son to be roasted along with the wild turkeys and other wild game for the feast.
They even brought popcorn to share! The original Thanksgiving lasted three
whole days and can you believe that all that food was prepared by three women!
The colonists continued to celebrate the autumn harvest with a feast of thanks.
George Washington suggested that November 26th be set aside each year for the
observance. In 1864, at the end of the tragic Civil War, Abraham Lincoln estab-
lished the last Thursday in November as a day for all Americans to give thanks.
Stores, schools, and homes are decorated with various Thanksgiving sym-
bols, including pictures of pilgrims, Indians, turkeys, and harvest still-lives. The
horn of plenty or cornucopia, wreaths of dried flowers, and dried, multicol-
oured 'Indian corn' are often used as door and table decorations. The day after
Thanksgiving is considered the beginning of the month-long Christmas shop-
ping season, as demonstrated by Santa Claus's traditional arrival at the end o f
the annual Thanksgiving Day Parade held in New York City and sponsored by
Macy's department store.
341
VOCABULARY
to feast — праздновать
highlight — основной момент
roast turkey with stuffing — жареная фаршированая индюшка
mashed potatoes — картофельное пюре
gravy [ greivi] — подливка, соус
squash [skwoj] — фруктовый сок
cranbeiry — клюква
whipped [wipt] cream [kri:m] — взбитые сливки
to worship — поклоняться, почитать
persecution [,pa:si'kju:J(3)n] — преследование, гонение
to settle — поселиться
harbour [ hcubs] гавань
to endure [ i n ' d j u a ] — выносить, терпеть
starvation — голод
harvest — урожай
game — дичь, мясо диких куропаток, уток, зайчатина
the horn of plenty — рог изобилия
wreath [ri:9] — венок, гирлянда
QUESTIONS
1. When is Thanksgiving Day celebrated?
2. What dishes are traditionally cooked that day?
3. What are typical Thanksgiving decorations?
4. When did this custom begin? What is its history?
5. Who established the last Thursday in November as a day for all Ameri-
cans to give thanks?
6. Who sponsors the annual Thanksgiving Day Parade?
Представьте себе день, предназначенный для того, чтобы все члены семьи
собрались для того, чтобы праздновать и воздавать благодарность за все, что у них
есть. Это и есть День Благодарения. Некоторые семьи участвуют в утренних ре-
лигиозных служениях, но чаще всего, самым главным в этот день является обед
в честь Дня Благодарения. Обычно, в этот день готовят индейку с начинкой, кар-
тофель пюре с подливой, сладкий картофель, фруктовый сок, клюквенный соус
и тыквенный пирог со взбитыми сливками. В этот день по телевидению показывают
футбольные матчи крупнейших команд колледжей и профессиональных команд.
Мужчины собираются у телевизора, в то время как женщины заняты на кухне.
Традицию отмечать этот праздник начали Пилигримы (паломники) в 1621
году. Пилигримы в были английским религиозным меньшинством, которые не
ИИВИИИК1ДИЙ1
ЯЯИиДМйДИВ
признавали английскую церковь, за что подвергались преследованию. Они ре-
шили покинуть страну в поисках религиозной свободы. Король Джеймс I раз-
решил им поселиться в Виржинии, где в 1607 году была основана Английская
колония. 16 сентября 1620 года судно со 102 пассажирами на борту под названи-
ем Мэйфлауэр отчалило из гавани Плимут в Англии и поплыло на запад. 11 но-
ября 1620 года судно прибыло к берегам северной Америки. По пути штормы
сбили судно с курса, и они оказались намного севернее Виржинии. В течение
месяца, они искали подходящее место для жительства и, наконец, 26 декабря
1620 года, Пилигримы нашли гавань, в которой основали город, известный
сейчас как Плимут, в штате Массачусетс. Колонисты пережили очень тяжелую
зиму, с болезнями и голодом. К концу зимы половина из них умерла. Однако,
с помощью коренных индейцев, которые научили их ловить рыбу, охотиться
и выращивать зерно, в 1621 году, их шансы на выживание были намного более
оптимистичными. После сбора богатого урожая старейшина, Уильям Бредли,
решил устроить специальный праздник по этому поводу и пригласил на него
индейского вождя Массосуа и еще девятнадцать индейских смельчаков из их
поселения. Индейцы принесли с собой оленину, диких индюшек и мясо других
диких животных. Они даже принесли кукурузу, чтобы поделиться ей! Праздник
Благодарения продлился три дня, и вы можете себе представить, вся еда была
приготовлена всего тремя женщинами!
Колонисты впредь продолжали отмечать сбор осеннего урожая праздником
благодарения. Джордж Вашингтон предложил соблюдать традицию празднова-
ния 26 ноября каждый год. В 1864 году, после окончания трагической граждан-
ской войны, Авраам Линкольн объявил последний четверг ноября Днем Благо-
дарения в Америке.
Магазины, школы, дома украшают картинками с изображением символов
Дня Благодарения: пилигримов, индейцев, индюшек, натюрмортов из продук-
тов урожая. Рог изобилия, венки из засушенных цветов и разноцветные колосья
«индейского зерна» часто используются в качестве украшений на столе и на
дверях домов. День Благодарения считается началом рождественского месяч-
ного сезона покупок. Ежегодный парад в честь Дня Благодарения в Нью-Йорке,
спонсором которого является сеть магазинов «Мейси», завершается традицион-
ным приездом Санта-Клауса.
ДЕ-ЯМИДН
Robert Burns sang his beloved "My Love is like a red, red rose, " and to this
day red roses are appropriate for that one special love. However, yellow
roses are also popular on that day as a sign o f friendship, and forget-me-
nots always make sense.
Flowers or anonymous messages from someone shy or tender-hearted
may be signed simply " f r o m a secret admirer," in the relative certainty that
the person receiving them can easily guess who the sender is.
Whatever the reasons, Americans o f all ages love to send and receive
valentines and to hear and sing the thousands o f new and traditional love
songs, which flood television and radio programs on that day. Songs like
"You are my Sunshine", "My Love", "More", "I'll Have to Say I Love You
in a Song", and countless others boom out to reach the ears o f a public
which has tacitly agreed to be romantic, at least for a day.
I n the days leading up to Valentine's Day, school children typically
make valentines for their teachers and classmates and put them in a large
decorated mailbox. W h e n the big day arrives, the teacher opens the box
and distributes the valentines into eager hands. As the students excitedly
read their messages, r e f r e s h m e n t s are prepared, and then they have a
small party.
Honestly speaking, w i t h so much excitement and emotion in the air,
few Americans have taken the time to find out much about the o r i g i n s
of St Valentine's Day. The celebration dates back to the ancient Roman
festival called "Lupercalia" which took place on February 14th or 15th in
honour of Juno, the Roman Goddess of women, and Pan, the god o f nature.
On that day a curious c o u r t i n g ritual was played out in which young men
r a n d o m l y d r e w love messages written and decorated by young women.
Thus, "matched by fate," the two would be partners at the upcoming festi-
val. This echoes the old folk tradition that the birds choose their m a t e s on
this day as well.
But merely imitating what the birds do could hardly justify the continu-
ation and spread o f this Roman custom throughout Christian Europe in the
Middle Ages. It needed the sanction o f the church and authority o f some
martyred saint. A n d two likely candidates were soon found. The first Val-
entine was a Christian priest who was imprisoned and executed in the third
century for spreading the teachings o f Christ. On February 14, he was be-
headed, but before he managed to heal the jailer's blind daughter and write
her a farewell letter, which he signed "From Your Valentine." The second
Valentine was an Italian bishop who lived at about the same time and was
imprisoned for secretly marrying couples, contrary to the laws o f the Roman
emperor. Legend has it that he was burned at the stake. The lives and deeds
o f these two men certainly fit in well with the theme needed to keep Febru-
ary 14th in the holiday calendar.
Among all the red hearts, birds, love letters, candies, chocolates and
kisses which c o m p r i s e valentine symbolism and realia, Cupid or Eros is the
unquestioned favourite in personifying the spirit o f the day. According to
Greek (and later Roman) tradition, Cupid was the eternally child-like son o f
Venus, the goddess o f love. Although he remained a baby, he could fly and
was equipped with a tiny b o w and countless golden arrows forged for h i m
by the god o f fire Vulcan. His mother gave the arrows special power, and
that is why i f Cupid shot you w i t h his arrow, you would fall in love w i t h the
first person you met.
Many teenagers and adults today send in messages to major newspapers
throughout the country which, for a small fee, print anyone's valentine mes-
sage in a special section o f the February 14th issue, whether it be addressed
to a wished for sweetheart, secret lover, or to a friend and companion o f
many years..
VOCABULARY
spouse [spauz] — супруг(а), супружеская пара
reciprocation [ r r s i p r s ' k e i ^ a j n ] — ответное действие,взаимный обмен
forget-me-not — незабудка
appropriate [ a ' p r a u p r n t ] — п о д х о д я щ и й
sign [sain] — знак
to make sense — иметь смысл
tacitly ['tsesitli] — молчаливо, без слов
refreshments — закуски
origin [ ' o r i g i n ] — происхождение, источник
to court [ko:t] — ухаживать, соблазнять
randomly — наугад
to draw [dro:] (drew, drawn) — тащить
mate — самец, самка (у птиц); супруг(а)
martyred [ ' m c u t s d ] — преданный мученической смерти
priest [pri:st] — священник
to heal [hid] — исцелять, излечивать
bishop — эпископ
stake — столб, кол, столб, к которому привязывали присужденного
к сожжению, перен., с определенным артиклем смерть на костре,
сожжение заживо
to comprise — содержать, вмещать, входить
bow [Ьэи] — лук
arrow — стрела
to forge — ковать
fee [fi:] — плата
issue ['iJu:] — выпуск
345
QUESTIONS
1. Is St. Valentine's Day a national holiday or especially religious'?
2. How is St. Valentine s Day usually celebrated?
3. What flowers are the most popular'?
4. How are the messages signed?
5. How do school children mark this day?
6. What are the origins of St. Valentine s Day?
7. What are the symbols of this day?
American author and satirist Mark Twain summed up the nature o f the
holiday thus: "The first o f A p r i l is the day we remember what we are the
other 364 days of the year." It is a day for harmless tricks and good laughs.
The origin o f A p r i l Fool's Day or ' A l l Fools' Day goes back to the dilemma
faced by many Europeans in 1562 when Pope Gregory introduced a new
calendar, one which shifted the start o f the new year from its traditionally
warm nesting place o f A p r i l 1 to the cold and dreary date o f January 1. This
change was so dramatic, and, considering the supreme power o f the church,
so universal in its sweep, that very soon those who hadn't heard o f or didn't
believe in the calendar change, and continued to celebrate the new year on
A p r i l 1 st, were christened 'April Fools', and became the targets o f ridicule
and the brunt o f some pretty serious jokes and pranks. In fact, one must
347
judge for oneself just how merry and fun those A p r i l Fool's days must have
been, and in what other ways people were 'encouraged' to conform.
Today in the United States both children and adults play small tricks on
each other. Among some common tricks are trying to convince someone that
their pants or skirt has a rip down the centre back seam, pointing down to a
friend's shoe and saying 'Your shoelace is untied'. Putting salt in the sugar
b o w l is another common prank, so beware. I f the trickster is still around he
or she may take credit for his deed by shouting ' A p r i l Fool'. I f you are the
innocent victim of such mischief, your first reaction may be to wring the
scoundrel's neck. However, in the interests o f allowing a cultural tradition
to survive at least one more year, please consider the date and "take it with
a grain of salt".
VOCABULARY
harmless — безобидный, безвредный
origin — происхождение
Pope — Папа
to shift — сдвигать, передвигать
dreary [ ' d r i a r i ] — мрачный, тоскливый
brunt — главный удар, атака
prank — проделка, шалость, шутка
to conform — соответствовать
to convince — убеждать
rip — разрыв, разрез
seam — шов, рубец
beware [ b t ' w e a ] — остерегайтесь!
trickster — обманщик
to spoil — испортить
innocent victim [ ' v i k t i m ] — невинная жертва
mischief [ ' m i s t j i f j — озорство, проказа
to take credit for smth. — приписывать себе в заслугу что-либо
to wring [rii]] smb.'s neck — свернуть кому-либо шею
scoundrel [ ' s k a u n d r ( a ) l ] — негодяй, подлец
QUESTIONS
1. What holiday had been celebrated on April 1st before a new calendar
was introduced?
2. Who were 'April fools "?
3. How do you celebrate 'All Fools 'Day "?
4. What are the usual jokes on this day?
5. What tricks have you played?
ДЕНЬ ДУРАКА (1 АПРЕЛЯ)
Ш
children to find on Easter morning (the prototype o f the still very popular
Easter Egg Hunt) was first recorded in fifth-century Germany. The custom o f
elaborately decorating Easter eggs and exchanging them as gifts was begun
by the ancient Egyptians, and is still very popular among the Slavs o f East-
ern Europe. Another symbol o f Easter is the white lily, or Easter lily. Easter
colours are all the pastel colours, and purple.
According to Christian tradition, the Easter season actually begins 40
days prior to Easter Sunday, on Eat Tuesday, or Butter Tuesday. This was
the last day before the fast for Lent, which restricts the eating o f meat and
fats and lasts right up to Easter. The traditional food on Fat Tuesday is the
pancake. The traditional food on G o o d F r i d a y is hot cross buns.
British settlers brought a fun Easter custom with them to the New World.
In England children rolled eggs down hills on Easter morning, symbolis-
ing the rolling away o f the rock from Christ's toinb. This custom became
institutionalised in the United States by Dolly Madison, wife o f the fourth
American president, who organised the first hard-boiled Easter Egg Roll
down the hilly l a w n o f the newly-built Capitol building. In 1880 the Easter
Egg Roll location was officially transferred to the White House Lawn, where
it is held every Easter Monday. The event is open to children no older than
12 years o f age.
People used to dress up in new clothes and go to church on Easter Sun-
day, and then stroll leisurely about town. This slowly developed into a prom-
enade and later an Easter parade. The new Easter bonnet, purchased spe-
cifically for demonstration in the Easter parade has become another part o f
Easter folklore. The most famous Easter parade is the televised procession
along Fifth Avenue in New York City.
VOCABULARY
resurrection [ / г е 2 з ' г е к | ' ( э ) п ] — воскресение
crucifixion [ / k r u : s E f i k J ( s ) n ] — р а с п я т и е на кресте, муки, страдания
vernal equinox f ' k k w i n o k s ] — весеннее равноденствие
goddess o f dawn [d.">:n] — богиня утренней зари
to depend on — зависеть от
Orthodox f'oiOadoks] — православный
restriction — ограничение
Passover — еврейская пасха
Bunny — кролик
abundance — изобилие, богатство
fertility — плодородие
to hide (hid. hidden) — прятать
elaborately — искусно
fast [fa:stj — пост
Lent — великий пост
Good Friday — страстная пятница
cross bun — булка с изображением креста, которую едят в страстную
пятницу (в Англии)
tomb [ t u : m ] — могила
hard-boiled — сваренный вкрутую
lawn [1э:п] — лужайка
to stroll — прогуливаться
bonnet — дамская шляпка, капор
шшяш
президента, которая организовала первое скатывание крутых Пасхальных яиц
вниз с холмистого газона перед только что построенным зданием Капитолия.
В 1880 г. место скатывания Пасхальных яиц было официально перенесено на
газон Белого Дома, где оно проводится в каждый Пасхальный понедельник. Оно
проводится только для детей до 12 лет.
Раньше в Пасхальное воскресенье люди наряжались и шли в церковь, а за-
тем неторопливо прогуливались по городу. Эта традиция медленно перешла в
гулянье, а позже в Пасхальный парад. Новая Пасхальная шляпка, купленная
именно для показа на Пасхальном параде, стала другой частью Пасхального
фольклора. Самый знаменитый Пасхальный парад -— это процессия вдоль Пя-
той Авешо в городе Нью-Йорк, которая транслируется по телевидению.
EASTER QUIZ
TASK
Answer the questions of the Easter Quiz.
1. Which Russian jeweller was noted especially for his jewelled eggs?
2. The date o f Easter is linked to the first full moon following what?
3. What name is given to the 40th day after Easter, also called Holy Thurs-
day'.'
4. Which Chilean island in the South Pacific, also called Rapa Nui, is noted
for its gigantic stone figures?
5. In which European country is Salzburg, where an Easter festival is held
annually?
6. Which Irish poet and dramatist wrote poem Easter 19161
7. Which 1948 film starred Judy Garland and Fred Astaire?
8. Which city houses the cathedral that is the largest church in Britain?
Answers:
Carl Faberge. 2. The vernal equinox. 3. Ascension Day. 4. Easter Is-
land. 5. Austria. 6. W.B. Yeats. 7. Easter parade. 8. Liverpool.
VOCABULARY
jeweller [ с)зи:э1з] — ювелир
jewelled [ ' d j m a l d ] — у к р а ш е н н ы й драгоценными камнями
to be linked to — быть связанным с
annually — ежегодно
to star — сниматься
vernal equinox [ ' i k w i n o k s ] — весенее равноденствие
Ascension [ a ' s e n / ( e ) n ] Day — праздник Вознесения
Easter ['i:sta] Island [ ' a i l a n d ] — о - в Пасхи
SOME AMERICAN HOLIDAYS QUIZ
VOCABULARY
iron [ ' a i s n ] curtain [ к з : Ш ] — железный занавес
Stettin — г. Ш т е т и н
to descend [ d i ' s s n d ] — опускаться
to establish — устанавливать
to accept [ a k ' s a p t ] — признавать
to deliver — доставлять
goods товары, груз
to involve — вовлекать, включать
alliance [a'laians) — союз
to explode — взрывать
attempt — попытка
pact — договор
uprising — восстание
response — ответ
brutal — жестокий
to escape — убегать
missile [ ' m i s a i l j — р а к е т а
nuclear [' nju:kli3] — я д е р н ы й
to remove — снимать с поста
to crush — подавлять
to expand [ t k s ' p a m d ] — расширяться
collapse [ka'laeps] — крах
reunification — воссоединение
357
THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITY
VOCABULARY
to dominate — доминировать, господствовать
European Coal and Steel Community (ECSC) — Европейское объединение
угля и стали, ЕОУС
efficient [ i ' f i j ( s ) n t ] — эффективный, продуктивный
to promote — содействовать развитию, поддерживать
to increase — увеличивать
profit — прибыль
common market — общий рынок
to run (ran; run) — управлять
to follow — придерживаться, следовать
Benelux — сокр. от 'Belgium, the Netherlands and Luxembourg'
to sign [sain] — подписывать
to apply (for) [ s ' p l a i ] — обращаться (за разрешением)
employment [ i m ' p b i m s n t ] — занятость
headquarters [ , h e d ' k w o : t a z ] — штаб-квартира
Commissioner — специальный уполномоченный
to accept [ э к ' s e p t ] — принимать
to reject — отклонять
issue [ i j u : ] — вопрос
summit — встреча или совещание глав правительств
crucial [ ' к г и : / ( э ) 1 ] — решающий
currency [ ' L v r s n s i ] — валюта
QUESTIONS
1. When did the EC begin?
2. Which ones are waiting to join?
3. How do all the different parts (e.g. the commission, the Parliament and
the Council of Ministers) actually work?
4. How will the Community develop in years to come'?
ЕВРОПЕЙСКОЕ С О О Б Щ Е С Т В О
361
Европейский Парламент
Члены Европейского Парламента избираются каждые пять лет путем прямо-
го голосования избирателями своих стран. Всего избирается 518 человек:
• Франция, Англия, Еермания и Италия — 81 от каждой.
• Испания — 60.
• Еолландия — 25.
• Бельгия, Греция и Португалия — по 24 от каждой.
• Дания — 16.
• Ирландия — 15.
• Люксембург — 6.
Итак, вот они откуда. А где же они работают и какие у них полномочия?
Они работают в двух местах. 1. Страсбург (Северная Франция). Здесь на-
ходится главное здания Европейского Парламента, где и проходят дебаты.
2. Брюссель. Большую часть работы членов Европейского Парламента состав-
ляют исследования, встречи и работа Комиссии. Большая часть работы прохо-
дит именно в Брюсселе. Что касается полномочий, члены Европейского Парла-
мента, конечно, не могут сами принимать законы. Они представляют взгляды
простых европейцев. Отчеты, дебаты и рекомендации Парламента —- жизненно
важное связующее между Комиссией и Советом Министров.
Совет Министров
Эта организация состоит из министров правительства каждой страны-
члена ЕЭС, которые регулярно собираются, чтобы обсудить вопросы, каса-
ющиеся развития бизнеса в Сообществе. Например, если появляются важные
вопросы, требующие рассмотрения, касающиеся сельского хозяйства (кото-
рые прошли через Комиссию и Парламент), собираются министры сельского
хозяйства; когда возникают проблемы транспорта — собираются министры
транспорта и т. д.
Большинство решений принимается Советом Министров. Большинство, но
не все. Почему? Самые важные вопросы решаются на еще более высоком уров-
не — Европейских Саммитах.
Европейские Саммиты
Наиболее важные встречи проходят три раза в год. Люди, присутствующие
на них это:
• Епавы государств (президенты и премьер-министры).
• Министры иностранных дел.
Самые важные решения в рамках ЕЭС принимаются (или иногда не прини-
маются) на саммитах — например:
Что будет значить для Сообщества единая европейская валюта? Должна ли
Европа иметь единую армию и политический курс?
Будущее
Итак, наша экскурсия по ЕС подходит к концу. Но что же будет в будущем?
Как будет развиваться ЕС? Будет ли когда-нибудь единое европейское прави-
тельство? Может быть даже, «Соединенные Штаты Европы»? Может быть.
А может быть и нет. Сейчас говорить об этом еще слишком рано, но одно из-
вестно точно: несмотря на все свои проблемы за всю историю Европа никогда
еще не была так едина, как сегодня.
OUTSTANDING PEOPLE
A C H I E V E M E N T S OF R U S S I A N O U T S T A N D I N G S C I E N T I S T S
I AM P R O U D OF
VOCABULARY
science [ ' s a i 3 n s ] — наука
discovery — открытие
engineering — техника
merit — заслуга
363
research — исследование, изучение
artificial [,a:ti f i j b l ] —искусственный
a satellite ['sastalait] — спутник
to launch [b:ntj] — запускать
spaceship — космический корабль
to go up — взлетать
due to [dju: 4 u ] — благодаря
genius ['djimjas] — гений
to conquer [ k o o k a ] — покорять
commemoration — ознаменование
to come true — сбываться
QUESTIONS
1. Do you know any outstanding scientists of the world?
2. Which of them made great discoveries'?
3. Who is the man standing behind the rocket industry?
4. Who is the first Russian (American) cosmonaut?
5. What famous inventors do you know?
6. What distinguished writers lived in the 20 century?
7. Are there any world famous composers of the 20 century?
8. Are there any outstanding politicians and public figures in our country?
9. What people are considered to he outstanding?
10. What qualities must they possess?
11. Is it enough to be talented to be called outstanding?
ISAAC NEWTON
Isaac Newton, one o f the greatest men in the history o f science. He was
born in a little village in England in 1642. When Isaac was nineteen he be-
came a student o f Cambridge University. He began to study physics, as-
tronomy and mathematics.
Newton's contribution to these sciences is so great that he may be con-
sidered the founder o f modern mathematics, physics and spectroscopy. New-
ton discovered the law o f motion and the universal law of gravitation. He
studied the nature o f light and colour and came to the conclusion that white
light is composed o f many different colours known to us as the spectrum.
Such a phenomenon was quite unknown before Newton's work.
So long as humanity lives, Isaac Newton, the greatest o f men o f science,
w i l l never be forgotten.
VOCABULARY
contribution — вклад
the law o f gravitation — закон тяготения
conclusion [ к з п ' к 1 и : з э п ] — умозаключение, вывод
phenomenon [ f i ' n o m i n a n ] — феномен, явление
QUESTIONS
1. What is Isaac Newton famous for?
2. When and where was he born?
3. Where did he begin to study physics, astronomy and mathematics?
4. What are Newton s discoyeries?
ИСААК НЬЮТОН
DMITRI MENDELEYEV
VOCABULARY
to announce [ a ' n a u n s ] - - объявлять, заявлять
matter — вещество
chemistry [ ' k e m i s t r i ] — химия
weight [weit] — вес; масса
to arrange — классифицировать, систематизировать
to obtain [ s b ' t e i n ] — получать; добывать
in honour [ ' э п з ] — в честь
QUESTIONS
1. What is Dmitri Mendeleyev famous for?
2. Why was the discovery of the Periodic Law of elements important':'
3. How do the elements in Mendeleyev's Periodic Table follow and how are
they arranged?
4. Who obtained element No 101?
5. How was element No 101 named?
ДМИТРИЙ МЕНДЕЛЕЕВ
367
VOCABULARY
authority [э:' ©oriti] — авторитет, крупный специалист
thaw [9э:] — оттепель
hydrogen [ haidrid3sn] — водород
to ban — налагать запрет; запрещать
invasion [in'vei33nj — вторжение, агрессия
violation [ , v a i s ' l e i j s n ] — нарушение
to persecute [' ps:sikju:t] — преследовать, подвергать гонениям
to deprive — отбирать, отнимать, лишать
QUESTIONS
1. What is Andrei Dmitrievich Sakharov famous for?
2. When was he born?
3. What times did he live?
4. What work did he carry out?
5. What conclusion did he come to while working on hydrogen bomb?
6. What did he protest against?
7. How was he recognised abroad?
8. When vrflj he given back all his titles?
А. САХАРОВ - ЧЕЛОВЕК-ЛЕГЕНДА
l l i l l l i l l
philosophy met w i t h approval, during her first two terms u n e m p l o y m e n t
nearly tripled, the number of poor people increased, and bankruptcies re-
sulted from her efforts to curb inflation. Thatcher became known as the
'Iron Lady' because of her strict control over her cabinet and the coun-
try's economic policies. Extending her firm approach into foreign relations,
she helped Zimbabwe (formerly Rhodesia) establish independence in 1980
and two years later she oversaw the successful British seizure o f the Falk-
land Islands from Argentina. This victory led to her landslide re-election
in 1983.
During her third term Thatcher continued the 'Thatcher revolution' by
returning education, health care, and housing to private control. She also
supported the campaign to keep Northern Ireland within the United King-
dom, a position that could have been fatal: in 1984 terrorist bombers nearly
succeeded in killing Thatcher and several members o f her administration in
Brighton, Sussex. The bombing was allegedly the work o f members o f the
Irish Republican Army, a nationalist organisation devoted to uniting North-
ern Ireland with the Republic o f Ireland.
In 1990, when a split w i t h i n the Conservative Party was costing
Thatcher political support, she r e s i g n e d f r o m office. D u r i n g her tenure
as Prime Minister, however, she set historic precedents and, according to
political observers, she brought long-needed changes to British govern-
ment and society.
VOCABULARY
regimentation [ , r e d 5 i m e n ' t e i j ( e ) n ] — строгая дисциплина и единооб-
разие
compassion — сочувствие
grocer — торговец бакалейными товарами
consecutive — последовательный
resignation [ , r e z i g ' n e i j ( e ) n ] — заявление об отставке
ardent [ ' a : d ( 3 ) n t ] — страстный
to run for — выставлять свою кандидатуру на выборах
vote — голос (на выборах)
to read for the bar — готовиться к адвокатуре
tax law [lo:] — налоговое законодательство
attempt — попытка
articulate — четко выражающий свои мысли
to call upon — приглашать высказаться
to refer to — ссылаться на кого-либо
to rise in the ranks — провинуться по службе
to advocate — отстаивать, пропагандировать
interference — вмешательство
I H E ^ B
expenditure [iks'pendit/э] — траты, расходы
unemployment — безработица
to curb [кэ:Ь] — сдерживать, обуздать
seizure [' si:3a] — захват
allegedly [э'led3(9)dli] — по утверждению, как утверждают, будто бы
split — раскол
QUESTIONS
1. What do you know about Margaret Thatcher s biography?
2. Why do we call her outstanding?
3. What were her jobs?
4. How many attempts did she make to win a seat in Parliament?
5. What are features of her character? Why did she succeed?
6. How many terms did she serve?
7. How did people call her?
•ННкЯЧНННН
Нм1ш№| ^Ши^ИИшИИ^шД
В 1959 году вторая попытка Маргарет увенчалась успехом, и она по-
лучила место в парламенте. Обладая аналитическим складом ума, яснос-
тью мыслей и честолюбием, она быстро стала известной среди других
политиков. Так как она обладала хорошими ораторскими способностями,
друзья-консерваторы часто приглашали ее выступить и отреагировать на
политический курс их оппонентов, Лейбористской партии. С 1961 по 1964
год она работала парламентским секретарем в Министерстве пенсионных
фондов и национального страхования, а затем государственным секретарем
в сфере образования и науки при премьер-министре Эдмунде Хесе с 1970
по 1974 год.
Тем не менее, достижения Маргарет не всегда одобряли. Например,
в 1972 году, когда она работала в Министерстве образования, в газете «Sun»
о ней отозвались, как о наименее популярной женщине в Англии. Однако
затем она продолжала продвигаться по службе, и, после двух неудач Кон-
сервативной партии на выборах в 1972 году, она стала лидером партии.
Когда же консерваторы одержали решительную победу на общих вы-
борах в 1979 году, Тетчер стала премьер-министром. При вступлении на
должность она приняла меры по ограничению полномочий правительства,
такие как предоставление лицам большой независимости от государства,
пресечение вмешательства правительства в развитие экономики, а так-
же сокращение социальных расходов. Хотя ее консервативное мышление
было встречено с одобрением, за период ее первых двух сроков правления
безработица возросла почти втрое, сильно увеличилось число бедных, а ее
попытки обуздать инфляцию привели к многочисленным банкротствам.
Тетчер прозвали «Железной леди», за ее строгий контроль над кабинетом
министров, а также экономический курс страны. Используя жесткий под-
ход в международных отношениях, она помогла Зимбабве (бывшая Родезия)
получить независимость, а спустя два года она стала свидетелем того, как
Британия отобрала Фолклендские острова у Аргентины. Эта победа привела
к резкому изменению в распределении голосов между партиями на перевы-
борах в 1983 году.
В течение своего третьего срока правления Тетчер продолжала действо-
вать своими революционными методами, отдавая сферы образования, здра-
воохранения и жилищного строительства соответствующим министерс-
твам. Она также поддерживала кампанию удерживания Северной Ирландии
в составе Объединенного Королевства, а эта позиция могла стать для нее
фатальной. Вооруженным бомбами террористам почти удалось убить Тет-
чер и еще нескольких членов ее администрации в 1984 г. в городе Брайтон,
Сассекс. Как утверждают, это была работа членов Ирландской Республи-
канской армии, националистской организации, борющейся за объединение
Северной Ирландии с республикой Ирландия.
В 1990 году, когда раскол с Консервативной партией лишил Тетчер по-
литической поддержки, она ушла в отставку. За время своего пребывания в
должности премьер-министра, Маргарет Тетчер совершила дела историчес-
кой важности и, как говорят политические обозреватели, внесла долгождан-
ные изменения в структуру правительства и общества Британии.
'2
OUTSTANDING PEOPLE OF THE USA: THOMAS ALVA EDISON
Thomas A l v a Edison was born in 1847. He was sick a lot when he was
young. Edison's mother taught h i m lessons at home and he only studied the
things he wanted to know. A t the age o f ten he read his first science book. A f -
ter he read the book, he built a laboratory in his house. Soon Edison become
an inventor. He was interested in the telegraph and electricity. A t the age o f
twenty-three, he made a special telegraphic machine and sold it for a lot o f
money. With this money he was now free to invent all the time.
Edison started his own laboratory at Menlo Park, New Jersey. He hired
mechanics and chemists to help him. He worked day and night. Once he
worked on forty-five inventions at the same time. Edison did not sleep very
much, but he took naps. He often fell asleep with his clothes on. One day he
even fell asleep in a closet.
D i d y o u know that Edison invented wax paper, fire alarm, the battery and
telephone? But his favourite invention was the phonograph, or record player.
He invented the phonograph in 1876. His other famous invention was the
light bulb. Edison died in 1931, at the age o f eighty-four. He had over 1,300
inventions to his name! M a n y people say that Edison was a genius — one o f
the smartest people in the world!
VOCABULARY
to be born — родиться
inventor — изобретатель
to sell (sold) — продавать
to hire [ ' h a i a ] — нанимать
chemist [ ' k e m i s t ] — химик
invention — изобретение
to take a nap — вздремнуть
closet — уборная
wax paper — вощеная бумага
fire alarm — пожарная сигнализация
light bulb — электрическая лампочка
smart — умный, находчивый
QUESTIONS
1. When was Edison born?
2. Why did his mother teach him lessons at home?
3. When did he start to invent things?
4. What was he interested in?
5. At what age did he make a special telegraphic machine?
6. What did Edison invent?
7. What was his favourite invention?
373
ВЫДАЮЩИЕСЯ ЛЮДИ США: ТОМАС АЛЬВА ЭДИСОН
RUSSIA
VOCABULARY
to occupy [ ' o k j u p a i j — занимать
to border — граничить
variety [ v a ' r a i a t i ] — многообразие, разнообразие
plain — равнина
highlands — горная местность
mountain chain — горная цепь
bottom — дно
temperate — умеренный
coal — (каменный) уголь
iron ore [ ' a i s n o : ] — - железная руда
copper — медь
legislative [ ' l e d g i s b t i v ] — законодательный
in spite o f — несмотря на
opportunity — благоприятная возможность
QUESTIONS
1. What is the largest country in the world?
2. What is geographical position of the Russian Federation?
3. What plains, mountain chains, lakes and rivers are there on the territory
of the country?
4. What is Europe's biggest river?
5. Where are forests concentrated?
6. What types of climate are there on the territory of the country?
7. What natural resources is Russia rich in?
8. What is Russia from the political point of view?
9. What do you know about Moscow?
РОССИЯ
Россия — самая большая страна в мире. Она занимает почти одну седьмую
часть всего мирового пространства. Она включает в себя восточную часть Ев-
ропы и северную часть Азии. Площадь страны составляет около 17 млн. кв. км.
Страна омывается двенадцатью морями и тремя океанами: Тихим, Северным
Ледовитым и Атлантическим. На юге Россия граничит с Китаем, Монголией,
Кореей, Казахстаном, Грузией и Азербайджаном. На западе — с Норвегией,
Финляндией, Балтикой, Белоруссией и Украиной. У России проходит также
морская граница с США.
Вряд ли найдется в мире еще страна с таким разнообразием ландшафтов
и растительной жизни, как в России. Степи на юге, равнины и леса в цент-
ральной части, тундра и тайга на севере, возвышенности и пустыни на востоке.
В России есть две большие равнины: Большая Русская равнина и Запад-
носибирская низменность. На территории страны находится несколько горных
цепей: Уральские горы, Кавказ, Алтай и другие. Самая обширная горная цепь,
Урал, отделяет Россию от Азии. В России находится около 2 млн. рек. Самая
крупная река Европы, Волга, впадает в Каспийское море. Главными сибирскими
реками являются Обь, Енисей и Лена, которые проходят с юга страны на север.
Река Амур находится на дальнем востоке и впадает в Тихий океан.
В России много красивых озер. Одно из них — Байкал — самое глубокое
озеро в мире. Оно значительно меньше, чем Балтийское море, однако воды в нем
гораздо больше. Вода в озере такая чистая, что, если посмотреть вниз, можно
сосчитать камни на дне.
На территории России находится шестая часть мирового лесного покрова.
Они находятся преимущественно в северной части Европы, в Сибири и на Даль-
нем Востоке.
На обширной территории страны существуют разнообразные виды климата:
от арктического на севере, до тропического на юге. В центральной части страны
климат умеренно континентальный.
Россия богата на месторождения нефти, угля, железной руды, природного
газа, меди, никеля и многих минералов.
Россия является парламентской республикой. Во главе страны стоит пре-
зидент. Законодательная власть принадлежит Государственной Думе. Столицей
страны является Москва. Это крупнейший политический, научный, культурный
и промышленный центр страны. Это также один из старейших городов России.
Однако, не смотря на все проблемы, с которыми столкнулась сегодня Россий-
ская Федерация, у нее есть возможность стать одной из лидирующих стран мира.
LAND REGIONS
377
The northern part o f this belt is called the taiga. It consists o f c o n i f e r o u s
(cone-bearing) trees, such as cedar, fir, pine, and spruce. This area has poor,
ashy soil, k n o w n as podzol, that makes it largely unfit for agriculture. Farther
south, the c o n i f e r o u s forests give way to mixed forests o f conifers, aspen,
birch, elm, maple, oak, and other species. The soils in this zone support ag-
riculture in some areas, and the area has a mild, moist climate. B r o w n bears,
deer, elk, lynx, reindeer, and smaller animals such as beavers, rabbits, and
squirrels r o a m the forests.
Grassy plains called steppes stretch across Russia south o f the forests.
The northern part o f the steppe zone consists o f wooded plains and meadows.
The massive southern part is largely a treeless prairie. The best soils in Rus-
sia — brown soil and black, rich soil called chernozem — are found there.
Most o f the steppe zone is farmland. Birds, squirrels, and mouse like mam-
mals called j e r b o a s live in the steppes. Antelope live in the eastern steppes.
The semi-desert and mountainous zone, the southernmost zone in Russia,
has diverse soils and climate due to variations in elevation. It includes the
dry, semi-desert lowlands near the Caspian Sea, as well as the lush vegeta-
tion and m i l d climate o f the Caucasus Mountains.
Geologists also divide Russia into five land regions that differ from the
soil and vegetation zones. From west to east, the regions are (1) the Europe-
an Plain, (2) the Ural Mountains, (3) the West Siberian Plain, (4) the Central
Siberian Plateau, and (5) the East Siberian Uplands.
The European Plain makes up most o f the European part o f Russia. It is
the most densely populated region in the country. The European Plain is pre-
dominantly flat, averaging 180 meters above sea level. Most o f the nation's
industries are there, but the plain is poor in natural resources. Forest covers
much o f it. The region is home to a variety o f animal life. The Caucasus
Mountains rise at the southern edge o f the plain, between the Black and the
Caspian seas. The mountains include 5,642-meter Mount Elbrus, the highest
point in Europe.
The Ural Mountains form the traditional boundary between the European
and Asian parts o f Russia. These mountains, worn down by streams, reach an
average height o f only 610 meters. The middle and southern Ural Mountains
are rich in deposits o f iron, copper, and other metals. The middle section is
the region's most heavily populated and highly industrialised area. Major
cities in the region include Yekaterinburg and Chelyabinsk.
The West Siberian Plain is the largest level region in the world. This
enormous plain covers 2.6 million square kilometres and rises 150 meters
above sea level. It is drained by the Ob River system, which flows northward
into the Arctic Ocean. But drainage is poor, and the plain is m a r s h y . Rich
in oil and natural gas deposits, the West Siberian Plain is being developed
rapidly. The cities o f Novosibirsk and Omsk lie in the region.
378
The Central Siberian Plateau slopes upward toward the south f r o m coast-
al plains along the Arctic Ocean. It has an average height o f 610 meters.
Streams cut deeply through the region. The Sayan and Baikal mountains
rise 3,350 meters along the plateau's southern edge. Thick pine forests cover
much o f the Central Siberian Plateau, and its climate reaches extremes o f
heat and cold. The region has a wide variety o f rich mineral deposits. Kras-
noyarsk and Irkutsk are its largest cities.
The East Siberian Uplands are mainly a wilderness o f mountains and
plateaux. The mountains rise 3,000 meters and f o r m part o f a series o f ranges
along the eastern coast o f Asia and some offshore islands. About 25 active
volcanoes are found on the Kamchatka Peninsula. The tallest volcano, snow-
capped Klyuchevskaya, rises 4,750 meters. The region has valuable mineral
resources, but its harsh climate makes it difficult to t a p them. Vladivostok
on the Pacific Ocean and Khabarovsk on the A m u r River are the region's
most important cities.
VOCABULARY
permafrost [ ' p ' i i m a f m s t ] — вечная мерзлота
bleak — открытый, незащищенный от ветра; холодный, промозглый
shrub — куст, кустарник
dwarf [dwo:f] — карликовый, миниатюрный; малорослый
moss — мох
ermine [ ' s : m i n j — горностай
waterfowl — водяные птицы
coniferous [ k a u ' n i f a r a s ] — хвойный, шишконосный
cedar [ ' s i : d s ] — кедр
fir — пихта
spruce [spru:s] — ель
aspen — тополь, осина
birch — береза
elm — вяз,
maple — клен
elk — лось
lynx [lirjks] — рысь
beaver — бобер
to roam — бродить, путешествовать
jerboa [<±5э:'Ьэиэ] — (африканский) тушканчик
lush — сочный, буйный, п ы ш н ы й (о растительности)
marshy ['ma:JY| — болотистый, топкий
deposit [ d i ' p o z i t ] — геол. месторождение, залежь
to tap — вскрывать залежь
379
QUESTIONS
/. What zones is Russia divided into? Characterise them.
2. Where are the, best soils in Russia found?
3. What land regions do geologists divide Russia into? Characterise them.
4. What territory makes up most of the European part of Russia?
5. What is the highest point in Europe?
6. What is an average height of the Ural Mountains?
7. Where does climate reach extremes of heat and cold?
8. How many 25 active volcanoes are found on the Kamchatka Peninsula?
РЕГИОНЫ РОССИИ
380
равнина. Уральские горы. Западносибирская равнина, Центральное сибирское
плоскогорье. Восточносибирская возвышенность.
Европейская равнина занимает большую часть страны и является наиболее
населенной. Она преимущественно плоская и находится на высоте около 180 м
над уровнем моря. Здесь находится большая часть промышленности страны,
природные же ресурсы очень бедны. Большую часть этой территории покры-
вают леса. Фауна здесь очень разнообразна. Кавказские горы возвышаются над
северной частью равнины, между Черным и Каспийским морями. Здесь нахо-
дится самая высокая гора Европы, Эльбрус (5642 м).
Уральские горы образуют природную границу между Европейской и Ази-
атской частями Европы. Горы, изрезанные ручьями, достигают до 160 м ввысь.
В центральной и южной частях Урала находятся залежи железа, меди и других
металлов. Центральная часть является густонаселенной и промышленной. Глав-
ными городами региона являются Екатеринбург и Челябинск.
Западносибирская равнина является самой большой равниной в мире. Ее
площадь составляет около 2,6 млн. кв. км и она находится на высоте 150 м над
уровнем моря. Здесь находится пойма Оби, которая течет на север и впадает
в Северный Ледовитый океан. Это болотистая местность. Здесь находятся при-
родные залежи нефти и газа. В этой местности находятся города Новосибирск
и Омск.
Центральное сибирское плоскогорье простирается к югу от прибрежной
равнины вдоль Северного Ледовитого океана и находится на высоте 610 м. Ру-
чьи протекают по всему району. Саянские и Байкальские торы имеют высоту
3350 м и находятся у южного края равнины. Густые сосновые леса покрывают
значительную часть плоскогорья. Климат здесь меняется от очень жаркого до
очень холодного. Местность изобилует залежами минералов. Самыми крупны-
ми городами являются Красноярск и Иркутск.
Восточносибирская возвышенность — это преимущественно дикая гористая
местность и плоскогорье. Горы здесь достигают 3 км в высоту и расположены
рядами вдоль восточного побережья Азии и некоторых островов, находящийся
на некотором расстоянии от берега. На полуострове Камчатка найдено 25 дейс-
твующих вулканов. Самый высокий из них, покрытый снегом, Ключевская со-
пка, достигает 4750 м в высоту. Здесь много ценных минеральных ресурсов, но
их очень трудно добывать из-за сурового климата. Главными городами являются
Владивосток, у Тихого океана, и Хабаровск на реке Амур.
In 1992 shortly after the Soviet Union broke up Russia established a tran-
sitional ( t e m p o r a r y ) government headed by Boris N. Yeltsin. Yeltsin had
been elected President o f the R.S.F.S.R. in 1991. After the break-up o f the
Soviet Union, Yeltsin continued to serve as President o f Russia. In Decem-
ber 1993, Russia a d o p t e d a new constitution that established a p e r m a n e n t
government.
i f c l U M
Russia is a democratic federative state based on rule o f law and a republi-
can form o f government. State power in Russia is exercised by the President,
the Federal Assembly, the Government and the courts.
One o f the basic principles o f constitutional government is the division
o f powers. In accordance w i t h this principle, power must not be concentrat-
ed i n the hands o f one person or one institution, but must be divided among
the legislative, executive and j u d i c i a l branches o f power. The division o f
powers requires that there be a clear d e l i n e a t i o n o f responsibilities and a
system o f checks and balances so that each branch o f power can o f f s e t the
others.
The President is at the summit o f the system o f state power. He ensures
that all the state institutions are able to carry out their responsibilities and
keeps watch over them to ensure that no institution can e n c r o a c h on an-
other's prerogatives, attempt to u s u r p power in the country or take over
another's powers.
The President o f Russia is the government's chief executive, head o f
state, and most powerful official. The president is elected by the people to
serve a four-year term.
The President, w i t h the a p p r o v a l o f the lower house o f parliament, ap-
points a prime minister to serve as head o f government. The prime minister
is the top-ranking official o f a Council o f Ministers (cabinet). The council
carries out the operations o f the government.
Each institution o f state power is only partially responsible for enforc-
ing the Constitution. Only the President has the responsibility o f safeguard-
ing the state system, the state's sovereignty and integrity overall. This is
the guarantee that the other state institutions and officials can exercise their
powers in a normal constitutional fashion.
Legally, the President is distanced f r o m all the branches o f power, but
he nonetheless remains closer to the e x e c u t i v e branch. This closeness is re-
flected in the specific constitutional powers the President exercises as head
o f state.
The origins o f this constitutional situation lie in the particularities o f
the way the government is formed in Russia. The Constitution does not link
the process o f forming a government to the distribution o f seats in parlia-
ment among the different political parties and fractions. In other words, the
party w i t h the majority i n parliament could form the government, but the
government does not have to be formed according to this principle. Both
approaches w o u l d be in keeping with the Constitution. But a situation where
the government's makeup does not reflect the parliamentary majority can
be a source o f problems for many aspects o f the executive branch's work,
especially law-making. Such problems could reduce the effectiveness o f the
executive branch's w o r k and make it unable to resolve pressing tasks.
ill:
I n order to overcome such a situation, the Constitution gives the Presi-
dent a number o f powers that he can use on an ongoing basis to influence
the government's work. These powers include approving the structure o f the
federal e x e c u t i v e bodies o f power, appointing deputy prime ministers and
ministers, the right to preside government meetings, exercise control over
the lawfulness o f the government's action, and direct subordination o f the
security ministries to the President. The President has the right to d i s m i s s
the government or to accept the Prime Minister's resignation, which auto-
matically entails the resignation o f the government as a whole.
The President works w i t h two consultative bodies — the Security Coun-
c i l and the State Council. The President chairs these two councils.
The President forms his E x e c u t i v e Office and oversees the general
functioning o f the Office. The Office helps the President carry out his func-
tions and f u l f i l his role as guarantor o f the Constitution. But the Presidential
E x e c u t i v e Office is not an independent governmental body. The system o f
Presidential power includes the Presidential P l e n i p o t e n t i a r y E n v o y s in the
Federal Districts.
VOCABULARY
temporary — временный
to adopt — принимать
permanent — постоянный, неизменный;
court [ko:t] — суд
legislative [ ' l e d j i s b t i v ] — законодательный
executive [ i g ' z e k j u t i v ] — исполнительный, принадлежащий к структу-
рам исполнительной власти
judicial [ c f e u / d i j b l ] — судебный
delineation [ d i ^ h n i ' e i j s n ] — о ч е р ч и в а н и е , схема; набросок, очертание
to offset [ ofset] — возмещать, вознаграждать, компенсировать
responsibility — ответственность, подотчетность (перед кем-л.), обязан-
ность
to encroach [ i n ' k r a u t J] on — покушаться на чужие права, посягать
to usurp [ j u : ' z 3 : p ] — у з у р п и р о в а т ь , незаконно захватывать
approval [ a ' p r u : v a l ] — у т в е р ж д е н и е ; санкция
to appoint — назначать (на должность), утверждать (в должности)
origin ['oridbjin] — начало, источник, происхождение
to dismiss — увольнять; освобождать от обязанностей
to accept [ э к ' s e p t ] — принимать, брать; соглашаться
plenipotentiary [ , p l e n i p a ' t e n j a r i ] — полномочный
envoy [ ' e n v o i ] — дипломатический представитель; уполномоченный
министр, доверенное лицо
QUESTIONS
1. Who headed transitional government in 1992?
2. When was a new constitution adopted?
3. What is political system of Russia?
4. How is the power divided?
5. What are the main functions of the President of Russia?
6. What bodies does the President work with?
7. What Office does the President form? What does it help?
384
Это конституционное положение происходит от особенностей структуры
правительства России. Конституция не связывает процесс формирования пра-
вительства с путем распределения мест в парламенте между политическими
партиями и фракциями. Другими словами, партия с большинством в парламен-
те могла бы сформировать правительство, но правительство не должно быть
сформировано согласно этому принципу. Оба подхода должны находиться в со-
ответствии с Конституцией. Но ситуация, где состав правительства не отража-
ет парламентского большинства, может быть источником проблем для работы
исполнительной власти, особенно законодательства. Такие проблемы могли бы
уменьшить эффективность работы исполнительной власти и сделать ее неспо-
собной решать неотложные задачи.
Чтобы преодолеть такую ситуацию, Конституция наделяет президента пол-
номочиями, с помощью которых он может оказывать влияние на работу пра-
вительства. Эти полномочия включают одобрение структуры органов испол-
нительной власти, назначение Заместителей Премьер-министра и министров,
право председательствовать на правительственных встречах, осуществление
контроля законности действия правительства, и прямого подчинения минис-
терств безопасности Президенту. Президент имеет право уволить правительс-
тво или принять отставку Премьер-министра, которая автоматически влечет за
собой отставку правительства в целом.
Президент работает с двумя консультативными органами, которые он и воз-
главляет: Совет Безопасности и Государственный Совет.
Президент формирует свой исполнительный кабинет и контролирует его
работу. Кабинет помогает Президенту выполнять свои обязанности и служить
гарантом выполнения конституции. Кабинет не является независимым госу-
дарственным органом. Система президентской власти включает в себя наличие
президентских уполномоченных представителей в федеральных округах.
1 Ш —
In June 1991, he became chairman o f the St. Petersburg City Council's
International Relations Committee and, starting with 1994, he combined this
post with the position o f First Deputy Chairman o f the St. Petersburg City
Government (First Deputy Mayor).
In August 1996, he was appointed deputy head o f the President's Ad-
ministrative Directorate (Property Management Directorate).
In March 1997, he became deputy head o f the Executive Office o f the
President (Presidential Administration) and head o f the Central Supervision
and Inspections Directorate.
In May 1998, he was promoted to first deputy head o f the Presidential
Administration.
In July 1998, he was appointed director of the Federal Security Service
and, as o f March 1999, he combined this position with that o f Secretary o f
the Security Council.
In August 1999, he was appointed Prime Minister.
On December 31, 1999, he became acting President.
On March 26, 2000, he was elected President o f Russia and was inaugu-
rated as president on May 7, 2000.
On March 14, 2004, he was elected President o f Russia for the second
term.
Speaks German and English.
Married to Lyudmila Putina. They have two daughters: Maria (1985),
Katerina (1986).
VOCABULARY
Ph.D. degree in economics — кандидат экономических наук
to assign [ a ' s a i n ] — назначать на должность
to be responsible [ r i s ' p o n s s b l ] for smth. — быть ответственным за что-л.
position [ p a ' z i j b n ] — положение; должность
to appoint — назначать (на должность), утверждать (в должности)
to promote — выдвигать; продвигать; повышать в чине/звании
QUESTIONS
1. When and where was Vladimir Putin born?
2. What education has he got?
3. Where did he work and what positions did he hold?
4. When was he elected President of Russia for the first term? for the sec-
ond term ?
5. What can you say about his family?
6. How many languages does he speak?
ВЛАДИМИР ВЛАДИМИРОВИЧ ПУТИН - ПРЕЗИДЕНТ РОССИИ
MOSCOW
VOCABULARY
to found [ f a u n d ] — начинать строительство, закладывать (фундамент,
город) основывать, учреждать; создавать
to emerge [Г m '3: с!з J — появляться; перен. вставать, возникать
to conquer ['кэцкз] — завоевывать, покорять; порабощать
to dissolve [di'zolv] — прекращать деятельность, распускать (партию,
парламент, аннулировать, расторгать, разрушать
headquarters [ , h e d ' k w o : t e z ] — штаб-квартира главное управление, центр;
центральный орган
wheel [wi:l] — колесо
to trace — прослеживать(ся); восходить к определенному источнику или
периоду в прошлом (to, back to)
to protect [ p r s ' t e k t j — защищать (from — от, against — против); охра-
нять, ограждать; предохранять
388
a spoke — спица (колеса)
a rim — что-л., представляющее собой цилиндрическую поверхность;
обод, (наружная часть колеса)
huge [hju:d(3] — большой, гигантский, громадный, огромный
outermost ['autsmsust] — самый дальний от середины, от центра, край-
ний
to expand [iks'paend] —расширять(ся); увеличивать(ся) в объеме, в раз-
мерах
QUESTIONS
1. What is the capital city of the Russian Federation?
2. Where is Moscow situated?
3. When was Moscow founded?
4. How many times did it become the capital?
5. In what shape is Moscow built?
6. What is the Kremlin?
7. What is there at the city s heart?
МОСКВА
At the heart o f the city stands the Kremlin. This old fortress was the
centre o f the Soviet Union's government until that nation was dissolved in
1991. Since then, it has been the centre o f the Russian government. Inside
its walls, which e x t e n d almost 1 1/2 miles (2.4 kilometres), are beautiful
c a t h e d r a l s and palaces, as well as government buildings. Some o f the ca-
thedrals date from the 1400's. Many czars are buried in the Cathedral o f
the Archangel Michael. The Grand K r e m l i n Palace was built in the early
1800's as an imperial residence. The building later was the meeting place o f
the Supreme Soviet, the parliament o f the Soviet Union. In 1992, Russia's
Congress o f People's Deputies met in the Grand K r e m l i n Palace. The Palace
o f Congresses, built in 1961, is used for cultural performances and govern-
ment meetings and receptions. From 1961 to 1990, it also housed Soviet
Communist Party meetings.
The K r e m l i n has a long history as a seat o f government in Russia. The
K r e m l i n was the centre o f czarist rule f r o m the mid-1500's until 1712,
when Peter the Great moved the Russian capital to St. Petersburg. Moscow
and the K r e m l i n again became the seat of government in 1918, shortly after
the Communists took control o f Russia. With the break-up o f the Soviet
Union in 1991, the K r e m l i n became the seat o f government o f an independ-
ent Russia.
The Kremlin is a triangular enclosure extending almost 1 1/2 miles
(2.4 kilometres) around. Views o f the K r e m l i n can be breathtaking. Especial-
ly impressive are its gilded domes, its tapered gate towers, and the contrast
between the threatening boundary wall and the richness and intricacy o f the
interior. The variety o f styles and lavish decoration give an impression o f
powerful magnificence. Today, many K r e m l i n buildings serve as museums.
The K r e m l i n ' s historical treasures include paintings, jewels, and crowns
w o r n by Russia's czars.
The first K r e m l i n on the site was built in 1156. The present K r e m l i n walls
have stood since the late 1400's, when M o s c o w became the most p o w e r f u l
Russian city. A t that time, architects f r o m northern Italy and f r o m through-
out Russia were called to w o r k on the K r e m l i n . Italian architects built the
Cathedral o f the A s s u m p t i o n (1475-1479), the Granovitaya Palace (1487-
1491), the B e l l Tower o f Ivan the Great (1505-1508), and the Cathedral
o f the Archangel Michael (1505-1509). The architects b l e n d e d the Italian
Renaissance classical style w i t h more traditional Russian forms, like those
used in the K r e m l i n ' s Cathedral o f the A n n u n c i a t i o n (1484-1489).
D u r i n g the 1600's, the K r e m l i n ' s towers and buildings were enlarged and
redecorated. The major K r e m l i n buildings o f this period are the Terem Pal-
ace (1635-1636) and the Palace o f the Patriarchs (1645-1655). I n the 1700's
and 1800's, construction continued but in the baroque and later neoclassical
styles. Notable buildings f r o m this period include the Arsenal (1702-1736),
the M e n s h i k o v Tower (1705-1707), the Senate (1776-1787), and the Grand
K r e m l i n Palace (1838-1849). Buildings added during the 1900's include
the Presidium (1932-1934) and the Palace o f Congresses (1960-1961). The
great hall o f the Palace o f Congresses houses government meetings and per-
formances o f ballets and operas.
VOCABULARY
to dissolve [ d i ' z o l v ] — прекращать деятельность, распускать (партию,
парламент, аннулировать, расторгать, разрушать
to extend [ i k s ' t e n d ] — простирать(ся), тянуть(ся); длиться
cathedral [ k a ' O b d r s l ] — кафедральный собор
to bury [ b e r i ] — хоронить
to remain [ r i ' m e i n ] — оставаться
triangular [ t r a i ' a s i j g j u l a ] — т р е у г о л ь н ы й
enclosure [ Т ' к 1 э и з э ] — TO, чем что-л. огораживается или во что заклю-
чается, забор, ограждение; здания вокруг двора, огороженное место
gilded [ ' g i l d i d ] — позолоченный
dome — купол; верх, верхушка, свод
tapered — к л и н о в и д н ы й , конический
intricacy [ ' i n t r i k s s i j — запутанность, сложность
lavish — щедрый, обильный; богатый
assumption [ s ' s A m p J b n ] — успение
to blend — сочетать(ся) (with — с чем-л.)
(the Annunciation) [ a ^ A n s i ' e i J b n ] — рел. благовещение
performance [ p a ' f o i m s n s ] — представление
391
QUESTIONS
1. Where is the Kremlin situated?
2. When was the first Kremlin built ?
3. What was there until that nation was dissolved in 1991? What is situated
now?
4. What can you find inside its walls?
5. When was the Grand Kremlin Palace built? How was it used then and
later?
6. What history has the Kremlin got?
7. How can you describe the Kremlin?
Кремль находится в сердце города. Эта старая крепость была центром пра-
вительства Советского Союза, пока он не распался в 1991 году. С тех пор он яв-
ляется центром российского правительства. За его стенами, которые простира-
ются на 2,4 км, находятся красивые соборы и дворцы, а также государственные
здания. Некоторые соборы датируются 14 веком. Много царей похоронено в Со-
боре Архангела Михаила. Большой Кремлевский Дворец был построен в начале
18 века, в качестве имперской резиденции. Позже, он стал местом заседаний
Верховного Совета, Парламента Советского Союза. В 1992 году, Российский
съезд народных депутатов собрался в Большом Дворце Кремля. Дворец съездов,
построенный в 1961 г., использовался для проведения культурных мероприятий
и государственных встреч и приемов. С 1961 по 1990 год, там также проходили
заседания Коммунистической партии Советского Союза.
Кремль как местонахождения правительства России имеет длинную ис-
торию. Кремль был центром правления царей, начиная с середины 15 века
до 1712 г., когда Петр Великий перенес столицу в Санкт-Петербург. Москва
и Кремль снова стали резиденцией правительства в 1918 г., когда коммунисты
пришли к власти в России. С распадом Советского Союза в 1991 году. Кремль
стал местом правительства независимого российского государства.
Кремль представляет собой треугольное строение, диаметром почти 1 1/2
мили (2,4 км). Виды Кремля захватывающие. Особенно впечатляют позолочен-
ные купола, конические башни ворог и контраст' между угрожающей стенной
преградой и богатством и сложностью интерьера. Разнообразие стилей и украше-
ний создают впечатление могущественного великолепия. Сегодня, многие пост-
ройки Кремля служат в качестве музеев. Исторические сокровища Кремля вклю-
чают в себя картины, драгоценности и короны, которые носили русские цари.
Первый Кремль был построен на этом месте в 1156 году. Нынешние Крем-
левские стены стоят, начиная с конца 1400-ых годов, когда Москва стала самым
могущественным российским городом. В те дни для строительства Кремля при-
глашали архитекторов из северной Италии и со всей России. Итальянские архи-
текторы построили Благовещенский Собор (1475-1479 гг.). Грановитую Палату
(1487-1491 гг.), колокольню Ивана Великого (1505-1508 гг.) и Собор Архангела
И ц д д
Михаила (1505-1509 гг.). Архитекторы смешивали итальянский классический
стиль Ренессанс с более традиционными российскими формами, какие исполь-
зовались в Кремлевском Успенском Соборе (1484-1489 гг.).
В течение 1600-ых годов, башни Кремля и здания были расширены и отре-
монтированы. Главные Кремлевские здания этого периода — Теремной Дворец
(1635-1636 гг.) и Дворец Патриархов (1645-1655 гг.). В 1700-ых и 1800-ых годах,
строительство продолжалось, но в причудливых и более поздних неоклассичес-
ких стилях. Известные здания этого периода включают Арсенал (1702-1736 гг.),
Башню Меньшикова (1705-1707 гг.), Сенат (1776-1787 гг.) и Большой Крем-
левский дворец (1838-1849 гг.). Здания, достроенные в течение 1900-ых годов,
включают Президиум (1932-1934 гг.) и Дворец съездов (1960-1961 гг.). В боль-
шом зале Дворца съездов проводятся правительственные встречи и представле-
ния балета и опер.
VOCABULARY
to admire [ a d ' m a i s ] — восторгаться
orchestra [ ' o : k r s t r s j — оркестр
to feature [ f b t f a ] — являться характерной чертой, отличительным при-
знаком; отличать, характеризовать
exhibit [ i g ' z i b i t ] — экспонат (на выставке), показ, выставка
dazzling ['daezlir)] — великолепный, ослепительный
treasure [ Ч г е з э ] — сокровище
to display [ d i s ' p l e i ] — выставлять, показывать; демонстрировать
393
to contain [ k s n ' t e i n ] — содержать в себе, включать, иметь в своем со-
ставе
to highlight [' hail ait] — отводить главное место; выдвигать на первый
план
QUESTIONS
1. What can you say about the Bolshoi Theatre?
2. Which art form is the Bolshoi Theatre most famous for ?
3. How many museums has Moscow got?
4. What do some of them display?
5. What is the largest library in Russia?
Art, architecture and culture join with virgin wilderness and sun-splashec1
beaches, making Russia truly an adventurous traveller's wonderland.
From the volcanoes and geysers of Kamchatka, through the Siberian
taiga to the mineral spas around the Black Sea coast, it cannot be said Rus-
sia has nothing to offer the average tourist.
But figures cited by tourism experts showed that 70 per cent to 80 per
cent of the 3.5 million foreign tourists that come to the county rarely venture
farther than Moscow, St. Petersburg and perhaps the Golden Ring.
They don't realize they could be taking a cruise along the waters o f the
Volga, bathing in hot springs surrounded by volcanoes in Kamchatka or tak-
ing a boat over the crystal-clear waters o f Lake Baikal.
A n alternative Seven Wonders o f the World could easily be u n e a r t h e d
on Russia's territory, i f only tourists were w i l l i n g to dig them out.
Considered the heart o f Russia, Moscow is described as a place where
ancient Russia meets the Soviet Union and capitalism — illustrated by the
golden onion d o m e s o f the Kremlin's O r t h o d o x churches, which look out
past Lenin's mausoleum and over the massive G U M shopping complex.
St. Petersburg, on the other hand, is considered to be a more European
capital. The creation o f Peter the Great, it is best-known for its 18th and
19th-century palaces; the Peter and Paul fortress, a former prison; the Her-
mitage Museum; and the White Nights.
The Golden Ring is a group o f towns and cities — including Suzdal,
Vladimir, Yaroslavl, Kostroma and others. They offer a host o f restored and
a b a n d o n e d churches, monasteries and fortresses, rich museums and pre-
served wooden villages.
Set on the Black Sea coast against the backdrop o f the snow-capped Cau-
casus mountains, the beach resort town Sochi was for a long time the place
to spend a vacation, w i t h its subtropical climate, w a r m seas, a r b o r e t u m and
gardens. Most tourists visit Sochi to relax on the beaches, swim in the sea
and p a r t a k e o f its favourable climate; but its mineral spas and sanatoriums
make it an ideal health resort.
For those seeking a natural high, Russia's best attractions may be the
A l t a i and Caucasus mountains.
Untouched, unharmed and largely undiscovered by Western tourists, the
so-called golden mountains o f Russia's Altai republic are noted for being
among the most beautiful and p r i m o r d i a l parts o f Siberia. The A l t a i moun-
tain chain is set in a rich and diverse landscape o f steppe, taiga and semi-
desert, and stretches about 2,000 kilometres from Mongolia's Gobi Desert to
the West Siberian Plain, through Chinese, Mongolian, Russian and Kazakh
territory.
Areas o f the Caucasus mountains, which rise dramatically above the
Black Sea coast and run down to the Caspian Sea, are also noted for their
plant diversity, subalpine pastures g r a z e d by w i l d animals and lack o f hu-
man disturbance. Here, one can go skiing, scale Europe's highest peak — the
5,642-meter Mount Elbrus — and relax at the spas o f Mineralniye Vody.
Travellers can visit Kamchatka to see its hot springs and view its wild-
life and spectacular sunsets. Kamchatka, a more than 1,000-kilometer-long
p e n i n s u l a dividing the Sea o f Okhotsk from the Pacific Ocean, is said to
be one o f the least explored regions on Earth. The most amazing attraction
is the Valley o f the Geysers in Kronotsky National Park, which was only
ШШШШ
discovered in the 1940s. Its 180 or more volcanoes, thermal activity, hot
springs, heated rivers and geysers should be enough to attract any tour-
ist. Inhabited by less than one person per square kilometre, the peninsula
boasts at least 14,000 rivers, 10,000 lakes, .thousands o f brown bears and
sable, and hundreds o f bird and plant species i n d i g e n o u s to the area.
But among the best waters to ply are the crystal-clear depths o f the pearl
o f Siberia — Lake Baikal — one o f the genuine Seven Natural Wonders o f
the World. A n impressive spectacle near the border o f Russia and Mongolia,
Lake Baikal is 636 kilometres long and 80 kilometres wide — and is the
world's deepest lake. Surrounded by forests and mountain peaks, the waters
are transparent to a depth o f 40 meters in the summer, and freeze over so
thick in the winter that the Trans-Siberian Railroad once ran over its surface.
The lake has more than 2,000 recorded plant and animal species — bears,
elk, lynx, sables, freshwater seal, trout, s a l m o n and sturgeon. It is fed by
336 rivers, w i t h only one river feeding out.
One o f the most famous ways to explore Siberia's vast expanse — and
probably the dream o f many a foreigner — is the mythical Trans-Siberian
Railroad. The Trans-Siberian Railroad is now the longest continuous rail line
on earth. Lake Baikal, Ulan Ude in Buryatia and Vladivostok, Far East, are
all along the journey.
VOCABULARY
mineral spa — курорт с минеральными водами
average — обыкновенный, обычный, средний
to venture [ ' v e n t / э ] — отважиться, решиться; осмелиться
spring — источник, ключ, родник
to unearth [ ' л п ' з : 9 ] — раскапывать, открывать
to dig out — выискивать, раскапывать
dome — купол
Orthodox — православный
abandoned — заброшенный
arboretum [ , a : b 3 ' r i : t a m ] — д р е в е с н ы й питомник
to partake — принимать участие, отведать
primordial [ p r a i ' m o : d j a l ] — первобытный, изначальный
diversity [ d a i ' v 3 : s i t i ] — разнообразие; многообразие
to graze — пасти скот
wildlife — живая природа
peninsula [ p i ' n i n s j u l a ] — полуостров
to attract — привлекать, притягивать
inhabited — заселенный, населенный
to boast — гордиться
sable — соболь
species ['spi:Ji:z] — вид
indigenous [in'dicijinas] — природный, прирожденный, местный
pursuit [p3 sju:t] — занятие, дело, поиски
to ply — курсировать, маневрировать, лавировать
heritage — - наследство; наследие
spectacle — зрелище; вид
transparent — прозрачный, просвечивающий
elk — лось
lynx — рысь
trout [traut] — форель
salmon ['sasman] — лосось; семга
sturgeon — осетр
QUESTIONS
1. What sights do foreign tourists usually visit in Russia?
2. What are the Seven Wonders of Russia?
3. What attracts tourists in Moscow?
4. What are the main attractions in St. Petersburg?
5. What can you see during The Golden Ring tour?
6. Where can tourists spend a vacation relaxing on the beaches?
7. Where shoidd they go if they seek a natural high?
8. Why do travellers visit Kamchatka?
9. What lake is among the best waters to ply? Why?
10. What is the longest continuous rail line on earth?
ST. PETERSBURG
399
three weeks in June, it has 'white nights', during which the sky is never
completely dark.
The centre o f St. Petersburg is on the southern bank o f the Neva. This
area includes the main business district and most o f St. Petersburg's fa-
mous buildings. M a n y fine examples o f baroque and neo-classical archi-
tecture have been preserved i n the area, and few modern structures have
been built there. The city has about 900 small rivers and canals and about
400 bridges.
The historic Winter Palace (now the Hermitage Museum), completed in
1762, stands in the centre o f the city. The palace was the winter home o f the
czars. The General Staff Building, designed by Rossi and completed in 1829,
stands across Palace Square from the Winter Palace. Several blocks away is
the Cathedral o f St. Isaac o f Dalmatia, whose massive golden dome domi-
nates St. Petersburg's skyline. The Peter and Paul Fortress, begun in 1703,
is the oldest building in St. Petersburg. Many Russian czars are buried in a
cathedral at the fortress.
The centre o f St. Petersburg is s u r r o u n d e d by old residential areas that
have stone or brick apartment buildings. Near the outskirts o f the city are
thousands o f modern concrete apartment buildings. The western section o f
St. Petersburg is the chief industrial district o f the city.
Several luxurious palaces built in the 1700's still stand in three suburbs
o f St. Petersburg — Pavlovsk, Petrodvorets, and Pushkin. These palaces,
famed for their architectural excellence, were summer homes o f the czars.
Today, they are popular resorts and tourist attractions.
VOCABULARY
to lie [lai] — быть расположенным
magnificent — великолепный, величественный; производящий впечат-
ление, внушительный
to resemble [ r i ' z e m b l ] — походить, иметь сходство
noted — знаменитый, известный
to found [ t a u n d ] — закладывать (фундамент, город), основывать
to get rid o f — освобождаться, избавляться (
in honour [ ' э п з ] o f — в честь
to decline — уменьшаться, идти на убыль
to dissolve — прекращать деятельность, распускать, аннулировать,
latitude — широта
to be buried [ ' b e r i d ] — быть похороненным
to surround [ s a ' r a u n d ] — окружать; обступать
concrete [ ' k o n k r i : t J — бетонный; бетонированный
luxurious [ l A g ' z j u s r i s s ] — богатый, пышный, роскошный; дорогой
to fame — прославлять, славить
QUESTIONS
1. What is the geographical position of Saint Petersburg'.'
2. When and how was St. Petersburg built'.'1
3. How many names did the city have?
4. Who founded St. Petersburg'.'
5. Why were its names changed?
6. What special happens during three weeks in .June?
7. How many rivers and bridges does the city have?
8. What places of interest in the city can you visit?
САНКТ-ПЕТЕРБУРГ
ШШШшШЯЯЯ
Историческим Зимний Дворец (теперь Музей Эрмитажа), законченный в
1762 г., стоит в центре города. Дворец был зимней резиденцией царей. Здание
Главного штаба, проектированное Росси и законченное в 1829 г., стоит на Двор-
цовой площади напротив Зимнего Дворца. В нескольких кварталах находится
Исаакиевский Собор, массивный золотой купол которого доминирует над гори-
зонтом Санкт-Петербурга. Крепость Петра и Павла, начатая в 1703 г., является
самым старым зданием в Санкт-Петербурге. Многие русские цари захоронены
в соборе в крепости.
Центр Санкт-Петербурга окружен старыми жилыми районами, где имеются
каменные или кирпичные жилые дома. Около предместий города — тысячи сов-
ременных бетонных жилых домов. Западная часть Санкт-Петербурга — глав-
ный промышленный район города.
Несколько роскошных дворцов, построенных в 1700-ых гг., все еще стоят
в трех предместьях Санкт-Петербурга: Павловский, Петродворец и Пушкино.
Эти дворцы, знаменитые своим архитектурным мастерством, были летними ре-
зиденциями царей. Сегодня это популярные курорты и достопримечательности.
GREAT BRITAIN
T H E UNITED K I N G D O M ,
T H E BRITISH I S L E S A N D E N G L A N D
QUESTIONS
1. The UK is an island state, isn't it? Where is it situated?
2. What countries is the UK made up of? What are their capitals?
3 What channel separates the British Isles from the European continent?
4. The surface of the British Isles varies very much, doesn't it?
5. How is the north of Scotland called? How is the south of Scotland
called?
6. What s the highest mountain in Scotland?
7. Are there a lot of long and deep rivers in Great Britain?
8. Why is the climate of the British Isles mild?
9. Is the UK a large country?
10. What's the UK's population?
11. The UK is a highly developed industrial country. What does it produce
and export?
12. The UK is a constitutional monarchy. What does it mean?
15
The English also say that they have three variants of weather: when it rains
in the morning, when it rains in the afternoon, or when it rains all day long.
The weather is the favourite conversational topic in England. When two
Englishmen meet, their first words will be "How are you?" And after the re-
ply "Very well, thank you; how are you?" the next r e m a r k is almost certain
to be about the weather. When they go abroad the English often surprise peo-
ple of other nationalities by this tendency to talk about the weather, a topic
of conversation that other people do not find so interesting.
The best time of the year in England is spring (of course, it rains in
spring, too). The two worst months in Britain are January and February.
They are cold, damp, and unpleasant. The best place in the world then is at
home by the fire.
Summer months are rather cold and there can be a lot of rainy days. So
most people, who look f o r w a r d to summer holidays, plan to go abroad for
the summer, to France or somewhere on the Continent.
The most unpleasant aspects of the weather in England are fog and
smog.
VOCABULARY
changeable — изменчивый
wet — сырой, мокрый
nasty — мерзкий, противный, ненастный
comparison — сравнение
remark — замечание, фраза
fire — камин
to look forward to — с нетерпением ожидать чего-л.
fog — туман
QUESTIONS
1. The weather in England is very changeable, isn't it?
2. What comparison do the English use when they want to descsjbe a per-
son whose mood and opinion changes veiy often?
3. What statement is often made by the English to describe the meteorologi-
cal conditions of their country?
4. How often does it rain in England?
5. The weather is the favourite conversational topic in England, isn't it? Do
you find this topic of conversation interesting'?
6. What is the best time of the year in England?
7. What do you know about London fogs?
8. What kind of weather do you like best of all?
9. Where do you get the weather forecast from? Do you always believe it?
ННШШШМШЙМШМНШНШВ
ПОГОДА В АНГЛИИ
VOCABULARY
from all walks of life — всех слоев общества
outdoor pursuits [ps'sju:ts] — занятия на открытом воздухе
to nourish ['ПАП/] — питать, способствовать появлению
self-reliance [ri'laians] —уверенность в своих силах
multipurpose — многопрофильный
to provide — предоставлять, обеспечивать
sailing — парусный спорт
outward-bound — уходящий в плавание за границу, путешественник,
странник
mutual support [ m j m t j u a l ] — взаимная поддержка
adventurous [ a d ' v e n t f a r a s ] — полный приключений
disabled — нетрудоспособный, искалеченный, инвалид
QUESTIONS
1. What organizations in Britain unite young people according to their in-
terests?
2. What do outdoor pursuits involve?
3. What do local authorities and a number of multipurpose youth organiza-
tions provide?
4. What organizations are among providers of outdoor places?
5. What do you know about the Outward-Bound Trust?
6. How many centres does it have?
7. Where are these centres situated?
ЖИЗНЬ МОЛОДЕЖИ В ВЕЛИКОБРИТАНИИ
London is the capital o f Great Britain, its political, economic, and com-
mercial centre. It is one o f the largest cities in the w o r l d and the largest city
in Europe. Its population is about 8 million.
London is divided into several parts: the City, Westminster, the West
End, and the East End.
409
The heart оГ London is the City, its financial and business centre. Nu-
merous banks, offices, and firms are situated there, including the Bank of
England, the Stock Exchange, and the Old Bailey. Few people live here,
but over a million people come to the City to work. There are some famous
ancient buildings within the City. Perhaps the most striking of them is the
St. Paul's Cathedral, the greatest of English churches. It was built in the 17th
century by Sir Christopher Wren. The Tower of London was founded by
Julius Caesar and in 1066 rebuilt by William the Conqueror. It was used as a
fortress, a royal palace, and a prison. Now it is a museum.
Westminster is the governmental part of London.
Nearly all English kings and queens have been crowned in Westminster
Abbey. Many outstanding statesmen, scientists, writers, poets, and painters
are buried here: Newton, Darwin, Chaucer, Dickens, Tennyson, Kipling, etc.
Across the road from Westminster Abbey is Westminster Palace, the seat
of the British Parliament. The Clock Tower of the Houses of Parliament is
famous for its big bell, known as "Big Ben". Buckingham Palace is the of-
ficial residence of the Queen.
The West End is the richest and most beautiful part of London. It is the
symbol of wealth and luxury. The best hotels, shops, restaurants, clubs, and
theatres are situated there.
The Trafalgar Square is the geographical centre of London. It was named
in memory of Admiral Nelson's victory in the battle of Trafalgar in 1805.
The tall Nelson's Column stands in the middle of the square.
On the north side of the Trafalgar Square is the National Portrait Gallery.
Not far away is the British Museum — the biggest museum in London. It
contains a priceless collection of ancient manuscripts, coins, sculptures, etc,
and is also famous for its library.
There are a lot of factories, workshops, and docks in the East End.
VOCABULARY
numerous [ ' n j m m a r a s ] — многочисленный
ancient [ e i n j a n t ] —древний, старинный
striking — поразительный, замечательный
to found — основывать
fortress — крепость
royal — королевский
to crown [kraun] — короновать
outstanding — выдающийся
statesman — государственный деятель
to bury f'beri] — хоронить
tower — башня
official residence — официальная резиденция
wealth — богатство
luxury [ Ч л к / э п ] — роскошь
in memory of — в память о
to contain — содержать; priceless — бесценный
QUESTIONS
/. Is London the largest city in the world?
2. What's the population of London?
3. Traditionally London is divided into four parts. Can you name them?
4. What do you know about the City?
5. Who was the St. Paul's Cathedral built by?
6. Who founded the Tower of London? When was it rebuilt?
7. What is the governmental part of London?
8. What building has more historic associations than any other building in
London?
9. What is Big Ben?
10. Can you describe the Trafalgar Square?
11. Where do the working people of London live?
12. What are the most famous London museums and art galleries?
^HV^^HH^H
ДИИг fll^Bi^Hi
Парламента известна своим большим колоколом, называемым «Биг Бен». Бу-
кингемский дворец это официальная резиденция королевы.
Вест-Энд самая богатая и красивая часть Лондона. Это символ богатс-
тва и роскоши. Здесь находятся наилучшие гостиницы, магазины, рестораны,
клубы и театры.
Трафальгарская площадь — географический центр Лондона. Она была на-
звана в память о победе адмирала Нельсона в Трафальгарской битве в 1805 г.
Высокая колонна Нельсона стоит посередине площади.
На северной стороне Трафальгарской площади расположена Национальная
портретная галерея. Недалеко от нее — Британский музей, самый большой му-
зей в Лондоне. В нем содержится бесценная коллекция древних рукописей,
монет, скульптур и т. п., а также он известен своей библиотекой.
В Ист-Энде много фабрик, мастерских и доков.
Hyde Park
It's the London's largest and most f a s h i o n a b l e park. It was once a royal
hunting forest. There are restaurants and bars at each end o f the Serpentine
lake. Hire a boat.
Downing Street
Number 10, Downing Street has been the home o f the British Prime M i n -
ister since 1735.
The Houses of Parliament
Its official name is the Palace o f Westminster. Most o f the building was
built in 1840 after the fire o f 1834 destroyed the old palace. A t the north end
o f the building, by Westminster Bridge, there is the famous clock tower, B i g
Ben. In fact Big Ben is really the name o f the bell in the tower, not o f the
clock.
The Tower of London
It's the London's oldest building. Since it was built by W i l l i a m the Con-
queror in the 11 th century, this castle has been a Royal palace, a prison,
a place o f execution, a zoo, the Royal M i n t , and an observatory. Today it's
a museum and houses the Crown Jewels. There is a gift shop.
The Natural Museum
It's situated in Kensington and is one o f London's greatest museums.
There is a huge collection o f animals and plants, including a quarter o f a
million butterflies, a blue w h a l e and the famous dinosaur skeletons. There is
a cafeteria, a gift shop, and a book shop.
Madame Tussauds, Morylebone Road
The famous W a x w o r k s Museum has the models o f famous people f r o m
pop stars to prime ministers, displays o f battles and a Chamber o f H o r r o r .
-ш
ШШШЯш''ЖЕ'Ш
ШВПННПВ
The Royal Observatory, Greenwich
It is situated 10 miles outside London on a hill above the River Thames.
The Observatory contains telescopes and displays about astronomy, includ-
ing Halley's Comet and Black Holes. There is a video theatre and a souvenir
shop. Picnic in Greenwich Park. You can take a river boat to Greenwich
from Westminster Bridge.
VOCABULARY
fashionable — модный, популярный
to hire a boat — брать лодку напрокат
execution [ , e k s i ' k j u : / 9 n ] — казнь
whale — кит
waxwork — восковая фигура
horror — ужас, страх
to contain — содержать
display — выставка
QUESTIONS
1. What is the London s largest and most fashionable park?
2. What street has been the home of the British Prime Minister since 1735?
3. What is one of London's greatest museums ?
4. Where can you see the famous waxworki?
5. Where is the Royal Observatory situated?
ДОСТОПРИМЕЧАТЕЛЬНОСТИ ЛОНДОНА
Гайд-парк
Это самый большой и роскошный парк в Лондоне. Когда-то это был лес для
королевской охоты. Рестораны и бары расположены вдоль всего берега озера
Серпентайн. Здесь можно взять напрокат лодку.
Улица Даунинг-Стрит
Дом номер 10 по Даунинг-стрит является местом проживания британского
Премьер-министра с 1735 г.
Здание Парламента
Его официальное название — Вестминстерский дворец. Большая часть зда-
ния была построена в 1840 г., после того как пожар 1834 г. уничтожил старый
дворец. В конце северной части здания, у Вестминстерского моста, находится
известная башня с часами, Биг-Бен. В действительности Биг-Бен — это назва-
ние колокола на башне, а не часов.
Лондонский Тауэр
Это самое старое здание Лондона. Со времен, когда он был построен Виль-
гельмом Завоевателем в XI веке, этот замок был королевским дворцом, тюрьмой.
413
местом казни, зоопарком, Королевским монетным двором и обсерваторией. Се-
годня это музей, в котором размещены королевские драг оценности. Здесь есть
подарочный магазин.
Музей природы
Оп находится в Кенсингтоне и является одним из крупнейших музеев Лон-
дона. Здесь есть огромная коллекция животных и растений, включая четверть
миллиона бабочек, синего кита и знаменитые скелеты динозавров. Есть здесь
кафетерий, подарочный и книжный магазины.
Мадам Тюссо, Морилбоуи-Роуд
В этом известном Музее восковых фигур есть изображения знаменитых
людей, от поп-звезд до премьер-министров, панорамы сражений и комната
страха.
Королевская обсерватория, Гринвич
Она расположена в 10 милях от Лондона на холме над рекой "Гсмза. В обсер-
ватории находятся телескопы и проводятся астрономические выставки, вклю-
чающие в себя материалы о комете 1 аллея и Черных дырах. Есть видеокиноте-
агр и сувенирный магазин. Отдохните в Гринвич-парке. Доехать до Гринвича
можно речным пароходом от Вестминстерскою моста.
VOCABULARY
peninsula [ p i ' n i n s j u l a ] — полуостров
amenities — прелести, красоты; удобства
coach [ ' k o u t f ] — туристский междугородний автобус
ferry — паром
QUESTIONS
1. Where is Exeter situated?
2. What is the population of Exeter?
3. When was it founded?
4. How can you get to Exeter?
5. What is it famous for?
VOCABULARY
state school — государственная школа
public school —общественная школа
primary school — начальная школа
secondary school — средняя школа
curriculum — учебная программа (план)
technology — технические науки
General Certificate of Secondary Education (GCSE) — аттестат о среднем
образовании
Advanced level (A-level) — продвинутый уровень (уровень А)
QUESTIONS
1. What schools can pupils in Britain attend?
2. Which schools are absolutely free?
3. Which are the most famous private schools?
4. Is there any statutory age at which students change from primary to sec-
ondary school?
5. Which subjects are compulsory according to National Curriculum?
6. When do the pupils take GCSE?
7. What is the difference between the secondary education in the UK and in
Russia?
О Б Р А З О В А Н И Е В ВЕЛИКОБРИТАНИИ: Ш К О Л Ы
417
лет (обычно от 16 до 18 лет) по двум или трем предметам, по которым они сдают
экзамены на аттестат об образовании на продвинутом уровне (А-уровень). Он
рассматривает ся как характеристика для поступления либо в университет (ми-
нимум две посредственные оценки), либо в другие высшие учебные заведения,
а также для получения многих других видов профессионального образования.
VOCABULARY
grants — субсидия
loans — заем, ссуда
tuition fees — плата за обучение
expenses — расходы
Bachelor degree — степень Бакалавра
admission — прием
master's degree — степень Магистра
QUESTIONS
1. What is a choice of post-school education in Britain?
2. What do all students on full-time courses receive?
3. How are first degrees called?
4. Is there any automatic admission to university?
5. What are two different types of post-graduate courses?
PRESS IN BRITAIN
Probably in no other country are there such great differences between the
daily newspapers.
On the one hand, there are the 'quality' newspapers: The Times, The
Independent, The Guardian, The Financial Times, and The Daily Telegraph.
419
These concern themselves with factual reports of major national and inter-
national events in the world of politics and business, art and sport.
On the other hand, there are the 'populars' and 'tabloids', so-called be-
cause of their smaller size. The tabloids — the most widely read of them
are The Daily Mail, The Daily Express, The Daily Mirror, The Sun, and
The Daily Star — concentrate on more emotive reporting of stories, often
feature sex, violence, the Royal family, film and pop stars, and sport. It is
often said that the popular press aims to entertain its readers rather than to
inform them.
In some countries newspapers are owned by government or by political
parties. This is not the case in Britain. Newspapers here are mostly owned
by individuals or by publishing companies, and the editors of the papers are
usually allowed considerable freedom of expression. This does not mean
that all the newspapers are without political bias. Papers like The Daily Tel-
egraph, The Daily Express, and The Sun, for example, usually reflect Con-
servative opinions in their comment and reporting, while The Daily Mirror
and The Guardian have a more left-wing bias.
In addition to the 12 daily newspapers, there are nine newspapers which
are published on Sundays. Besides, nearly every area in Britain has one or
several local newspapers.
VOCABULARY
daily — ежедневный
'quality' newspapers — пресса высокого качества
to concern oneself with — заниматься, интересоваться; зд. готовить ре-
портаж
'popular' — газета для широкой публики
'tabloid' — малоформатная газета со сжатым текстом и большим коли-
чеством иллюстраций, бульварная пресса
to feature [ frtjs] — изображать, рассказывать
violence ['vaialans] — насилие
to entertain — развлекать
to own — владеть
bias — предубежденность, пристрастие, уклон
to reflect — отражать
QUESTIONS
1. What 'quality' newspapers do you know?
2. What do they concern themselves with?
3. What does a 'tabloid'mean?
4. What 'popular' newspapers do you know?
420
5. It is often said that the aim of the popular press is to entertain its readers
rather than to inform them. What kind of materials do these newspapers
concentrate on?
6. In some countries newspapers are owned by government or by political
parties. What about Britain?
БРИТАНСКАЯ ПРЕССА
ENGLISH MEALS
The English usually have 4 meals a day: breakfast, lunch, tea (5 o'clock),
and dinner. Breakfast can be a full 'English breakfast' of corn flakes with
milk and sugar, or bacon and eggs, toast and marmalade, tea or coffee. Some
people, however, have just a cup of tea or coffee with a toast or something
similar. This is usually called a 'continental breakfast'.
At midday everything is stopped for lunch. Most offices and small shops
are closed for an hour and the city pavements are full of people on their way
to cafes, coffee bars, restaurants. Factory and plant workers usually eat in
their canteens.
The English like what they call 'good plain food'. Usually they like
steak, roast beef, Yorkshire pudding, and fish and chips.
Afternoon tea is taken at about 5 o'clock, but it can hardly be called a
meal. It is a cup of tea and a cake or biscuits. At the weekends afternoon tea
is a special occasion. Friends and visitors are often invited to have a chat
over a cup of tea.
Dinner is the most substantial meal of the whole day. It is usually eaten
at 7 o'clock. The first course may be soup (though the English don't like it
very much). The main course will often be fish or meat, perhaps the tradi-
tional roast beef of old England, and a lot of vegetables. The next course will
be something sweet and often baked, such as a fruit pie. Last of all there may
be cheese, often with biscuits.
It is common knowledge that the English are very fond of tea. They like
to have 'a nice cup of tea' 6 or 8 times a day, sometimes even more.
On Christmas Day a roast turkey is traditionally cooked for dinner. It is
usually followed by Christmas pudding.
VOCABULARY
corn flakes — кукурузные хлопья
pavement — тротуар
plain food — простая пища
special occasion ['spej'al э ' к е г з э п ] — особый случай, событие
to have a chat — побеседовать, поболтать
substantial [sab'stsen faiJ — плотный
first course — первое блюдо
main course — второе блюдо
it is common knowledge — всем известно
roast turkey — жареная индейка
QUESTIONS
1. How many meals a day do the English have?
2. What is the traditional English breakfast'like?
3. What is usually called a 'continental breakfast"?
4. When do the English usually have lunch?
5. What do the English mean by 'good plain food"?
6. What kind of meal is five о 'clock tea in England?
7. What do the English usually have for dinner?
8. The English are fond of tea, aren't they?
9. What is the traditional dish for Christmas table?
10. What other dishes are popular in England?
ЧТО ЕДЯТ В АНГЛИИ
Англичане обычно едят четыре раза в день: завтрак, ленч, чай (в пять ча-
сов) и обед. Завтрак может быть полным «английским завтраком», состоящим
из кукурузных хлопьев с молоком и сахаром или яичницы с беконом, тоста
с джемом, чая или кофе. Однако, некоторые люди просто пьют чашку чая или
кофе с тостом или чем-либо подобным. Такой завтрак обычно называют «кон-
тинентальным завтраком».
В полдень все закрывается на ленч. Большинство офисов и небольших ма-
газинов закрывается на час, и городские тротуары полны людей, которые на-
правляются в кафе, кафетерии, рестораны. Рабочие фабрик и заводов обычно
едят у себя в столовых.
Англичане любят то, что они называют «хорошей простой пищей». Обычно
им нравятся бифштекс, ростбиф, йоркширский пудинг и рыба с чипсами.
Дневной чай пьют приблизительно в пять часов, но это вряд ли можно на-
звать «едой». Это чашечка чая с торгом или печеньем. По выходным дневной
чай — это особое событие. Часто приглашают друзей или гостей, чтобы побол-
тать за чашечкой чая.
Обед это самая плотная еда за целый день. < )бычно его едят в семь часов.
Первым блюдом может быть суп (хотя англичане его не очень любят). Вторым
блюдом часто будет рыба или мясо, возможно, традиционный для старой Ан-
глии ростбиф, и много овощей. Следующим блюдом будет что-нибудь сладкое
и часто печеное, например, фруктовый пирог. II последним может быть сыр.
часто с печеньем.
Всем известно, что англичане очень любят чай. Им нравится выпивать «хо-
рошую чашечку чая» шесть или восемь раз в день, а иногда и больше.
В Рождест во на обед по традиции готовят жареную индейку. За ней обычно
следует рождественский пудинг
THE USA
The United States of America is the fourth largest country in the world (af-
ter Russia, Canada, and China). It occupies the southern part of North America
and stretches from the Pacific to the Atlantic Ocean. It also includes Alaska
in the north and Hawaii in the Pacific Ocean. The total area of the country is
about nine and a half million square kilometres. The USA borders on Canada
in the north and on Mexico in the south. It also has a sea boarder with Russia.
The USA is made up of 50 states and the District of Columbia where the
capital of the country, Washington, is situated. The population of the country
is about 250 million.
If we look at the map of the USA, we can see lowlands and mountains.
The highest mountains are the Rocky Mountains, the Cordillera, and the Sier-
ra Nevada. The highest peak is Mount McKinley, which is located in Alaska.
America's largest rivers are the Mississippi, the Missouri, the Rio Grande,
and the Columbia. The Great Lakes on the border with Canada are the larg-
est and deepest in the USA.
The climate of the country varies greatly. The coldest regions are in the
north. The climate of Alaska is arctic. The climate of the central part of the
country is continental. The south has subtropical climate. Hot winds blowing
from the Gulf of Mexico often bring typhoons. The climate along the Pacific
coast is much wanner than that of the Atlantic coast.
The USA is a highly developed industrial country. It is the leading pro-
ducer of copper and oil and the world's second producer of iron ore and
coal. On the industrial enterprises of the country they produce aircrafts, cars,
textiles, radio and television sets, weapon, furniture, and paper.
Though mainly European and African in origin, the Americans are made
up from nearly all races and nations, including the Chinese and the native
Americans — Indians.
The largest cities arc New York, Los Angeles, Chicago, Philadelphia, De-
troit, San Francisco, and others.
The United States is a federal republic consisting of 50 states, each of
which has its own government. The seat of the central (federal) government
is Washington, D.C. According to the Constitution of the USA, the powers
of the government are divided into 3 branches: the executive, headed by the
President, the legislative, exercised by the Congress, and the juridical. The
Congress consists of the Senate and the House of Representatives. There are
two main political parties in the USA: the Republican and the Democratic.
Sfc'^' " I
I
VOCABULARY
to occup [ ' o k j u p a i ] — занимать
to stretch — тянуться, простираться
to include — включать, содержать в себе
to border — граничить
lowlands — низменность, долина, низина
to be located — быть расположенным
to vary — меняться;
copper — медь
iron ore — железная руда
weapon [ ' w e p s n ] — оружие
origin — происхождение
the executive [ig'zekjutiv] — исполнительная власть
the legislative ['led^islativ] — законодательная власть
the juridical [chjua'ridikal] — судебная власть
QUESTIONS
1. Where is the USA situated?
2. What's the total area of the country?
3. What countries does the USA border on?
4. How many states does the USA consist of?
5. What is the capital of the country?
6. Can you name any other cities in the USA ?
7. What is the population of the United States ?
8. What mountains in the USA do you know?
9. What are the largest rivers?
10. What can you say about the climate of the country?
11. What does the USA produce?
12. According to the Constitution of the USA, the powers of the government
are divided into 3 branches. What are they ?
13. How many chambers does the Congress of the USA consist of?
14. What are the main political parties in the USA ?
15. Who is the US President now?
США
WASHINGTON, D.C.
шшшвшшш
шшшшшашя
Not far from the Capitol is the Library of Congress, the largest library in
the States. It contains more than 13 million books and more than 19 million
manuscripts, including the personal papers of the US Presidents.
The White House is the official residence of the US President. He works
in the Oval Office.
One can hardly find a park, a square or an open area in Washington with-
out a monument or a memorial. The most impressive and the best-known
ones are the Lincoln Memorial and the Washington Monument.
There are some important museums in Washington where you can see all
kinds of things: famous paintings and sculptures, the dresses of Presidents'
wives, the original of the Declaration of Independence, the largest blue dia-
mond in the world, etc. There are 5 universities in Washington.
There are no skyscrapers in Washington, because they would hide the
city's many monuments from view. No building in the city may be more than
40 metres tall.
VOCABULARY
to design — проектировать, выполнить проект
to settle — заселять, поселять
huge — огромный
dome — купол
pillar — колонна, столб
affair [ a ' f e a ] — дело
to get lost — заблудитья
to contain — содержать
impressive — впечатляющий, производящий впечатление
original — оригинал
diamond [ ' d a i a m a n d ] — алмаз
skyscraper — небоскреб
QUESTIONS
1. Where is Washington situated?
2. Is Washington a typical American city?
3. It's the world s largest one-industry city, isn't it? What kind of industry is it?
4. What important government buildings are situated in Washington?
5. Where does the President of the USA live and work?
6. Who selected the place for the capital of the USA ?
7. Is there a monument to George Washington in the city?
8. When was Washington settled?
9. Who designed the capital of the USA ?
10. What places of interest in Washington do you know?
11. How many universities are there in Washington?
12. Why aren'/ there any skyscrapers in Washington?
429
ВАШИНГТОН, ОКРУГ КОЛУМБИЯ
130
Article V allowed for a m e n d m e n t s to be made to the Constitution (once
passed by a two-thirds majority in both houses of Congress and then ratified
by the legislatures of three-fourths of the states). The Constitution finally
ratified by all thirteen states in 1791 already contained ten amendments, col-
lectively known as the Bill of Rights (the freedoms of religion, speech, and
the press, etc), to protect the citizen against possible tyranny by the fed-
eral government. So far only twenty-six amendments have been made to the
Constitution.
VOCABULARY
the executive p o w e r — исполнительная власть
legislative power — законодательная власть
judiciary power — судебная власть
to abuse — злоупотреблять
amendment — поправка
QUESTIONS
1. What is the American Constitution based on '.'
2. What powers were the Presidency, Congress, and the Courts given?
3. How was Government power further limited?
4. Which article allowed for amendments to be made to the Constitution?
5. When was the Constitution finally ratified'?
6. How many amendments have been made to the Constitution so far?
431
и уже содержала десять поправок, в целом известна как Билль о правах (свобода
вероисповедания, голоса, печати и т. д.). защищающий граждан от возможной
тирании федерального правительства. За все это время к Конституции были
сделаны только двадцать шесть поправок.
The President (any natural-born citizen over 34) is elected for a term
of four years and can only be re-elected for one more term (22nd amend-
ment — adopted after Franklin D. Roosevelt's four successive terms).
The President was originally intended to be little more than a ceremonial
Head of State, as well as Commander in Chief of the armed forces, but
the federal government's increasing involvement in the nation's econom-
ic life and its prominent role in international affairs, where secrecy and
speed are often essential, has increased the importance of the Presidency
over Congress.
The President now proposes a full legislative programme to Congress,
although the President, the Cabinet, and staff are not, and cannot be, mem-
bers of Congress. This means that the various bills must be introduced into
the House of Representatives or Senate by their members. The President is
consequently completely powerless when faced by an uncooperative Con-
gress. Given also the difficulties in ensuring that the laws passed are ef-
fectively implemented by the federal bureaucracy, it has been said that the
President's only real power is the power to persuade.
The role of the Vice-President is not very well defined by the Constitu-
tion, which gives him or her no other task than presiding over the debates in
the Senate, where he may only vote in the case of a tie. Yet the Vice-Presi-
dent takes over from the President in case of death, resignation, or sickness,
which has already happened on eight occasions. To try and attract able men
to this otherwise unimportant, mainly ceremonial post, Vice-Presidents have
recently been given more important tasks, especially in foreign affairs.
VOCABULARY
amendment — поправка
to adopt — утверждать
Commander in Chief — главнокомандующий
bill — законопроект
the House of Representatives — палата Представителей
to preside over — председательствовать на
to vote — г олосовать
tie — равный счет голосов
432
QUESTIONS
/. Who can be the US President?
2. For what term can the President be elected?
3. What are the functions of the US President?
4. Can the President be the member of Congress?
5. What is the role of the Vice-President?
6. What is done to the post of Vice-President?
ABRAHAM LINCOLN
433
school. He taught himself to read and write. Later Lincoln studied law and
became a lawyer. After that he became a politician.
Everybody liked Abraham Lincoln because he was intelligent and hard-
working. Lincoln was very ambitious. He wanted to be good at everything
he did. He said that he wanted to win the "race of life". He was kind and
honest. People called him "Honest Abe".
Lincoln became President in 1860. In 1861 there was a war between the
North and the South of the United States. The people of the South wanted
a separate government from the United States. The people of the North
wanted the United States to stay together as one country. Lincoln was the
leader of the North. In the war brother killed brother. The Civil War was
four years long.
The North won the Civil War. The War ended on April 9, 1865. Six days
later President Lincoln and his wife went to the theatre. In the theatre a man
went behind the President and shot him in the head. The man's name was
John Wilkes Booth. He was a supporter of the South. Lincoln died the next
morning.
VOCABULARY
law — закон, право
lawyer [ ' b : j a ] — юрист, адвокат
intelligent — умный
hard-working — трудолюбивый
ambitious [aem'bijbs] — честолюбивый
to win — выигрывать
race — гонка
honest ['onist] — честный
separate — отдельный
to be the leader (of) - быть руководителем, возглавлять
Civil War — гражданская война
to shoot (shot) — стрелять
QUESTIONS
1. What was Abraham Lincoln?
2. When was he horn?
3. What do you know about his childhood?
4. What did he study?
5. What did people call him?
6. When did he become President?
7. When and how did he die?
шт
шшшжшяШтштш
АВРААМ ЛИНКОЛЬН
435
Amendment), have been chosen directly by the electorate in the way decided
by the state legislature in each state. Senators are elected every six years, but
the elections are staggered so that one-third of the Senate is elected every
two years. A vacancy caused by death or resignation is filled until the next
congressional elections by the nomination of the State Governor. There are
currently 100 senators. The Senate has the special privilege of unlimited de-
bate to safeguard the rights of minorities, but this can enable a small group
of Senators to prevent the passage of a bill (filibustering).
VOCABULARY
congressional districts — избирательные участки по выборам в конгресс
constituencies — избирательные округа
counterweight — противовес
to stagger — регулировать
resignation — отставка
to safeguard — гарантировать
filibustering — торможение принятия закона или решения путем об-
струкции
QUESTIONS
1. What does the legislative branch of national government consist of?
2. What is the House of Representatives?
3. Who is the Speaker?
4. Who becomes President if the President and Vice-President die?
5. What is the Senate?
6. How often are Senators elected?
7: How many members are there in the House of Representatives and in the
Senate?
Д И И П В
появляющиеся в результате смерти, отставки и т.д, заполняются после проведе-
ния дополнительных выборов.
Председатель Палаты представителей. Спикер, избирается Палатой и наде-
лен важными полномочиями, позволяющими ему оказывать значительное влия-
ние на Президента. Кроме того, в случае смерти Президента и Вице-президента
до истечения их сроков, именно Спикер становится Президентом.
Сенат
Сенат --- консервативный противовес более популистской Палате предста-
вителей. Каждый штат имеет двух сенаторов, которые с 1913 г. (семнадцатая
поправка) избираются непосредственно в избирательных округах в соответс-
твии с законодательством каждого штата. Сенаторы избираются каждые шесть
лет, но выборы регулируются таким образом, чтобы третья часть Сената изби-
ралась каждые два года. Вакансия, вызванная смертью или отставкой, запол-
няется до проведения следующих выборов в конгресс назначением Губернатора
штата. В настоящее время имеется 100 сенаторов. Сенат наделен особой при-
вилегией проведения неограниченных дебатов, гарантирующей защиту прав
меньшинства, но это может дать возможность небольшой группе Сенаторов
воспрепятствовать принятию законопроекта, т. е. затормозить принятие зако-
на или решения путем обструкции.
EDUCATION
437
more than the minimum number of credits and must also have good grades
(the mark given on the basis of course work and a written examination). Ex-
tra-curricular activity (such as playing for one of the school's sports teams)
is also very important in the American school system and is taken into con-
sideration by colleges and employers.
VOCABULARY
department of education — отдел образования
grade — класс; отметка, оценка
curriculum — учебный план, программа
aptitude — склонности, способности
QUESTIONS
/. Who is responsible for education in the US?
2. At what age do students start elementary school?
3. What type of school comes after elementary school, and at what age?
4. Who decides what subjects students study at school?
5. What do you need to obtain the high school diploma?
6. Is sport important in the American school system?
ОБРАЗОВАНИЕ
—
или полугодия. Студентам, которые собираются поступать в более известные
университеты, требуется гораздо больше, чем минимальное число зачетов. Они
должны также иметь хорошие оценки, полученные за курсовую работу и пись-
менный экзамен. Внеучебная деятельность (такая, как игра за одну из спор-
тивных команд школы) также очень важна в Американской школьной системе
и учитывается колледжами и нанимателями.
HIGHER EDUCATION
There are about 3,000 colleges and universities, both private and public,
in the United States. They are all independent, offering their own choice of
studies, setting their own admission standards and deciding which students
meet those standards. The greater the prestige of the university, the higher
the credits and grades required.
The terms 'college' and 'university' are often used interchangeably, as
'college' is used to refer to all undergraduate education and the four-year un-
dergraduate programme, leading to a bachelor's degree, can be followed at
either college or university. Universities tend to be larger than colleges and
also have graduate schools where students can receive post-graduate educa-
tion. Advanced or graduate university degrees include law and medicine.
During the first two years students usually follow general courses in the
arts or sciences and then choose a major (the subject or area of studies in
which they concentrate — the other subjects arc called minors). Credits (with
grades) are awarded for the successful completion of each course. These cred-
its are often transferable, so students who have not done well in high school
can choose a junior college (or community college), which offers a two-
year 'transfer' programme, preparing students for degree-granting institu-
tions. Community colleges also offer two-year courses of a vocational nature,
leading to technical and semi-professional occupations, such as journalism.
VOCABULARY
admission — прием
credit — зачет
bachelor's degree — степень бакалавра
QUESTIONS
1. How many colleges and universities are there in the United States?
2. Why are the terms 'college' and 'university' often used interchangeably?
3. What is the difference between colleges and universities?
4. What subjects are called minors?
5. What is a junior college?
жЯшЯШаЯаЯВмВИНнняЯИЯ
ВЫСШЕЕ ОБРАЗОВАНИЕ
Most visitors to Los Angeles, California, come to see Beverly Hills. This
is where are situated the homes of the movie stars. But Beverly Hills is not
Los Angeles. It is a small city next to Los Angeles.
All kinds of celebrities live in Beverly Hills. These celebrities may be
movie stars, television stars, sports stars, or other people in the news. Tourists
can buy special maps for the homes of the stars. These homes are very beau-
tiful. They usually have swimming pools and tennis courts. But sometimes
you can't see very much. The homes have high walls or trees around them.
Beverly Hills is also famous for the Rodeo Drive Street. This is one of the
most expensive shopping streets in the United States. Rodeo Drive started to
be an elegant street in the 1960s. Many famous stores were opened here. Peo-
ple liked all the new styles and fashions they could buy. Today you can find
the most expensive and unusual clothing, jewelry, and furniture in the Rodeo
Drive Street. Rodeo Drive is a very special street. When you want to park
your car in public parking, an attendant will come and park your car for you.
440
Beverly Hills is really a small city. Only about 35,000 people live there.
But every day more than 200,000 people come to Beverly Hills to work or
to shop!
VOCABULARY
movie star — кинозвезда
celebrity — знаменитость
map — карта
to be famous for — быть известным чем-л.
expensive — дорогостоящий, дорогой
store — магазин
fashion — мода, фасон
unusual — необычный
jewelry ['cfcuislri] — ювелирные изделия
attendant — служитель
QUESTIONS
1. Why is Beverly Hills famous?
2. What can you find there?
3. Who lives there?
4. What is Rodeo Drive?
5. How many people live in Beverly Hills?
6. How many people come there during the day?
AMERICAN FOOD
It!
VOCABULARY
consumer — потребитель
cereal [ ' s i s r i s l ] — амер. блюдо из круп, злаков (напр., каша, хлопья)
bewilder [bi'wilda] — смущать, ставить в тупик; сбивать с толку, при-
водить в замешательство
virtually ['vsitjuali] — фактически; в сущности; поистине
array [ s ' r e i ] — масса, множество, совокупность; набор, комплект
proliferation — распространение, быстрое увеличение
convenience [ k e n ' v i m j s n s ] — у д о б с т в о
dairy [ ' d e a r i ] products — молочные продукты
to breed (bred) — выводить, разводить (животных)
lean meat — постное, нежирное мясо
QUESTIONS
1. What problem do American consumers face when buying food?
2. How often does a family visit a supermarket to purchase its food for
a week?
J. What will enable Americans to make their buying decisions right at home?
4. What is the secret of success of fast-food and take-out restaurants?
5. What is a more recent development in the American food industry?
6. Which food items are very popular now in America?
АМЕРИКАНСКАЯ ПИЩА
ш §|
позволяет им заранее сделать выбор и заказ продуктов и потом просто поехать
и забрать их, либо же просто заказать доставку на дом.
С 1950-х годов, сначала в США, а потом и во всем мире, необычайно ши-
рокое распространение получили фаст-фуды и рестораны, обслуживающие
посетителей продуктами питания на вынос. К первым сетям фаст-фудов, та-
ких как: Макдональдс, Бургер Кинг, Арбис и Вспдис, которые предлагают
сэндвичи, гамбургеры, жареную картошку, хот-доги, пиццу, блинчики, Чили
и поджаренную картошку, со временем добавились сети некоторых других
ресторанов, которые предлагают блюда мексиканской, китайской и других
национальных кухонь. Цена пиши в таких ресторанах часто дешевле, чем те
же самые продукты, приготовленные дома. Следовательно, целая семья из со-
ображений экономии и удобства могут ходить в фаст-фуды.
Последние разработки в пищевой отрасли Америки были направлены на
требования о предоставлении здоровой нищи. Пищевая промышленность
сделала доступной широкий ассортимент обезжиренных масел и мясных
продуктов. Живот ные теперь выводятся научным путем, что позволяет про-
изводить обезжиренное мясо. Также выпускаются обезжиренное морожен-
ное и сыры. Потребление овощей, фруктов и мучных продуктов постепенно
возрастает. Другим требованием стало выращивание продуктов питания без
химических удобрений, пестицидов и гербицидов. Это привело к развитию
промышленности «органических» продуктов питания. Конечно же, цена на
такие продукты значительно выше. Тем не менее, рынок органических про-
дуктов питания постоянно расширяется.
ICE-CREAM SUNDAE
VOCABULARY
ice-cream sundae ['sAndei] — сливочное мороженое с фруктами, сиро-
пом, орехами и т. п.
toppings — верхушка, верхняя часть
whipped [wipt] cream — взбитые сливки
ice-cream parlour ['ра:1э] — кафе-мороженое
QUESTIONS
1. Why is the ice-cream sundae an original American dish?
2. What is an ice-cream sundae?
3. What kinds of toppings are there many today ?
4. When did ice-cream sundaes start? How did it happen?
5. How did ice-cream sundae get its name?
СЛИВОЧНОЕ М О Р О Ж Е Н О Е «САНДЕЙ»
н и
AUSTRALIA
Did you know, for example, that Australia is the biggest island in the
world? It is only a little smaller than the United States of America, and it is
bigger than Western Europe.
Did you know Australia is one of the oldest lands in the world? During
millions of years, wind and water have slowly taken the earth from the hills
and filled the valleys with it. Although there are some mountains along the
east coast, and some along the west coast, the centre of the country is veiy flat.
A long line of mountains runs from the north to the south of the east
coast. It is called the Great Dividing Range, because it divides the green, wet
coast of eastern Australia from the hot dry lands in the centre.
Australia has three different climates. In the north the weather is tropi-
cal — hot and wet.
In the centre, the climate is very dry, and the land is mainly desert. In the
south, it is pleasant with cool winters and warm summers.
The four great deserts of central Australia cover 2.000.000 square kilo-
metres.
There are six different states in Australia: Western Australia, Q u e e n s -
land. New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia. There are
also two territories: Northern Territory, and Australian Capital Territory, with
Canberra, the nation's capital city, in it.
Each Australian state has its own government and its own capital city.
The state capitals are Perth, Brisbane. Sydney. Melbourne, Hobart, and Ad-
elaide.
Where do all the Australians live? In fact most of them (85 per cent) live
in the cities of the east coast. But even these cities are not very big. There are
only 16 million people in Australia, and it's a very big country.
Australia is sometimes called 'the lucky country'. One reason is the won-
derful riches under the earth: gold, silver, iron, coal and many precious met-
als. Oil and natural gas have helped to build big industries. Victoria, the south-
eastern state, has a large number of industries. Oil is no problem for them.
Sydney is the best known place in New South Wales. In fact, it's the
besl known place in Australia. But New South Wales has more than cities.
There are, for example, the Blue Mountains. They are covered with forests
of blue-coloured eucalyptus trees. The air above the forest contains millions
of microscopic drops of eucalyptus oil. When the sun shines, the air of the
Blue Mountains is a real, beautiful blue.
The Great Barrier Reef on the coast of Queensland is a garden under the
sea. There are 1,400 different kinds of fish, and more than 300 kinds of coral.
Tropical fruit and flowers grow on the beautiful islands. It's not surprising
that more holiday-makers come to Queensland every year.
South Australia is the driest of all the states, but it does have the Murray
River. The river brings greenness and life to the state's south-east corner.
There are two kinds of gold in Western Australia. First, there's the real
kind — the kind that comes out of the ground. Gold was found in Kalgoorlie
in 1893. Kalgoorlie still exports some gold, but the new gold of Western
Australia is wheat. Big farms grow millions of tons of wheat every year, and
wheat has become Australia's second biggest export.
Tasmania, the island south of Australia, is small. It is the same size as
England. It is also very different from the other states. There are no deserts
in Tasmania. It often rains, both in winter and summer. Only half a million
people live in Tasmania and a large part of the islands is still covered with
wild, beautiful rain forests. These forests are full of wonderful flowers and
interesting animals, like the little Tasmanian devil.
VOCABULARY
flat [flaet] — плоский
Perth [рэ:9] — Перт
riches — сокровища
iron [ ' a i a n ] — железо
coal [kaul] — уголь
precious [ ' p r e / a s ] —драгоценный
oil [DII] нефть
eucalyptus [ J u : k a ' l i p t a s ] — э в к а л и п т
wheat [wi:t] — пшеница
rain forest — тропический лес
Tasmanian devil — сумчатый волк
QUESTIONS
/. What is the biggest island in the world?
2. What is one of the oldest lands in the world?
3. What climate does Australia have?
4. How many states are there in Australia?
5. What are the state capitals?
6. Where do all the Australians live?
7. What are the riches of Australia?
8. What two kinds of gold are there in Western Australia?
9. What do you know about Tasmania?
< — м н и
н в Ш и Н Н
КАКОВА АВСТРАЛИЯ?
VOCABULARY
to occupy [ ' o k j u p a i ] — занимать
entire [ i n ' t a i a ] — весь
excluding — за исключением
Ш^ШШ^РШ^ШВ
Щ/ШМШШШтШ
to bound [baund] граничить, ограничивать
significant — важный, значительный
to include — включать
coat-of-arms — герб
twig — веточка
wattle [wotl] — австралийская акация или мимоза
QUESTIONS
1. Where is Australia situated'.'
2. What is special about Australia?
3. What is the country bounded by?
4. What is most significant mountain chain?
5. What rivers are there in Australia?
6. What do you know about Australia s flora and fauna?
HHH^gMiMiiMMHMi
н Н К Ш п
SYDNEY
Sydney, say the 'Sydneysiders', is the most beautiful city on earth. You
can't believe everything they say, but it's hard to disagree. Sydney lies in
beautiful hills beside one of the best harbours in the world near 60 kilome-
tres of wonderful beaches. It has a perfect Mediterranean climate, fresh sen
air and exciting people from all over the world. In fact, a quarter of Sydney's
population weren't even born in Australia.
Sydney is Australia's oldest city. Captain Cook stopped near here at Bot-
any Bay in 1770. The first Europeans who came to Australia put up their
tents at Sydney Cove. Soon the first houses were built, and in only 200 years
the city grew from nothing into a home for 3.5 million people.
Despite the history, Sydney is the most modern place in Australia. Its
buildings are the highest, its fashions are the newest and its colours are the
brightest. A lot of Australia's exciting cultural life is found in Sydney. Art-
ists, writers, opera singers and film makers all live here. So some people call
the city 'the Paris of the Pacific'. But that doesn't seem quite right. Paris
hasn't got all that sea, sand, sun and surf.
Sydneysiders, as well as many visitors to Australia, come to Bondi Beach
to relax and take a rest. Some of them really relax. Others are too busy —
they're jogging, swimming, or riding the great waves on their surfboards.
Paddington is an area of beautiful houses one hundred years old near
the centre of Sydney. The Australians cull il Taddo". For a long time, Pad-
dington was unfashionable, and the houses looked old and dirty. Now it is
fashionable again, and the houses have been painted and repaired. 'Paddo'
is a good place to live in. There's only one problem. The houses are very
expensive.
Australian cities have the same problems as other cities of the world.
There are poor people, homeless people, people with drinking problems, and
people with no hope. There are many families with only one parent, and it
is very difficult for some young people to find a job. The problems are big
ones, but at least the cities are small. Sydney, the largest city, has only 3.5
million people.
VOCABULARY
harbour [ ' h a : b a ] — гавань, залив
Mediterranean ^ m e d i t s ' r e i n j a n ] — среднеземноморскин
bay [bei] — бухта, залив
cove [kauv] — бухточка
despite [ d i ' s p a i t ] — несмотря на
to jog [djog] — спорт, бегать трусцой
ai least |li:st] — no крайней мере
МНммИНВ
QUESTIONS
./. Do you agree that Sydney is the most beautiful city on earth? Why?
2. What is Australia's oldest city? Prove this.
3. What is the most modern place in Australia? How can you prove this
fact?
4. Why do Sydneysiders. as well as many visitors to Australia, come to Bon-
di Beach?
5. What is Padding/on?
6. What is the population of Sydney?
СИДНЕЙ
CANADA
VOCABULARY
border ['bo:da] — граница
Ottawa ['otawa] — Оттава
maritime — приморский
Nova Scotia [ , n a u v a ' s k a u t j a ] - Новая Шотландия
New Brunswick ['bnmzwik] — Нью Брансуик
Quebec [kwi'bek] — Квебек
Ontario [on'teariau] — Онтарио
ШШШ
prairie [ ' р г е э п ] — прерия, степь
Manitoba ^ т э е ш Ч э и Ь э ] — Манитоба
Saskatchewan [sa'skaetjawan] —Саскачеван
Alberta — Альберта
Yukon ['ju:kDn] — Юкон
Inuit [i'nju:it] — (канадский/е) эскимос(ы)
scenery ['si:nari] — пейзаж
flat — плоский, ровный
QUESTIONS
1. What is the territory and the population of Canada?
2. How many time zones are there in Canada?
3. What is the capital of Canada?
4. How many provinces and territories does Canada have?
5. Where are large forests and many rivers and lakes situated?
6. Where are farms and big, modern cities situated?
7. Do you know the longest place names in Canada?
(Answer: The longest placenatnes in Canada are PEKWACHNAMAYKO-
SKWASKWAYPINWANIK LAKE in Manitoba (31 letters, not counting
"lake") and ILE KUCH1STINIWAMISKAHIKAN in Quebec.)
КАНАДА
GEOGRAPHY
While some countries have too much history, Canada has too much ge-
ography.
From Sea to Sea
Occupying the northern half of the North American continent, Canada
has a landmass of nearly 10 million km2.
Canada's motto, 'From Sea to Sea', is geographically inaccurate. In ad-
dition to its long coastlines on the Atlantic and Pacific, Canada has a third
sea coast on the Arctic Ocean, giving it the longest coastline of any country.
To the south, Canada shares an 8,892-km boundary with the United
States. To the north, the Arctic islands come within 800 km of the North
Pole. Canada's neighbour across the frozen Arctic Ocean is Russia.
A Long Thin Band
Because of the harsh northern climate, only 12 per cent of the land is suita-
ble for agriculture. Thus, most of the population of 26 million live in cities within
a few hundred kilometres of the southern border — where the climate is mild-
er — in a long thin band stretching between the Atlantic and the Pacific oceans.
Numberless Lakes and Great Rivers
It has been estimated that Canada has one-seventh of the world's fresh
water. In addition to sharing the Great Lakes with the United States, Canada
has many other freshwater seas and mighty rivers.
The Pacific Coast
Bathed by warm, moist Pacific air currents, the British Columbia coast,
indented by deep fiords and shielded from the Pacific by Vancouver Island,
has the most moderate.
The Cordillera
Canada's highest peaks, however, are not in the Rockies, but in the St.
Elias Mountains, an extension of the Cordillera stretching north into the Yu-
kon and Alaska. The highest point in Canada, Mt. Logan (6,050 m).
The Prairies
The plains of Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba are among the richest
grain-producing regions in the world.
Yet even here are surprises. If you drive north, you descend into the Red
Deer River valley. Here, in desert-like conditions, water and wind have created
strange shapes in the sandstone called 'hoodoos'. The same forces of ero-
sion have uncovered some of the largest concentrations of dinosaur fossils,
examples of which arc displayed in museums in Canada and around the world.
Alberta is Canada's leading producer of petroleum. The sedimentary
rocks underlying the Prairies have important deposits of oil, gas and potash.
The Canadian Shield
Look at a map of Canada and you will see a huge inland sea called Mud-
son Bay. Wrapped around this bay like a horseshoe is a rocky region called
the Canadian Shield.
The region is a storehouse of minerals, including gold, silver, zinc, copper
and uranium, and Canada's great mining towns are located here — Sudbury
and Timmins in Ontario, Val d'Or in Quebec, and Flin Flon and Thompson
in Manitoba.
Great Lakes — St. Lawrence Lowlands
Southern Quebec and Ontario, the industrial heartland of Canada, contain
Canada's two largest cities, Montreal and Toronto. In this small region, 50
per cent of Canadians live and 70 per cent of Canada's manufactured goods
are produced.
The region also has prime agricultural land. The Niagara Peninsula, for
example, has some ol the best farmland in Canada. The large expanses of
lakes Erie and Ontario extend the number of frost-free days, permitting the
cultivation of grapes, peaches, pears and other soft fruits.
The region is sugar maple tree country. In the autumn, the tree's leaves —
Canada's national symbol are ablaze in red, orange and gold. The sap is
collected in spring and evaporated to make maple syrup and sugar, a culi-
nary delicacy first used by the aboriginal North American peoples.
Atlantic Provinces — Appalachian Region
New Brunswick, Nova Scotia. Prince Edward Island and Newfoundland
are the smallest Canadian provinces, and the first to be settled by Europeans.
The shallow continental shelf extends 400 km off the east coast of New-
foundland where the mixing of ocean currents has created one of the richest
fishing grounds in the world.
Agriculture flourishes in the fertile valleys, such as the Saint John River
Valley. New Brunswick, and the Annapolis Valley, Nova Scotia.
Prince Edward Island in the Gulf of St. Lawrence is famous for its pota-
toes. This fertile island is Canada's smallest province, making up a mere 0.1
percent of Canada's landmass.
The Arctic-
North of the tree-line is a land of harsh beauty. During the short summer,
when daylight is nearly continuous and a profusion of flowers blooms on
the tundra, the temperature can reach 30 °C. Yet the winters are long, bitterly
cold, dark and unforgiving.
VOCABULARY
motto — лозунг
inaccurate [in'askjurit] — неточный
shares boundary — имеет общую границу
harsh — суровый
suitable ['sju:tabl] — подходящий
to estimate — давать оценку, подсчитывать
landscape — пейзаж
moist — влажный, сырой
current — течение
indented — изрезанный
indented coastline — изрезанная береговая линия
fiord [ f p : d ] — фиорд
to pose problem — являться проблемой
to prevail — преобладать
to descend — спускаться
hoodoo [ ' h u : d u : j — колдун, шаман
fossil ['fosl] — окаменелость, ископаемые остатки
petroleum — нефть
sedimentary — осадочный
deposits [di'posits] — залежи
to preserve — сохранять
maple [ ' m e i p l ] — клен
to be ablaze — пылать
sap — сок (растений)
to evaporate — выпаривать
shallow — мелкий
to flourish ['fkrij"] — процветать
fertile [' f3:tail] — плодородный
soil — почва
QUESTIONS
1. What is the geographical position of Canada ?
2. What is the country bounded by?
3. How much world's fresh water does Canada have?
4. How many regions are there in Canada?
5. What are Canada's highest peaks?
6. Where are the richest grain-producing regions in the world?
7. What is displayed in museums in Canada and around the world?
8. What region is a storehouse of minerals ?
9. What is the industrial heartland of Canada? What is produced here?
10. Where are grapes, peaches, pears and other soft fruits cultivated?
11. What is a culinary delicacy first used by the aboriginal North American
peoples?
12. Where is one of the richest fishing grounds in the world situated?
ГЕОГРАФИЯ
THE CONSTITUTION
In 1867, Canada was just a colony with internal autonomy; since 1931, it
has been an independent state in the world community.
Canada's Constitution is actually a British statute, the British North
America Act, 1867, which has been amended more than 20 times since
its inception. Since 1982 when Canadians obtained the right to amend the
Constitution in Canada — this founding statute has been known as the Con-
stitution Act, 1867.
The Constitutional Framework
Canada is a constitutional monarchy, a federal state and parliamentary
democracy with two systems o f l a w and two official languages. Since 1982,
the Charter of Rights and Freedoms has been entrenched in the Constitution.
Official Languages
English and French are the two official languages at the federal level. In-
stitutional bilingualism has existed in Quebec since 1867, in Manitoba since
1870 and in New Brunswick since 1982.
VOCABULARY
statute ['stastju:tj — законодательный акт парламента, устав
to amend — вносить поправки
inception — начало
to entrench — закрепиться
QUESTIONS
1. How can you characterise Canada s Constitution?
2. When did Canadians obtain the right to amend the Constitution'?
J. What is the political system of Canada?
4. What are the two official languages?
КОНСТИТУЦИЯ
463
CONTENTS
Conversational Formulas 3
The English Language 6
My Family and Me 34
51
Work .
103
My World
Daily Routines H4
House. Rooms. City. Country 132
Health And Sports 153
Modern Technologies 172
Appearance and Character 191
22
Books 9
Great Writers: A Z 240
Entertainments 255
Arts 279
Seasons and Weather 286
Environment 294
Travelling and Hotels 303
Feelings and Emotions 320
Holidays and Traditions of Celebrating 329
The Modern Age 354
Outstanding People 363
The Russian Federation 375
Great Britain 403
The USA 426
Australia 448
Canada 455